# Table of Contents - [Ergonode Manual | Ergonode User Manual](#ergonode-manual-ergonode-user-manual) - [Podręcznik Ergonode | Ergonode User Manual](#podr-cznik-ergonode-ergonode-user-manual) - [Dashboard | Ergonode User Manual](#dashboard-ergonode-user-manual) - [Mój profil | Ergonode User Manual](#m-j-profil-ergonode-user-manual) - [Ustawienia | Ergonode User Manual](#ustawienia-ergonode-user-manual) - [Menu użytkownika i Centrum akcji | Ergonode User Manual](#menu-u-ytkownika-i-centrum-akcji-ergonode-user-manual) - [Centrum akcji | Ergonode User Manual](#centrum-akcji-ergonode-user-manual) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) - [Unknown](#unknown) --- # Ergonode Manual | Ergonode User Manual ![Page cover](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F171427267-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252F7hVhSnreP9oI1JlxhBV6%252Fergonode%2520vis%25202.jpg%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dc22e9b8d-77be-4131-ab2f-69db3e107de8&width=1248&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=1acbc30b&sv=2) For the complete documentation index, see [llms.txt](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt) . This page is also available as [Markdown](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-manual.md) . If you have an issue opening our main support portal address http://issues.ergonode.com you can try the alternative one at [https://ergonode.atlassian.net/servicedesk/customer/portal/2](https://ergonode.atlassian.net/servicedesk/customer/portal/2) Please be advised that Ergonode officially only supports the Google Chrome browser. Please note that certain features and functions described in this manual may not be available across all pricing tiers. Welcome to the Ergonode User Manual page. As you are surely aware, we live in an age of digital transformation where every retailer, distributor, or manufacturer shares the same problem: discovering the best way to manage their product catalog effectively to manage their product catalog effectively. Therefore, we created the Ergonode platform - when it comes to digital sales channels, product management empowers your team with efficient catalog management, increases the productivity and quality of their day-to-day work, and provides data enrichment. **Ergonode is a PIM platform for teams that enrich product information together. Smart product management allows for a better team spirit and increased productivity.** ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F171427267-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252F0tqUIVNhMB6d0lv7DF8G%252Fkeyvisual_monitor.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D3609e48a-86b2-45b3-9456-5ff80f4d2bab&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=dc7e6143&sv=2) [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/#with-ergonode-you-can) With Ergonode you can: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- * Design outstanding product data by creating beautiful templates for product families. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F171427267-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252Fggjh4I8eDBBnr1JhDgYc%252F3B39FEFB-7A71-40CD-A466-10503BDD2CD5_1_201_a.jpeg%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3De873657c-f5de-4237-8d7a-f08f2c5a7a26&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=d6755f72&sv=2) Product Catalog - Product Card Example * Streamline your workflow with automation features such as bulk editing and scheduled updates. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F171427267-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FaNaPHlafHx7NweEr9uLH%252F1347C21E-5AF9-4180-9BDA-39988C965EE6_4_5005_c.jpeg%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D5811f18a-df0d-47bd-acfd-6e2e75ecf930&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=288fc83&sv=2) Automations list * Collaborate with your team in real-time by sharing product information and updates instantly. * Ensure data consistency across all channels to maintain brand integrity. * Customize data models to suit specific industry needs, improving data organization and retrieval. * Use AI to create the descriptions and translations for you. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F171427267-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FfqwzXORBdkLllbHPEshK%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dbad43fd0-a1f2-4b7a-a148-f894296af68c&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=a662a4cd&sv=2) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F171427267-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FmCu1zVuyqG4bUkRgW5cN%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D85984afb-edc4-4dcb-b153-f5872579ac49&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=780debbf&sv=2) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F171427267-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252Fam4m2CSOPQwP56myL8nY%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D6c61c60b-a8ea-4b57-94b9-ce3329dc24cf&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=b4cae753&sv=2) * Set powerful workflows for your team. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F171427267-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252Fam5rwyhuGTyParwF3IJD%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D1341ec19-6429-4377-8ba1-90516834176a&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=60ce616e&sv=2) Workflow designer * Easily manage multiple languages. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F171427267-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FyFF5FMZMGqXtUr8dFs6j%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D3d825888-3cd1-400c-812e-6ad22edcdfff&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=9ff2dd3b&sv=2) * Create and execute import and distribution processes. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F171427267-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252F56e9GN8GOWdT5exNflSP%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dca4159f3-a246-40fc-b24e-c4c0977eb88b&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=1f3edef5&sv=2) * Easily manage your assets (simple DAM): ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F171427267-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252F3gNvaXWvtzFAywSuvVOA%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D566263a5-5414-4413-adca-be7aa946ec6b&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=b222923&sv=2) * Create your apps or use the built-in ones to extend the functionality of our System. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F171427267-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FlKAdmM9ADhxVLTAwGdVK%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Da3c1ad0d-f79c-4624-8fe5-bfa272a74049&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=d123a7f3&sv=2) [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/#you-can-find-other-great-resources-here) You can find other great resources here: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- * [Ergonode Community Slack Channel](https://ergonode-community.slack.com/) * [Ergonode Facebook Profile](https://www.facebook.com/ergonode) * [Ergonode Linkedin Profile](https://www.linkedin.com/company/14812512/) * [Ergonode Twitter Account](https://twitter.com/ergonode) * [Ergonode YouTube Profile](https://www.youtube.com/@ergonode) * [Ergonode Instagram Profile](https://www.instagram.com/ergonodepim/) [NextDashboard](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard) Last updated 4 months ago Was this helpful? --- # Podręcznik Ergonode | Ergonode User Manual ![Page cover](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252F7hVhSnreP9oI1JlxhBV6%252Fergonode%2520vis%25202.jpg%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dc22e9b8d-77be-4131-ab2f-69db3e107de8&width=1248&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=1c9e1e85&sv=2) For the complete documentation index, see [llms.txt](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt) . This page is also available as [Markdown](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/podrecznik-ergonode.md) . Jeśli masz problem z otwarciem naszego głównego portalu wsparcia pod adresem http://issues.ergonode.com, możesz spróbować alternatywnego pod adresem [https://ergonode.atlassian.net/servicedesk/customer/portal/2](https://ergonode.atlassian.net/servicedesk/customer/portal/2) Prosimy pamiętać, że Ergonode oficjalnie obsługuje wyłącznie przeglądarkę Google Chrome. Zwróć uwagę, że niektóre funkcje i możliwości opisane w tym podręczniku mogą nie być dostępne we wszystkich planach cenowych. Witamy na stronie podręcznika użytkownika Ergonode. Jak zapewne wiesz, żyjemy w erze transformacji cyfrowej, gdzie każdy detalista, dystrybutor czy producent boryka się z tym samym wyzwaniem: znalezieniem najlepszego sposobu na efektywne zarządzanie katalogiem produktów. Właśnie dlatego stworzyliśmy platformę Ergonode — jeśli chodzi o kanały sprzedaży cyfrowej, zarządzanie produktami daje Twojemu zespołowi narzędzia do efektywnego zarządzania katalogiem, zwiększa produktywność i jakość codziennej pracy oraz umożliwia wzbogacanie danych. **Ergonode to platforma PIM dla zespołów, które wspólnie wzbogacają informacje o produktach. Inteligentne zarządzanie produktami sprzyja lepszemu zespołowi i zwiększa wydajność.** ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252F0tqUIVNhMB6d0lv7DF8G%252Fkeyvisual_monitor.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D3609e48a-86b2-45b3-9456-5ff80f4d2bab&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=ded442cd&sv=2) [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl#dzieki-ergonode-mozesz) Dzięki Ergonode możesz: --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- * Projektować wyjątkowe dane produktowe, tworząc estetyczne szablony dla rodzin produktów. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252Fggjh4I8eDBBnr1JhDgYc%252F3B39FEFB-7A71-40CD-A466-10503BDD2CD5_1_201_a.jpeg%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3De873657c-f5de-4237-8d7a-f08f2c5a7a26&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=85ae7834&sv=2) Katalog produktów — przykładowa karta produktu * Usprawnić przepływ pracy dzięki funkcjom automatyzacji, takim jak edycja zbiorcza i zaplanowane aktualizacje. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FaNaPHlafHx7NweEr9uLH%252F1347C21E-5AF9-4180-9BDA-39988C965EE6_4_5005_c.jpeg%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D5811f18a-df0d-47bd-acfd-6e2e75ecf930&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=777bf379&sv=2) Lista Automatyzacji * Współpracować z zespołem w czasie rzeczywistym, udostępniając informacje o produktach i aktualizacje natychmiast. * Zachować spójność danych we wszystkich kanałach, aby utrzymać integralność marki. * Dostosować modele danych do specyficznych potrzeb branży, poprawiając organizację i wyszukiwanie informacji. * Wykorzystać AI do tworzenia opisów i tłumaczeń za Ciebie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FfqwzXORBdkLllbHPEshK%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dbad43fd0-a1f2-4b7a-a148-f894296af68c&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=32b6a967&sv=2) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FmCu1zVuyqG4bUkRgW5cN%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D85984afb-edc4-4dcb-b153-f5872579ac49&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=eb631781&sv=2) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252Fam4m2CSOPQwP56myL8nY%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D6c61c60b-a8ea-4b57-94b9-ce3329dc24cf&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=80f2fb61&sv=2) * Ustawić wydajne przepływy pracy dla swojego zespołu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252Fam5rwyhuGTyParwF3IJD%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D1341ec19-6429-4377-8ba1-90516834176a&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=9bb91af4&sv=2) Kreator Przepływów Pracy * Łatwo zarządzać wieloma językami. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FyFF5FMZMGqXtUr8dFs6j%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D3d825888-3cd1-400c-812e-6ad22edcdfff&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=290d49c5&sv=2) * Tworzyć i uruchamiać procesy importu oraz dystrybucji. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252F56e9GN8GOWdT5exNflSP%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dca4159f3-a246-40fc-b24e-c4c0977eb88b&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=88f7569b&sv=2) * Prosto zarządzać zasobami (prosty DAM): ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252F3gNvaXWvtzFAywSuvVOA%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D566263a5-5414-4413-adca-be7aa946ec6b&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=8bd2fae1&sv=2) * Twórz własne apki lub użyj wbudowanych, aby rozszerzyć funkcjonalność naszego Systemu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FlKAdmM9ADhxVLTAwGdVK%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Da3c1ad0d-f79c-4624-8fe5-bfa272a74049&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=f2b5d569&sv=2) [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl#inne-przydatne-zasoby-znajdziesz-tutaj) Inne przydatne zasoby znajdziesz tutaj: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- * [Kanał społeczności Ergonode na Slack](https://ergonode-community.slack.com/) * [Profil Ergonode na Facebooku](https://www.facebook.com/ergonode) * [Profil Ergonode na LinkedIn](https://www.linkedin.com/company/14812512/) * [Konto Ergonode na Twitterze](https://twitter.com/ergonode) * [Profil Ergonode na YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@ergonode) * [Profil Ergonode na Instagramie](https://www.instagram.com/ergonodepim/) [DalejDashboard](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard) Ostatnia aktualizacja 4 miesiące temu Czy to było pomocne? * [Dzięki Ergonode możesz:](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl#dzieki-ergonode-mozesz) * [Inne przydatne zasoby znajdziesz tutaj:](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl#inne-przydatne-zasoby-znajdziesz-tutaj) Czy to było pomocne? --- # Dashboard | Ergonode User Manual For the complete documentation index, see [llms.txt](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt) . This page is also available as [Markdown](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard.md) . Dashboard jest podzielony na trzy sekcje: Products, Completeness oraz Statuses (z przełącznikiem języka). Jego celem jest dostarczenie podstawowego przeglądu Twoich produktów. [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard#produkty) **Produkty** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ta sekcja przedstawia przegląd zasobów produktowych, wyszczególniając liczby produktów prostych, produkt grupujących oraz produktów z wariantami. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FjWeOApX9lrFL6p9wgJep%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Daf5b7a75-cdb2-4081-8548-085ce196ff20&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=8648f1eb&sv=2) [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard#kompletnosc) **Kompletność** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Completeness pokazuje procent produktów wypełnionych w 100% (liczba produktów wypełnionych w 100% podzielona przez łączną liczbę wszystkich produktów w systemie, z podziałem na język). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FqZYvnWvLTqpsFrd1ZBKm%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D086ca511-6777-47bc-8e3e-4a871712117b&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=15fbcd4b&sv=2) [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard#statuses) **Statuses** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Statuses informuje o liczbie produktów we wszystkich dostępnych statusach Przepływu pracy, również skategoryzowanych według języka. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FbrOM0TVP8dZZAoQL22GF%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D7f935b7b-4efd-415b-86f4-494500fb8b49&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=cc1b45b9&sv=2) [WsteczPodręcznik Ergonode](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl) [DalejMenu użytkownika i Centrum akcji](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji) Ostatnia aktualizacja 7 miesięcy temu Czy to było pomocne? * [Produkty](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard#produkty) * [Kompletność](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard#kompletnosc) * [Statuses](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard#statuses) Czy to było pomocne? --- # Mój profil | Ergonode User Manual For the complete documentation index, see [llms.txt](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt) . This page is also available as [Markdown](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/moj-profil.md) . W tym menu możesz sprawdzić swój [Dziennik aktywności](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/moj-profil/dziennik-aktywnosci) oraz [Uprawnienia](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/moj-profil/uprawnienia) . [WsteczMenu użytkownika i Centrum akcji](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji) [DalejDziennik aktywności](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/moj-profil/dziennik-aktywnosci) Ostatnia aktualizacja 7 miesięcy temu Czy to było pomocne? Czy to było pomocne? --- # Ustawienia | Ergonode User Manual For the complete documentation index, see [llms.txt](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt) . This page is also available as [Markdown](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/ustawienia.md) . Ta opcja to tylko skrót do [System settings](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia) . ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FjobTeKo4S1egpqKajVBw%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D6cca2bce-1fcc-4d3d-b715-9b612692ae50&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=57db23ac&sv=2) System Settings - Languages [WsteczUprawnienia](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/moj-profil/uprawnienia) [DalejCentrum akcji](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/centrum-akcji) Ostatnia aktualizacja 7 miesięcy temu Czy to było pomocne? Czy to było pomocne? --- # Menu użytkownika i Centrum akcji | Ergonode User Manual For the complete documentation index, see [llms.txt](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt) . This page is also available as [Markdown](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md) . **Menu użytkownika** Menu użytkownika znajduje się w prawym górnym rogu. Znajdziesz tam trzy opcje: [Mój profil](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/moj-profil) , [Ustawienia](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia) , oraz Wyloguj się. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FEqaeYYGk6hHhXPIIR9Nl%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dbf4cc16a-6f6f-4535-8648-a2fb030a007b&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=490caf44&sv=2) **Action center** [Centrum działań](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/centrum-akcji) (ikona dzwonka) to miejsce z powiadomieniami systemowymi. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FaeMtXapKVrrqYtiltYjv%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D114e07ab-14e2-47fe-86e3-bb0147a73d65&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=2a3800fa&sv=2) [WsteczDashboard](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard) [DalejMój profil](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/moj-profil) Ostatnia aktualizacja 7 miesięcy temu Czy to było pomocne? Czy to było pomocne? --- # Centrum akcji | Ergonode User Manual For the complete documentation index, see [llms.txt](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt) . This page is also available as [Markdown](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/centrum-akcji.md) . Każde nowe powiadomienie będzie wyświetlane jako czerwona ikona z liczbą nieprzeczytanych powiadomień. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FVv9jP42zHIHWQWUWA08d%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3D017505da-e108-4cda-b4bf-7ee1d2a38a63&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=4f69377b&sv=2) Aby oznaczyć je jako przeczytane, kliknij trzy kropki (_kebab) w menu_ i wybierz _Oznacz wszystkie jako przeczytane_. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FCrG49MISAYqH7MuM2UkR%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dfd04a275-8064-48c1-93a6-6d02ff009eb9&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=55dae752&sv=2) Niektóre powiadomienia będą miały dodatkową opcję po najechaniu na nie kursorem. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FaF9SCs0LmU0xf8iCiSIK%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Da070322a-5765-4901-abd8-d9b1344fd0d2&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=e4142be6&sv=2) W szczegółach powiadomienia zobaczysz komunikat o błędzie, jeśli coś pójdzie nie tak. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252Fq6YvyxTVWlPjvoXsYfvD%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dedf3122d-0294-48ee-801b-fda0258426ae&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=254e2536&sv=2) Możesz anulować akcję, używając opcji Stop w menu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F2967841381-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FM9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k%252Fuploads%252FFcnfAxNhaUflwVtijDw0%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3De97e96f7-f1f0-474a-879b-5f1fcd4233e3&width=768&dpr=3&quality=100&sign=81cd441b&sv=2) [WsteczUstawienia](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/ustawienia) [DalejKatalog](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog) Ostatnia aktualizacja 7 miesięcy temu Czy to było pomocne? Czy to było pomocne? --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-manual.md). # Ergonode Manual {% hint style="info" %} If you have an issue opening our main support portal address you can try the alternative one at {% endhint %} {% hint style="success" %} Please be advised that Ergonode officially only supports the Google Chrome browser. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Please note that certain features and functions described in this manual may not be available across all pricing tiers. {% endhint %} Welcome to the Ergonode User Manual page. As you are surely aware, we live in an age of digital transformation where every retailer, distributor, or manufacturer shares the same problem: discovering the best way to manage their product catalog effectively to manage their product catalog effectively.\\ \\ Therefore, we created the Ergonode platform - when it comes to digital sales channels, product management empowers your team with efficient catalog management, increases the productivity and quality of their day-to-day work, and provides data enrichment. \*\*Ergonode is a PIM platform for teams that enrich product information together. Smart product management allows for a better team spirit and increased productivity.\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/gSZCSgP8ZOy8Dp3isBgF) \## With Ergonode you can: \* Design outstanding product data by creating beautiful templates for product families. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/rXQA0nV8Plhe10vj9MPd) Product Catalog - Product Card Example \* Streamline your workflow with automation features such as bulk editing and scheduled updates. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/QUWfkXgCZL0sy3SAHxyO) Automations list \* Collaborate with your team in real-time by sharing product information and updates instantly. \* Ensure data consistency across all channels to maintain brand integrity. \* Customize data models to suit specific industry needs, improving data organization and retrieval. \* Use AI to create the descriptions and translations for you. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/o68csxQeVMyIkskhH2W6) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/XkZtIggQ6F9VGIl8rxEf) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/pq1trK1xWvcR1UegSeWY) \* Set powerful workflows for your team. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0m8A7HSd2AHc9sl2fkiG) Workflow designer \* Easily manage multiple languages. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/aR3MnUgteUhYbqGKUMCK) \* Create and execute import and distribution processes. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/s6pMOVkoKgQRRmkHkTAg) \* Easily manage your assets (simple DAM): ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/qJveYzLke7XiBPexJssO) \* Create your apps or use the built-in ones to extend the functionality of our System. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/zeWXmRROXQCJjvT8medP) \## You can find other great resources here: \* \[Ergonode Community Slack Channel\](https://ergonode-community.slack.com) \* \[Ergonode Facebook Profile\](https://www.facebook.com/ergonode) \* \[Ergonode Linkedin Profile\](https://www.linkedin.com/company/14812512/) \* \[Ergonode Twitter Account\](https://twitter.com/ergonode) \* \[Ergonode YouTube Profile\](https://www.youtube.com/@ergonode) \* \[Ergonode Instagram Profile\](https://www.instagram.com/ergonodepim/) --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-manual.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \# Ergonode User Manual ## Ergonode User Manual - \[Ergonode Manual\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-manual.md): Step-by-step instructions on how to use Ergonode. - \[Dashboard\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard.md) - \[User menu and Action center\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md) - \[My profile\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/my-profile.md) - \[Activity log\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/my-profile/activity-log.md) - \[Privileges\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/my-profile/privileges.md) - \[Settings\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/settings.md) - \[Action center\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/action-center.md) - \[Catalog\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/general.md) - \[Template\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/template.md) - \[History\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/history.md) - \[Children\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/children.md) - \[Variants\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/variants.md) - \[Comments\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/comments.md) - \[Creating new product\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/creating-new-product.md): How to create a new product via UI - \[Simple products\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/creating-new-product/simple-products.md) - \[Grouping product\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/creating-new-product/grouping-product.md) - \[Product with variants\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/creating-new-product/product-with-variants.md) - \[Copy data from one product to another\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/copy-data-from-one-product-to-another.md) - \[System views\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views.md) - \[Table view (Grid view)\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/table-view-grid-view.md) - \[Tile view (Gallery view)\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/tile-view-gallery-view.md) - \[Kanban view\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/kanban-view.md) - \[Custom views\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/custom-views.md) - \[Display settings\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/display-settings.md) - \[Batch actions\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions.md) - \[Edit attribute values\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values.md) - \[Generate product descriptions\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/generate-product-descriptions.md) - \[Generate product names\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/generate-product-names.md) - \[Translate content\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/translate-content.md) - \[Change values\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/change-values.md) - \[Add prefix or suffix\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/add-prefix-or-suffix.md) - \[Add values\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/add-values.md) - \[Remove values\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/remove-values.md) - \[Clear values\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/clear-values.md) - \[Edit categories\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-categories.md) - \[Edit collections\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-collections.md): Batch action to add products to a collection or remove them from it. - \[Edit media names\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-media-names.md): Batch action “Edit media name” allows to edit names of media, which are indicated in specific attributes of products. Media names can be generated dynamically based on variables (product attribute. - \[Edit template\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-template.md) - \[Edit status\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-status.md) - \[Export to file\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/export-to-file.md): Use this function to export product information straight from the grid. - \[Delete products\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/delete-products.md) - \[Identification of related products\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/delete-products/identification-of-related-products.md): Guide on how to identify product that are related to other products. - \[Filters (Advanced)\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/filters-advanced.md) - \[Segments\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments.md) - \[Create a new segment\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments/create-a-new-segment.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments/general.md) - \[Translations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments/translations.md) - \[Conditions\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments/conditions.md) - \[Collections\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections.md) - \[Create a new collection\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections/create-a-new-collection.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections/general.md) - \[Translations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections/translations.md) - \[Products\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections/products.md): Here you can add or remove products from a collection. - \[Attributes\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes.md) - \[Create a new attribute\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/create-a-new-attribute.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/general.md) - \[Translations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/translations.md) - \[Validation\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/validation.md) - \[Options\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/options.md) - \[Custom Fields\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/custom-fields.md): Your attributes, now with a makeover! Elevate your Product Information Management with Ergonode's customizable fields. - \[Custom Fields - How it works\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/custom-fields/custom-fields-how-it-works.md) - \[Custom Fields - Use Cases\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/custom-fields/custom-fields-use-cases.md) - \[Custom Fields - Ergonode Transfer\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/custom-fields/custom-fields-ergonode-transfer.md): Explanation on how to use the Ergonode Transfer feature to manage Custom Fields. - \[Metadata\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/metadata.md): Represents a metadatum of attribute - \[Attributes Batch Actions\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/attributes-batch-actions.md): Batch action is a function that allows you to perform mass editing or deleting of attributes. - \[Attribute variables\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/attribute-variables.md): Explanation of how to use variables - \[Attribute groups\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attribute-groups.md) - \[Create a new attribute group\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attribute-groups/create-a-new-attribute-group.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attribute-groups/general.md) - \[Translations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attribute-groups/translations.md) - \[Product templates\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates.md): Product templates are a powerful tool that lets you customize the look and feel of your product cards in Ergonode PIM. - \[Main templates\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates.md) - \[Create a new template\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/create-a-new-template.md) - \[Cloning the template\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/cloning-the-template.md): The “Clone template” function allows you to create a copy of an existing product template with a new name. - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/general.md) - \[Translations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/translations.md) - \[Designer\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/designer.md) - \[Widgets\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/designer/widgets.md): Widgets are a feature in the PIM Template Designer. They allow you to customize your templates with various elements. Currently, there are three widgets available: “Heading”, “Divider”, and “Note”. - \[Sections\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections.md): Sections are a convenient way to group and reuse attributes for your products in Ergonode PIM. - \[Create a new section\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/create-a-new-section.md) - \[Cloning the section\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/cloning-the-section.md): The “Clone section” function allows you to create a copy of an existing section with a new name. - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/general.md) - \[Translations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/translations.md) - \[Designer\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/designer.md) - \[Completeness sets\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets/general.md) - \[Translations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets/translations.md) - \[Categories\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories.md) - \[Create a new category\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories/create-a-new-category.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories/general.md) - \[Translations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories/translations.md) - \[Products\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories/products.md) - \[Category trees\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-trees.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-trees/general.md) - \[Translations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-trees/translations.md) - \[Designer\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-trees/designer.md) - \[Category attributes\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-attributes.md) - \[Add attribute\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-attributes/add-attribute.md) - \[Fill in a category attribute value\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-attributes/fill-in-a-category-attribute-value.md) - \[Product importer\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/data-exchange/product-importer.md): Is a user-friendly import of product data in \\\*.xls and \\\*.xlsx format into Ergonode, with the ability to map attributes and save mapping profiles for reuse in the future. - \[Profiles\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/data-exchange/product-importer/profiles.md) - \[History\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/data-exchange/product-importer/history.md): History screen explained - \[Media\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media.md): The Media module allows you to upload, organize, and manage multimedia files in Ergonode. - \[Edit\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit/general.md) - \[Translations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit/translations.md) - \[Properties\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit/properties.md) - \[Relations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit/relations.md) - \[Media attributes\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media-attributes.md): Media Attributes in Ergonode bring structure, automation, and intelligence to your digital asset management. - \[About Automations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/automations/about-automations.md): The Automations feature in Ergonode is designed to simplify and streamline tasks related to managing your Product Catalog. - \[Setting Up Automations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/automations/about-automations/setting-up-automations.md) - \[List of available Triggers, Conditions, and Actions\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/automations/about-automations/list-of-available-triggers-conditions-and-actions.md) - \[Example business cases with configuration\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/automations/about-automations/example-business-cases-with-configuration.md) - \[Automations FAQ\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/automations/about-automations/automations-faq.md) - \[About Apps feature\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature.md): Apps are small services that extend standard Ergonode PIM functionality. - \[Installed apps\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/installed-apps.md): Place in the system to work with installed apps. - \[Available apps\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps.md): Apps marketplace - \[Baselinker\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker.md): Basic connector to connect the Ergonode PIM with Baselinker. - \[Options\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker/options.md): The basic configuration page. - \[Configuration\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker/configuration.md): Baselinker App advanced configuration page - \[Scheduler\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker/scheduler.md): Scheduler Option – Automating Feed Synchronization - \[History\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker/history.md) - \[CSV\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv.md): Application to create custom CSV file with product data and product feed. - \[Options\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv/options.md): The basic configuration page. - \[Configuration\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv/configuration.md): CSV App configuration page - \[Scheduler\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv/scheduler.md): Scheduler Option – Automating Feed Synchronization - \[History\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv/history.md): A place to see CSV application logs - \[Channable Feed\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/channable-feed.md): Application to create custom Channable Feed CSV file with product data and product feed. - \[Options\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/channable-feed/options.md): The basic configuration page. - \[Configuration\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/channable-feed/configuration.md): CSV App configuration page - \[Scheduler\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/channable-feed/scheduler.md): Scheduler Option – Automating Feed Synchronization - \[History\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/channable-feed/history.md): A place to see CSV application logs - \[Shopify CSV\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/shopify-csv.md): CSV file exporter to connect the Ergonode PIM with Shopify. - \[Options\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/shopify-csv/options.md) - \[Configuration\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/shopify-csv/configuration.md): Shopify CSV App configuration page - \[History\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/shopify-csv/history.md): A place to check Shopify CSV application logs - \[Silnik Cen\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/silnik-cen.md): Ergonode PIM - Silnik Cen - Connector - \[Options\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/silnik-cen/options.md): Silnik Cen > Options - \[Configuartion\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/silnik-cen/configuartion.md) - \[Indesign App by Univio\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/indesign-app-by-univio.md): App to integrate Ergonode with Adobe Indesign via Univio service. - \[Options\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/indesign-app-by-univio/options.md) - \[Configuration\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/indesign-app-by-univio/configuration.md) - \[Information\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/general.md) - \[New status\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/general/new-status.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/general/new-status/general.md) - \[Translations\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/general/new-status/translations.md) - \[Designer\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/designer.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/designer/general.md) - \[Conditions\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/designer/conditions.md) - \[Users\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/users.md) - \[Change user password\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/users/change-user-password.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/users/general.md) - \[Avatar\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/users/avatar.md) - \[Language restrictions\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/users/language-restrictions.md) - \[Product Privileges\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/users/product-privileges.md): This feature ensures that users have appropriate access to the products they are responsible for, enhancing security and efficiency in managing product data. - \[User roles\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/user-roles.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/user-roles/general.md) - \[Privileges\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/user-roles/privileges.md) - \[Attribute privileges\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/user-roles/attribute-privileges.md) - \[Activities\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/activities.md) - \[Activity logs\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/activities/activity-logs.md) - \[Batch actions\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/activities/batch-actions.md) - \[Your plan\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/your-plan.md): A place in the system to check how many resources from the package have been used. - \[Ergonode transfer\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer.md) - \[Files format\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/files-format.md): Overview of the import and export files format - \[Import\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import.md) - \[Creating a new import job\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import/creating-a-new-import-job.md) - \[Running / Importing data\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import/running-importing-data.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import/running-importing-data/general.md) - \[History\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import/running-importing-data/history.md) - \[Importing grouping products and products with variants\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import/importing-grouping-products-and-products-with-variants.md) - \[Exports\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/exports.md): The Ergonode transfer is one of the ways how you can export data from Ergonode. You can also export data via apps, or direclty from the product catalog. - \[Creating a new export\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/exports/creating-a-new-export.md) - \[Running / Exporting data\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/exports/running-exporting-data.md) - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/exports/running-exporting-data/general.md) - \[History\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/exports/running-exporting-data/history.md) - \[Scheduler\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/exports/running-exporting-data/scheduler.md) - \[Settings\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings.md) - \[Languages\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings/languages.md) - \[Media profiles\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings/media-profiles.md): The Media Profiles section is the command center for your asset transformation logic. Each profile consists of a set of Target Formats and sizes (optional). - \[General\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings/media-profiles/general.md) - \[Configuration\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings/media-profiles/configuration.md) - \[Units\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings/units.md) - \[API Keys\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings/api-keys.md): Instruction on how to create an API key to connect to Ergonode GraphQL API. - \[SKU\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings/sku.md) - \[About plugins\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/about-plugins.md) - \[Disclaimer statement\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/disclaimer-statement.md): Important notice: No Warranties on Software Functionality - \[Magento 2 (new plugin)\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/disclaimer-statement/magento-2-new-plugin.md) - \[Shopware\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/disclaimer-statement/shopware.md): Installation and configuration guide for Shopware 6.5 <> Ergonode connector (plugin) - \[PrestaShop\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/disclaimer-statement/prestashop.md) - \[WooCommerce\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/disclaimer-statement/woocommerce.md) - \[Magento 2 (old)\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/disclaimer-statement/magento-2-old.md): DO NOT USE THIS VERSION - USE / MIGRATE TO THE NEW ONE THIS ONE IS OUTDATED AND NOT SUPPORTED - \[How to Write Effective Prompts\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/tutorials-and-video-clips/how-to-write-effective-prompts.md) - \[Using ticketing system\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/tutorials-and-video-clips/using-ticketing-system.md): A manual on how to create a new account and use the system. - \[How to deal with entities\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/tutorials-and-video-clips/how-to-deal-with-entities.md) - \[Youtube channel\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/tutorials-and-video-clips/youtube-channel.md) --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on a page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-manual.md?ask= \`\`\` The question should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/podrecznik-ergonode.md). # Podręcznik Ergonode {% hint style="info" %} Jeśli masz problem z otwarciem naszego głównego portalu wsparcia pod adresem , możesz spróbować alternatywnego pod adresem {% endhint %} {% hint style="success" %} Prosimy pamiętać, że Ergonode oficjalnie obsługuje wyłącznie przeglądarkę Google Chrome. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Zwróć uwagę, że niektóre funkcje i możliwości opisane w tym podręczniku mogą nie być dostępne we wszystkich planach cenowych. {% endhint %} Witamy na stronie podręcznika użytkownika Ergonode. Jak zapewne wiesz, żyjemy w erze transformacji cyfrowej, gdzie każdy detalista, dystrybutor czy producent boryka się z tym samym wyzwaniem: znalezieniem najlepszego sposobu na efektywne zarządzanie katalogiem produktów.\\ \\ Właśnie dlatego stworzyliśmy platformę Ergonode — jeśli chodzi o kanały sprzedaży cyfrowej, zarządzanie produktami daje Twojemu zespołowi narzędzia do efektywnego zarządzania katalogiem, zwiększa produktywność i jakość codziennej pracy oraz umożliwia wzbogacanie danych. \*\*Ergonode to platforma PIM dla zespołów, które wspólnie wzbogacają informacje o produktach. Inteligentne zarządzanie produktami sprzyja lepszemu zespołowi i zwiększa wydajność.\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bdb65bf5ab8260aa52210d0888d5f21e8d47bac6) \## Dzięki Ergonode możesz: \* Projektować wyjątkowe dane produktowe, tworząc estetyczne szablony dla rodzin produktów. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/541396fea458052d4316952d1d85bf577ea9c363) Katalog produktów — przykładowa karta produktu \* Usprawnić przepływ pracy dzięki funkcjom automatyzacji, takim jak edycja zbiorcza i zaplanowane aktualizacje. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5a8a5dd48937ffbf3f4a7b7807cc9e5794fa1d38) Lista Automatyzacji \* Współpracować z zespołem w czasie rzeczywistym, udostępniając informacje o produktach i aktualizacje natychmiast. \* Zachować spójność danych we wszystkich kanałach, aby utrzymać integralność marki. \* Dostosować modele danych do specyficznych potrzeb branży, poprawiając organizację i wyszukiwanie informacji. \* Wykorzystać AI do tworzenia opisów i tłumaczeń za Ciebie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f45d0f5545fbf94e501cd6cd8142e09e7d09c9ae) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cefe031120d2c381cc413699e20848cb68263663) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b5bf10f32b792d17da3370ee61d859f0462a9e66) \* Ustawić wydajne przepływy pracy dla swojego zespołu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0becba18858e34782a4e84f95758c5047a7397a0) Kreator Przepływów Pracy \* Łatwo zarządzać wieloma językami. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2ddc553253ab7dc045774408470d7ca96887d132) \* Tworzyć i uruchamiać procesy importu oraz dystrybucji. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1f08069d42835f24b3d69b80a9d56cbfdb3f9e66) \* Prosto zarządzać zasobami (prosty DAM): ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a01f6712067f7f4fb980b43862a6f655cb6b21ea) \* Twórz własne apki lub użyj wbudowanych, aby rozszerzyć funkcjonalność naszego Systemu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3f0ee5a4331c50c07586307bb502d2f6e613d249) \## Inne przydatne zasoby znajdziesz tutaj: \* \[Kanał społeczności Ergonode na Slack\](https://ergonode-community.slack.com) \* \[Profil Ergonode na Facebooku\](https://www.facebook.com/ergonode) \* \[Profil Ergonode na LinkedIn\](https://www.linkedin.com/company/14812512/) \* \[Konto Ergonode na Twitterze\](https://twitter.com/ergonode) \* \[Profil Ergonode na YouTube\](https://www.youtube.com/@ergonode) \* \[Profil Ergonode na Instagramie\](https://www.instagram.com/ergonodepim/) --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/podrecznik-ergonode.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard.md). # Dashboard Dashboard jest podzielony na trzy sekcje: Products, Completeness oraz Statuses (z przełącznikiem języka). Jego celem jest dostarczenie podstawowego przeglądu Twoich produktów. ## \*\*Produkty\*\* Ta sekcja przedstawia przegląd zasobów produktowych, wyszczególniając liczby produktów prostych, produkt grupujących oraz produktów z wariantami. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/db1fbc412baef9f703d3f43aded164940da379dc) \## \*\*Kompletność\*\* Completeness pokazuje procent produktów wypełnionych w 100% (liczba produktów wypełnionych w 100% podzielona przez łączną liczbę wszystkich produktów w systemie, z podziałem na język). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/aa174e4a7ce00b3f8c08a19c8f3389c62c4bf19d) \## \*\*Statuses\*\* Statuses informuje o liczbie produktów we wszystkich dostępnych statusach Przepływu pracy, również skategoryzowanych według języka. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f2bcd20ef36ce0a0898ee97dd1b8688d8c14b29e) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/moj-profil.md). # Mój profil W tym menu możesz sprawdzić swój \[Dziennik aktywności\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/moj-profil/dziennik-aktywnosci.md) oraz \[Uprawnienia\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/moj-profil/uprawnienia.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/moj-profil.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/ustawienia.md). # Ustawienia Ta opcja to tylko skrót do \[System settings\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e74eb811c8adc0f81f5852456c1af82e3f18a8bd) System Settings - Languages \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/ustawienia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md). # Menu użytkownika i Centrum akcji \*\*Menu użytkownika\*\* Menu użytkownika znajduje się w prawym górnym rogu. Znajdziesz tam trzy opcje: \[Mój profil\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/moj-profil.md), \[Ustawienia\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia.md), oraz Wyloguj się. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d0e4e2d84c7432f94325eb31271c23cb783b4adf) \*\*Action center\*\* \[Centrum działań\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/centrum-akcji.md) (ikona dzwonka) to miejsce z powiadomieniami systemowymi. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e842ac797656a432383696890b69cd125f9d780f) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/centrum-akcji.md). # Centrum akcji Każde nowe powiadomienie będzie wyświetlane jako czerwona ikona z liczbą nieprzeczytanych powiadomień. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d1472d89441578c218489a7dbf03939693e231e8) Aby oznaczyć je jako przeczytane, kliknij trzy kropki (\*kebab) w menu\* i wybierz \*Oznacz wszystkie jako przeczytane\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/efd637ac1f2107a2d9ad492328612b5ea272b759) Niektóre powiadomienia będą miały dodatkową opcję po najechaniu na nie kursorem. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/63b1434bd318414f2f2420e7a953ab3b8801be9b) W szczegółach powiadomienia zobaczysz komunikat o błędzie, jeśli coś pójdzie nie tak. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1822926ee4aec3c5e687f664f9a85d54ca263c2e) Możesz anulować akcję, używając opcji Stop w menu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/655c04b7cb6d9b33a94a370909db64f5a1e33f6b) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/centrum-akcji.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog.md). # Katalog {% hint style="info" %} Instancje demonstracyjne mają ograniczenie do maksymalnie 5 tys. produktów. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Siatka \\\[4\] jest ograniczona do maksymalnie 100 kolumn. {% endhint %} {% hint style="warning" %} Aby usunąć produkt, najpierw musisz usunąć wszystkie jego relacje. Przeczytaj więcej o tym, jak to zrobić \[TUTAJ\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/usun-produkty/identyfikacja-powiazanych-produktow.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a96db4a177203721ac56e5c941da2b001accb0dd) Katalog produktów jest podzielony na cztery sekcje: ## \\\[1\] Pasek górny Pasek górny pozwala wykonywać akcje dotyczące całego katalogu, w tym tworzyć\[ nowy produkt\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu.md). ## \\\[2\] Pasek Akcji / Filtrów / Widoku Ten obszar umożliwia wykonanie \[Akcji masowych\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa.md), użycie \[Zaawansowanych filtrów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/filtry-zaawansowane.md), oraz przełączanie \[Widoków systemowych\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe.md). ## \\\[3\] Pasek Atrybutów Tutaj możesz wyszukać istniejące atrybuty, klikając ikonę lupy, i użyć ich w siatce lub \[Zaawansowanych filtrów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/filtry-zaawansowane.md). Możesz także \[utworzyć nowy atrybut\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/utworz-nowy-atrybut.md) klikając \*\*\*zielony plus\*\*\* ikonę na dole. ## \\\[4\] Sekcja produktów Siatka wyświetla produkty dostępne w naszym środowisku PIM i umożliwia proste wyszukiwania, szybkie zmiany przypominające Excel oraz edycję lub usuwanie produktów. Możliwe jest także dodawanie nowych wierszy — jak pokazano w sekcji \[Widok własny\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widoki-niestandardowe.md) . Możesz przypiąć kolumnę po lewej stronie siatki ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/779e8eb972d1ae7caaa4173d54e6814eed9fc6db) lub ją usunąć. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ed318a9afe940dbff4b47fbcad317848c7d4fa08) Proste wyszukiwanie w siatce wykonuje się przez dwukrotne kliknięcie pierwszego wiersza kolumny, wpisanie zapytania, a następnie naciśnięcie Enter. {% hint style="info" %} W przeciwieństwie do \[Zaawansowanych filtrów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/filtry-zaawansowane.md), lista produktów filtrowana za pomocą prostych filtrów nie pozostaje przefiltrowana po odświeżeniu strony ani po opuszczeniu i ponownym powrocie. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9f99b3bdd384b0bd4694bded457d7d3a2172f334) Dane w siatce można sortować, klikając ikonę sortowania, która pojawia się po najechaniu na wiersz z tytułem. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3d55a48c88873700e179c4d4d99c80dc0576769e) Aby edytować produkt, znajdź go w siatce i kliknij ikonę edycji (ołówek). Zostaniesz przekierowany na stronę z kartami: \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/ogolne.md), \[Szablon\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/szablon.md), \[Historia\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/historia.md).\\ Karta z \[Komentarzami\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/komentarze.md) została przeniesiona i teraz Komentarze są dostępne jako ikona w prawym górnym rogu !\[\](/files/1ea64cf65517714a2e50d1270dc846304e64fd72) !\[\](/files/a45a15b3a90750bc9941456e71ce462281543d56) ). {% hint style="info" %} Może istnieć piąta karta nazwana \[Warianty \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkt-z-wariantami.md)jeśli tworzysz Produkt z wariantami, lub \[Dzieci\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkt-grupujacy.md)\[ \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkt-grupujacy.md)jeśli tworzysz Produkt grupujący. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/740ee29f0b60a830c4f9cd46716056bff88ee7bc) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/ogolne.md). # Ogólne Tutaj możesz zmienić podstawowe opcje, takie jak szablon używany dla tego produktu oraz przypisane do niego kategorie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e7f2a83d755502721247284e43d25eb141d08eb7) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty/utworz-nowy-segment.md). # Utwórz nowy segment Aby utworzyć nowy segment kliknij \*+ NEW SEGMENT\* w prawym górnym rogu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c3ccaa141e67e3aa86d2cdec16c6361ed40d26ec) Wprowadź teraz kod dla tego segmentu. Wybierz nazwę, która pozwoli Ci zidentyfikować jego zawartość. {% hint style="info" %} Po zapisaniu kod segmentu nie może być zmieniony — jeśli potrzebujesz zmiany, usuń go i utwórz nowy. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c005d3f243a8b1067c23b478370262f0a28d6ee5) Kliknij \*CREATE\* aby zapisać segment lub \*CREATE & EDIT\* aby otworzyć go w trybie edycji. W trybie edycji będziesz miał dostęp do trzech kart: \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty/ogolne.md), \[Translations\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty/tlumaczenia.md), oraz \[Warunki\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty/warunki.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty/utworz-nowy-segment.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty/warunki.md). # Warunki To prawdopodobnie najważniejsza zakładka w Segments — tutaj możesz zdefiniować różne warunki, które produkt musi spełnić, aby system dodał go do segmentu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ed67f5ad052e48736088bfc8054f962c64fffe17) Dostępne warunki są wyświetlane w lewym panelu; aby je dodać, przeciągnij i upuść. W warunkach, gdzie użytkownik wybiera z typu \\\*multi-select\\\*, można zaznaczyć więcej niż jedną opcję. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/77c81493fa7ae8926f6deec539d7e10954678d6c) Pamiętaj, że konfiguracja oznacza: „jeżeli produkt należy do kategorii Monitors lub Phillips”. Jeśli chcesz, aby warunek brzmiał: „jeżeli produkt należy do więcej niż jednej (konkretnej) kategorii”, poprawnym sposobem jest użycie tego samego warunku dwukrotnie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/59e52031d661555beb1a69128e403d40387fa713) Możesz dodać jeden lub więcej warunków, ale pamiętaj, że wszystkie muszą być spełnione, aby produkt pojawił się w segmencie (\*\*AND\*\* operator) W zależności od warunku mogą być dostępne dodatkowe opcje do wyboru. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/02cccab705d3151991d4e564cb46e8e3b24bc952) Gdy skończysz, kliknij \*ZAPISZ ZMIANY\*. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty/warunki.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-wartosci-atrybutow.md). # Edytuj wartości atrybutów {% hint style="info" %} Akcje zbiorcze działają w tle. Gdy zostaną w pełni wykonane, zobaczysz potwierdzenie w \[Centrum akcji\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md) oraz nowy wpis w \[Aktywności\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/akcja-masowa.md). {% endhint %} Możesz użyć następujących akcji: ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/43e52e8f635c41e118fdf2cb4c9f456228dbd03a) {% hint style="info" %} Użytkownik może wykonywać akcje na wielu atrybutach jednocześnie. Ta funkcja dotyczy następujących operacji: \\ • Zmienianie wartości\\ • Dodawanie prefiksu lub sufiksu\\ • Dodawanie wartości\\ • Usuwanie wartości\\ • Czyszczenie wartości {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/df5115e46232453cb58b9f7efb9d94ec4b7f15c3) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-wartosci-atrybutow.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/komentarze.md). # Komentarze {% hint style="success" %} W najnowszej aktualizacji Ergonode, \*\*komentarze\*\* zostały przeniesione do zwijanego paska bocznego dostępnego zarówno w \*\*Szczegóły produktu\*\* oraz \*\*Katalog (Siatka/Tabela)\*\* widokach. Zapewnia to stały dostęp do opinii bez zakłócania Twojego przepływu pracy. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Odznaka komentarzy odzwierciedla łączną liczbę komentarzy, a nie tylko nieprzeczytanych czy nowych. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Komentarze pozostają powiązane z określoną wersją produktu i są widoczne dla każdego użytkownika mającego dostęp do tego produktu. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Pasek boczny zamyka się automatycznie po przejściu poza widok Szczegółów produktu. {% endhint %} ## Dostęp do panelu komentarzy A \*\*ikona komentarzy\*\* pojawia się w dwóch miejscach: \* \*\*widok Szczegóły produktu\*\*: Pasek narzędzi w prawym górnym rogu. Gdy nie ma komentarzy, ikona wyświetla się w stanie nieaktywnym (obrys). Gdy istnieją komentarze, obok ikony pojawia się odznaka z łączną liczbą komentarzy. Kliknięcie ikony otwiera pasek boczny; ponowne kliknięcie (lub kliknięcie ikony zamknięcia) go ukrywa. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d7ab8e308559700a0aaebf8e30f85e6bef678db2) karta produktu – wyróżniona sekcja komentarzy \* \*\*widok Katalog (Siatka/Tabela)\*\*: W kolumnie akcji w każdym wierszu, obok ikon edycji i usuwania. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bdde989f9b9466eabe1e6e6f1b0bab7adc4ca6d5) \## Układ paska bocznego Po otwarciu pasek boczny z komentarzami pokazuje: \* Przycisk Nowy komentarz u góry do tworzenia komentarza. \* Przewijaną listę istniejących komentarzy, z których każdy jest wyświetlany jako karta zawierająca: \* Awatar użytkownika lub inicjały oraz nazwę autora \* Tekst komentarza. \* Znacznik czasu wskazujący datę utworzenia. \* Ikony Edytuj (ołówek) i Usuń (kosz) pojawiające się po najechaniu dla komentarzy, których jesteś właścicielem. ## Dodawanie nowego komentarza \* Otwórz pasek boczny komentarzy, klikając ikonę komentarza w prawym górnym pasku narzędzi widoku Szczegóły produktu. \* W polu Napisz komentarz… u góry paska bocznego wpisz tekst komentarza. \* Kliknij Dodaj komentarz, aby opublikować. \* Jeśli zmienisz zdanie, kliknij Anuluj, aby wyczyścić pole. ## Edycja i usuwanie \* \*\*Edytuj\*\*: Kliknij ikonę ołówka na karcie swojego komentarza. Zmodyfikuj tekst, a następnie kliknij \*Zapisz komentarz\* lub \*Anuluj\*. \* \*\*Usuń\*\*: Kliknij ikonę kosza, a następnie potwierdź, aby trwale usunąć komentarz. Liczba na odznace zostanie odpowiednio zaktualizowana. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/komentarze.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkt-z-wariantami.md). # Produkt z wariantami ## Wprowadzenie {% hint style="info" %} Produkt z wariantami składa się z produktu głównego oraz prostych produktów jako jego wariantów (podobnie jak produkty konfigurowalne w Magento). {% endhint %} Jeśli twój produkt ma wiele wersji, takich jak kolory, materiały lub rozmiary, potrzebujesz produktu z wariantami. Aby go utworzyć, wykonaj te same wstępne kroki jak przy tworzeniu prostego produktu, ale gdy zobaczysz \*\*\*Utwórz produkt\*\*\* okno popup, wybierz \*\*\*Produkt z wariantami\*\*\* z listy \*\*Typ produktu.\*\* Jak wcześniej, wypełnij wszystkie pola; różnice pojawią się po utworzeniu produktu i przejściu do jego edycji. Zakładka \*\*\*Warianty\*\*\* będzie dostępna, gdzie możesz wybrać proste produkty do dodania. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1be817580efa4ae90163e7798d5b38dc8c3420e6) {% hint style="info" %} Atrybut dowiązujący to wspólny atrybut produktu, który łączy produkty w produkt z wariantami. Atrybut musi być typu Pole wyboru i mieć zakres GLOBALNY. {% endhint %} Kliknij \*\*\*Dodaj atrybut dowiązujący\*\*\* aby dodać nowy. Pojawi się nowe okno; ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/21e2aa4bdf5d0ceb634e5f8d4dad472f17faba73) kliknij \*\*\*+ Dodaj atrybut dowiązujący\*\*\* i dodaj jeden lub więcej. Jeśli nie masz dostępnego atrybutu dowiązującego, musisz \[utworzyć go najpierw\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/utworz-nowy-atrybut.md). Wszystkie dodane miejsca dla atrybutów dowiązujących muszą mieć wybrany atrybut, zanim będzie można kontynuować. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4a8c5fa772650914f3e0ce081b6ef5f711607515) Kliknij \*\*\*Wybierz atrybuty\*\*\* aby zapisać lub \*\*\*Anuluj\*\*\* aby przerwać. Jeśli chcesz zmienić wybrane atrybuty, kliknij \*\*\*Atrybuty dowiązujące\*\*\* po lewej stronie \*\*\*+ Dodaj produkty\*\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5f54613fae29cce3ad32de68008efd3a04e999b3) a następnie \*\*\*Edytuj atrybuty\*\*\*. Możesz usuwać atrybuty dowiązujące, klikając \*\*\*ikonę usuwania.\*\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e1d4f297dfc1fa3a01c06ea66ad3df8efe3e108c) Kolejny krok to dodanie produktów, więc kliknij \*\*+ \*\*\*\*\*Dodaj produkty.\*\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/268d338d54ee653edaf26733e9b40fb19cd724ed) Możesz \*\*\*Wybrać z listy\*\*\* lub \*\*\*Wygenerować warianty\*\*\*. Poniżej znajdziesz opis obu opcji. ## Dodaj z listy W nowo otwartym oknie zobaczysz siatkę produktów, które mają wybrany wcześniej atrybut dowiązujący. Zaznacz produkt, który chcesz dodać, i kliknij \*\*\*Zapisz zmiany\*\*\* aby potwierdzić lub zamknij to okno, aby anulować. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a7a4d5671e72ca6c59d488bf1495e0565755e9b0) {% hint style="info" %} Produkty na liście to te, które mają ten sam atrybut dowiązujący w przypisanym im szablonie. Atrybut ten musi mieć również przypisaną wartość, aby produkt pojawił się na liście. {% endhint %} Produkt(y) zostaną dodane jako wariant. Jeśli chcesz otworzyć ten wariant (produkt), kliknij \*\*\*ikonę oka\*\*\*. Aby usunąć, kliknij \*\*\*ikonę x\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b5d6c65b4850abd043939f55ebf0407804e2b3a4) \## Generowanie wariantów Dostępne są opcje wstępnej konfiguracji generowania wariantów. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7ab6d12569ed1846b1a200d26d4f6de383b3c9f5) {% hint style="info" %} Generowanie SKU dla nowo utworzonych wariantów wykorzystuje tłumaczenia w wybranym języku, jeśli są dostępne; w przeciwnym razie używane są kody jako rozwiązanie zapasowe. {% endhint %} | Nazwa opcji | Opis | Dodatkowe informacje | | ------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Wartości atrybutu dowiązującego | Określ wartości atrybutów dowiązujących, z których zostaną wygenerowane warianty produktów. | To pole jest wymagane. | | Format SKU wariantów | Określ format SKU generowanych wariantów; opiera się on na wartościach atrybutu dowiązującego. SKU wariantów zacznie się od SKU produktu nadrzędnego. | Jeśli istnieje więcej niż jeden atrybut dowiązujący, użytkownik może zmienić ich kolejność, przeciągając i upuszczając, jednak SKU produktu nadrzędnego zawsze musi pozostać na pierwszym miejscu. | | Separator | Znak używany jako separator w nazwach nowo tworzonych wariantów. | To pole jest wymagane. | | Język wartości atrybutu | Język, z którego zostaną pobrane wartości do utworzenia nazwy produktu. | To pole jest wymagane. | | Użyj szablonu produktu nadrzędnego | Automatycznie przypisz szablon użyty w produkcie nadrzędnym do nowo tworzonych wariantów. | Domyślnie: Włączone. Po wyłączeniu możliwy jest wybór innego szablonu z listy rozwijanej. | | Szablon produktu | Umożliwia wybór innego szablonu do użycia z nowo wygenerowanymi wariantami. | Wyświetlane tylko, jeśli \*Użyj szablonu produktu nadrzędnego\* jest ustawione na WYŁ. | | Kopiuj kategorie z produktu nadrzędnego | Jeśli WŁ., kategorie przypisane do produktów nadrzędnych są automatycznie przypisywane do nowo wygenerowanych wariantów. | Domyślnie: WYŁ. | | Kategoria | Umożliwia wybranie kategorii do skopiowania. | Wyświetlane tylko, jeśli \*Kopiuj kategorie z produktu nadrzędnego\* jest ustawione na WŁ. | | Kopiuj wartości atrybutów z produktu nadrzędnego | Jeśli WŁ., wartości atrybutów z produktów nadrzędnych są automatycznie kopiowane do tych samych atrybutów w nowo wygenerowanych wariantach. | Domyślnie: WYŁ. Jeśli użytkownik nie ma wystarczających uprawnień do atrybutów (edycja) (dostępne w wyższych licencjach), może nie widzieć wszystkich dostępnych atrybutów. Aby atrybut był widoczny, musi mieć także wartość w głównym produkcie „macierzystym”. | | Wartości atrybutów do skopiowania | Umożliwia wybór, które wartości atrybutów zostaną skopiowane do nowo wygenerowanych wariantów. | Wyświetlane tylko, jeśli \*Kopiuj wartości atrybutów z produktu nadrzędnego\* jest ustawione na WŁ. | {% hint style="info" %} Generowanie wariantów odbywa się w tle. Po zakończeniu procesu użytkownicy zostaną powiadomieni przez \[\*\*\*Action Center\*\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/centrum-akcji.md)\*\*\*.\*\*\* {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/48e5da8b06bec9b827fff166da9d9b40c00838ed) \## Odłącz produkt Aby odłączyć produkt od produktu nadrzędnego, użyj \*\*\*Odłącz produkty\*\*\* w \*\*\*Akcja\*\*\* menu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/336e968266e21f57d3ac9e8641fbbbd15c3666fc) {% hint style="info" %} Odłączone produkty NIE są usuwane; stają się pojedynczymi prostymi produktami. Jeśli chcesz usunąć wygenerowany wariant, musisz najpierw go odłączyć, a następnie usunąć z \[Katalog produktów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog.md) lokalizacji. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c4dfccac66e8d741d0ded624b60024953fc09d9f) {% hint style="info" %} Odłączanie wariantów odbywa się w tle. Po zakończeniu procesu użytkownicy zostaną powiadomieni przez \[Action Center\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/centrum-akcji.md). {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkt-z-wariantami.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/clear-values.md). # Clear values These actions completely clear the attribute values and leave them blank. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/JCO0XGHMh7vNX2NZjcNJ) Click on \*\*\*SAVE CHANGES\*\*\* to proceed. A final confirmation window will appear, allowing you to confirm or abort. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/D4c2WbKC0empoSuRLbsL) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/clear-values.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/remove-values.md). # Remove values This action can be performed only with file, gallery, multi-select, and product relation type attributes. To use it, drag and drop the attribute from left to right and click on the attribute. In our example, it will be a gallery-type attribute. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/UcRgGzE8DaPlBgpQ1i7d) You need to know which attribute value you wish to remove, as the system will not show you the current one. When you are done, click on \*\*\*SAVE CHANGES\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4ZR5w2n775kS9Fp6B5hm) Values will be added. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/TfYWCipTsLqbLnrKU9sE) Click on \*\*\*SAVE CHANGES\*\*\* to proceed. A final confirmation window will appear, allowing you to confirm or abort. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/vCBJHCtotXOXxZ8PX355) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/remove-values.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/change-values.md). # Change values From the \*\*\*Product attributes\*\*\* column on the left side, select the language for which you wish to change values. It's possible to change values for the same attribute in multiple languages at once; all you need to do is drop them into the \*\*\*Change values\*\*\* column for every language you wish to edit. {% hint style="info" %} Please remember that only LOCAL type attributes can have different values per language. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/nZE8PGYOeUimRaGdIFCh) Drag and drop them from left to right. If you have many attributes on the list, you can use the search function (magnifying glass icon) to find the one you're interested in. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/vt3EmuzbtTVH4u3A09lN) If you made a mistake and do not want to edit the value of an attribute, remove it by clicking on the small round \*\*\*delete icon\*\*\* on the right side of the attribute. {% hint style="warning" %} If you leave the attribute in the Change value column without entering a value, the system will save an empty value in the attribute and delete the current one. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/PG9e8AZVxO8BHwtxz9nQ) Insert the desired value into the attribute field and click on \*\*\*SAVE CHANGES\*\*\* to save. You will see a final confirmation window. Click \*\*\*PROCESS\*\*\* to make the changes or \*\*\*CANCEL\*\*\* to abort. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/KXwJy5uOCGkUIj1XziGt) {% hint style="info" %} It's also possible to use attribute variables here. Read more on how to use them \[here\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog#attribute-variables). {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/change-values.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/kanban-view.md). # Kanban view The Kanban view is used with \[workflow\](/workflow/information.md). It uses workflow conditions (if any are set) to allow a product to be taken from one workflow state to another. To do so simply drag and drop a product from one row to another. When dragged all available options will turn green. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/MV1aKu216UoysweIqKiv) You can simply click on a product to open it in \[edit mode\](/products/catalog/template.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Ory46WZyF1zkuroT9r5a) At the top of a view, there are two options Language change and \[FILTERS\](/products/catalog/filters-advanced.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2Are598lR63ekKhiPJNz) Each language has its own workflow. The screen below shows that the same products are in different workflow states in German than they were in English. You can \[assign \](/system/settings/languages.md)one workflow per language. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/dEmvLotJq4VXIbPBdGgy) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/kanban-view.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/translate-content.md). # Translate content #### \*\*Attribute Access:\*\* \* Only \*\*TEXT\\\_AREA\*\* and \*\*TEXT\*\* attributes with scope \*\*LOCAL\*\* are accessible for writing by the user. \*\*Language Access:\*\* \* \*\*From\*\*: Only languages the user has access - \*\*READ.\*\* \* \*\*To\*\*: Only languages the user has access - \*\*WRITE.\*\* {% hint style="info" %} Read how to add more languages \[here\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} Choose an attribute to translate content in, language from, and language to. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/K8RIheLGU0eluGxbn40L) Confirm the batch action or cancel it. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/NRHgF7Ae16sMRvoo50Nd) The progress window will show up. You can stop the action from here is needed. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/XDKy0vs4uSow4b9gkO1d) When the batch action is finished a success or error message will appear. Click on \*\*See details\*\* for more information. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/o57gO83Di5mA3VOu4pt7) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/translate-content.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-template.md). # Edit template {% hint style="info" %} Batch actions work in the background, when they are fully executed you will see confirmation in the \[Action center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md) and a new entry in \[Activities\](/system/activities/batch-actions.md). {% endhint %} Choose a product template from the list and click \*Change template.\* To abort the operation click \*Cancel\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/UC86rvWToarkaNhwf5Hm) Click on \*Process x product\* to start batch action or \*Cancel\* to abort. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/DOcrEKzRtLmjVMrr81Jr) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-template.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/creating-new-product/product-with-variants.md). # Product with variants ## Introduction {% hint style="info" %} A product with variants consists of a main product and simple products as its variants (similar to Magento configurable products). {% endhint %} If your product has multiple versions, such as colors, materials, or sizes, you will need a product with variants. To create one, follow the same initial steps as when creating a simple product, but when you see the \*\*\*Create Product\*\*\* popup window, choose \*\*\*Product with Variants\*\*\* from the \*\*Product Type drop-down.\*\* As before, fill in all fields; the differences will appear after you have created the product and moved to edit it. A \*\*\*Variants\*\*\* tab will become available, where you can select simple products to add. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/uCQrvoOzmDHoId2zgoMQ) {% hint style="info" %} The binding attribute is a common product attribute that links products together into a product with variants. The attribute must be of the SELECT type and have a GLOBAL scope. {% endhint %} Click on \*\*\*Add Binding Attribute\*\*\*\*\*s\*\* to add a new one. A new window will appear; ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/uU05zPX1R1ErQ3i2Ce25) click on \*\*\*+ Add Binding Attribute\*\*\* and add one or more. If you do not have a binding attribute available, you need to \[create it first\](/product-design/attributes/create-a-new-attribute.md). All added spaces for binding attributes must have an attribute selected before you can proceed. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/70jSHFzx6nTE6uWzTYix) Click on \*\*\*Choose attributes\*\*\* to save or \*\*\*Cancel\*\*\* to abort. If you wish to change selected attributes, click on \*\*\*Binding attributes\*\*\* to the left of \*\*\*+ Add products\*\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8fQojFawK1yALcrlccOD) and then \*\*\*Edit attributes\*\*\*. You can delete binding attributes by clicking on the \*\*\*remove icon.\*\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/wgKdZinoRzOdwiuzRVQm) The next step is adding products, so click \*\*+ \*\*\*\*\*Add Products.\*\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/75keXweyV9uQm7rePDmY) You can \*\*\*Select from list\*\*\* or \*\*\*Generate variants\*\*\*. Below you will find both options described. ## Add from list In the newly opened window, you will see a grid of products that have the binding attribute you selected earlier. Tick the product you wish to add and click \*\*\*Save Changes\*\*\* to confirm or close this window to cancel. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Le0LMkDjPreP6R66qZhL) {% hint style="info" %} The products on the list are those that share the same binding attribute on the template assigned to them. This attribute must also have a value assigned for the product to appear on the list. {% endhint %} Product(s) will be added as a variant. If you wish to open this variant (product) click on the \*\*\*eye icon\*\*\*. To delete, click on the \*\*\*x icon\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Cuk42yX3EvuuTRd9wpfE) \## Generating variants There are some options to configure variant generation beforehand. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/sPBB6cHKIgsg1Urq89sq) {% hint style="info" %} Generating SKUs for newly generated variants uses translations in the selected language if available; if not, codes are used as a fallback. {% endhint %} | Option name | Description | Additional information | | ------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Binding attribute values | Specify the values of binding attributes from which product variants will be generated. | This field is required. | | SKU format of the variants | Specify the SKU format of generated variants, it's based on the binding attribute values. SKU of variants will start with the parent SKU. | If there is more than one binding attribute, a user may change their order by dragging and dropping them, however, the parent SKU must always remain first . | | Separator | A sign used as a separator in newly created variants' names. | This field is required. | | Language of attribute value | The language from which values will be taken to create the product name. | This field is required. | | Use parent product template | Automaticly assign the template used in the parent product to newly created variants. | On by default. If turned off, it's possible to choose a different template from a drop down. | | Product template | Allows to choose a different template to use with newly generated variants. | Shown only if \*Use parent product template\* is set as OFF. | | Copy parent product categories | If ON, categories assigned to parent products are automatically assigned to newly generated variants. | Default: OFF | | Category | Allows to pick categories to be copied. | Shown only if \*Copy parent product categories\* is set as ON. | | Copy parent product attribute values | If ON, values of attributes from parent products are automatically copied to the same attributes in newly generated variants. | Default: OFF. If the user does not have sufficient attribute privileges (edit), (available with higher licenses), he may not see all available attributes. Also for an attribute to be visible, it must have a value in the main "mother" product. | | Attribute values to be copied | Allows to choose which attribute values will be copied to newly generated variants. | Shown only if \*Copy parent product attribute values\* is set as ON. | {% hint style="info" %} The generation of variants is done in the background. When the process is complete, users will be notified via the \[\*\*\*Action Center\*\*\*\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/action-center.md)\*\*\*.\*\*\* {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Dyy14vTDnqsipAloPh3n) \## Detach the product To detach the product from the parent product use \*\*\*Detach products\*\*\* in the \*\*\*Action\*\*\* menu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/t0ggQRlZnwMfo2zFAL5M) {% hint style="info" %} Detached products are NOT deleted; they become single simple products. If you wish to delete the generated variant, you must first detach it and then delete it from the \[Product Catalog\](/products/catalog.md) location. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/BOJmsXABps7a23h1GP3F) {% hint style="info" %} Detaching variants is done in the background. When the process is complete, users will be notified via the \[Action Center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/action-center.md). {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/creating-new-product/product-with-variants.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/generate-product-descriptions.md). # Generate product descriptions {% hint style="info" %} You can choose only one attribute and one language at a time. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Read \[this article\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/tutorials-and-video-clips/how-to-write-effective-prompts) to learn how to write effective prompts. {% endhint %} {% hint style="success" %} You can use \[variables \](/product-design/attributes/attribute-variables.md)in the prompt window. To do so, type #, and a list of available attributes will be displayed. {% endhint %} {% hint style="warning" %} Keep in mind that AI-generated content may contain errors. Review all entries carefully before saving. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Supercharge product descriptions and SEO using AI prompts - free guide available in \[Polish\](https://www.ergonode.com/pl/zasoby/e-booki/jak-pisac-prompty-pim) and \[English\](https://www.ergonode.com/resources/e-books/how-to-write-prompts-for-ai-pim). {% endhint %} First, specify the textarea attribute and the language in which the content will be generated. A list of applicable attributes to choose from is available in the \*\*Attribute\*\* dropdown. A list of applicable languages to choose from is available in the \*\*Languages\*\* dropdown. Next, type your prompt to generate the descriptions. List the specific attributes you want to include in the description. Write a clear and concise prompt that includes the attributes and additional instructions. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lIncGEBLIorLyurS4hrs) Click the \*\*Try out prompt\*\* button to generate value for the first product only, to test the prompt, before applying it to all products. {% hint style="warning" %} Even test runs of the prompt will count toward the monthly AI usage limit for your instance. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Fi6EtelASf2GyXR5wxdh) Click the \*\*Generate content\*\* button to generate value for all selected products at once. A confirmation window will show up. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/OgRlIvVhpV2EwZ1KIvUe) You can stop the action from the menu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/v2SjbLAqFb0kParWrKSc) You can stop the action from the menu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/v2SjbLAqFb0kParWrKSc) If an error occurs you can See details from the menu or the button. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fQDIcIWM36jmbVJvF6II) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/generate-product-descriptions.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/add-values.md). # Add values This action can be only performed on a file, gallery, multi-select, and product relation type attributes. This action adds value to existing ones without deleting them. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/XuEbDgUS34990QdBzsVo) Other than that, the behavior is the same as with \[Change values \](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values#change-values)action. {% hint style="info" %} It's also possible to use attribute variables here. Read more on how to use them \[here\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog#attribute-variables). {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/add-values.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/generate-product-names.md). # Generate product names This batch action works the same way the \*\*Generate product descriptions\*\* do. The only difference is that here text type attribute is used instead of textarea. Please refer to this \[description\](/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/generate-product-descriptions.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Mq76RhJMVZ4WjxqVujYd) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/pDpZYTHxq9nOuDHWH7sY) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/generate-product-names.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-media-names.md). # Edit media names {% hint style="info" %} Batch actions work in the background; when they are fully executed, you will see confirmation in the \[Action center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md) and a new entry in \[Activities\](/system/activities/batch-actions.md). {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} \*\*Additional information:\*\* \* Only global-type attributes are supported. \* Supported attribute types are the same as with variables in TEXT\\\_AREA type attributes, the list can be found here: \[LINK\](/product-design/attributes/attribute-variables.md) \* Medium has to be related only to one product. \* If a single medium is used in many attributes within the product, then the system will change its name only once, in the first attribute. \* If the variable has an empty value, then, in effect, it will be empty in the file name. \* The count suffix (…01, …02…) is always added in the product context. \* The limit on the file name length is 128 characters. \* The forward slash “/” is not allowed in the media name. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0xWaB0psD1co7VZ7mzuQ) \## Attributes containing media Start by selecting the attributes you want to change the media names in. {% hint style="info" %} The name suffix (01, 02, 03, etc.) will be applied in the order of the selected attributes. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/TIG8KuQSRmPEiyGyjFBP) Choose the naming method for your media name format. ## Media name format - Naming method ### Based on attribute values Using this method you can use a custom string and/or a variable. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7RJik8huMZsrr4SuPxXx) The next step is to choose a language to pull variable values from. It's required to do so even if variables are not used to create a new media name. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/jPb6UmvF2mbA9cqQ5PsH) Click on \*Edit media names\* to start the renaming process. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/JW8pKAZvFvUWbVaOZ20n) When it's done, the system will send a notification via the Action center. \*\*Example configuration:\*\* \* Media name format \`#name-#type-#color-\` \* Language of variables \`English (United Kingdom)\` \* Attributes with media to be renamed \`Main image, Gallery\` \*\*Sample effect for a single product:\*\* \* Assume that the product has the following values:\\ \`#name: "Adidas Shoes"\`\\ \`#type: "Casual"\`\\ \`#color: "Black"\` \* Value \`image1.jpg\` in attribute \`Main image\` change its name to \`Adidas Shoes-Casual-Black-01.jpg\` \* Value \`gallery\_image001.jpg\` in attribute \`Gallery\` change its name to \`Adidas Shoes-Casual-Black-02.jpg\` \* Value \`gallery\_image002.jpg\` in attribute \`Gallery\` change its name to \`Adidas Shoes-Casual-Black-03.jpg\` \* Value \`gallery\_image003.jpg\` in attribute \`Gallery\` change its name to \`Adidas Shoes-Casual-Black-04.jpg\` ### Based on product SKU This method does not need any additional configuration. \*\*Example configuration:\*\* \* Assume that the product has the following values: \`#SKU: "001"\` \`#total number of files in selected attributes: 4\` {% hint style="info" %} The order in which attributes are selected defines the incrementation order. If "Main image" was selected first, the first file in that attribute will start the process, then the system will proceed with the rest of the files in that attribute and then will start changing the names of files in the "Gallery" attribute. {% endhint %} Attributes with media to be renamed \`Main image, Gallery\` \*\*Sample effect for a single product:\*\* \* Value \`image1.jpg\` in attribute \`Main image\` change its name to \`001-01.jpg\` \* Value \`gallery\_image001.jpg\` in attribute \`Gallery\` change its name to \`001-02.jpg\` \* Value \`gallery\_image002.jpg\` in attribute \`Gallery\` change its name to \`001-03.jpg\` \* Value \`gallery\_image003.jpg\` in attribute \`Gallery\` change its name to \`001-04.jpg\` --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-media-names.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/delete-products/identification-of-related-products.md). # Identification of related products Relations are everything that connect one product to another. They may be a product relation attribute, or they may be used as children in grouping products, or they may be variants of other main products. ## Product relation attribute First, determine if there are any product relation attributes in the system. Go to \*\*Product Design > Attributes\*\* and double-click on the cell just under the \*\*Type\*\* field. This will open a list of all available attribute types. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2vElzsmKeFnsdXy3nG4m) Product Design > Attributes > Filtering Find the \*\*Product Relation\*\* attribute and select it. Then press \*\*OK\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ulJ7Qlczp8eBHftyqnKJ) Product Design > Attributes > Filtering by type This action will filter out all Product Relation type attributes that are created in the system. Then, look for these attributes in the product (Product > Catalog) of the product you want to delete. Clear their values and save the changes. You may also add those attributes to the product catalog grid as described \[HERE\](/products/catalog/system-views/custom-views.md) and work from there. {% hint style="info" %} Keep in mind that a different product may have a relation (value in the attribute) that relates to the product you wish to delete. {% endhint %} To check for this, drag the product relation attribute to the product catalog grid and search for the SKU of the product you want to delete. The filter will return only those products that have relations to the one you’re interested in. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a9MM65nJ2Y2EEXQ2Fcis) Product > Catalog > Filtering \## Grouping product The relation can be built by connecting products as \*\*children\*\* of a main \*\*grouping product\*\*. To easily find out if a product you wish to delete is connected this way, follow the same method as described earlier. Add the system attribute \*\*Product Children\*\* to the product catalog grid, and look for the SKU of the item you want to delete. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/gziU3ExgIWot2O74U0N9) Product > Catalog > Filtering \## Variable products The same approach applies to variable products. Add the system attribute \*\*Product Variants\*\* and search for relevant connections. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fCYtzZTjqxjMOAA6VGFe) Product > Catalog > Filtering \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/delete-products/identification-of-related-products.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/add-prefix-or-suffix.md). # Add prefix or suffix This action allows for adding extra text to the beginning or end of an attribute's value. {% hint style="info" %} Don't forget to add a space or your text will be combined. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} This action can only be performed with text and textarea attributes. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Aj5XUZYn8CY2fSDJ1lJx) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values/add-prefix-or-suffix.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/kopiowanie-danych-z-jednego-produktu-do-drugiego.md). # Kopiowanie danych z jednego produktu do drugiego {% hint style="info" %} Możesz skopiować dane do produktu, który już zawiera dane, lub do całkowicie nowego. Jeśli skopiujesz dane do produktu, który już posiada jakieś dane, zostaną one nadpisane. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Dane, które zostaną skopiowane, obejmują szablon produktu, wartości atrybutów oraz przypisanie do kategorii. {% endhint %} Aby skopiować dane z jednego produktu do drugiego, przejdź do \[Produkty \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog.md)w menu bocznym i kliknij \*\*\*edytuj (ołówek)\*\* ikonę\* przy produkcie, do którego chcesz skopiować dane. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1ad94d36fbf90321a9f0b7d5bd4ebfc6e4e918f4) W lewym górnym rogu znajduje się \*\*\*menu z trzema kropkami\*\*\* (kebab), kliknij je i wybierz \*\*\*Kopiuj inny produkt\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/870cacf98ddc709e32d0208ed721f128a4b16b85) Aby znaleźć poszukiwany produkt, możesz użyć tych samych technik dostępnych na \[siatce Produktów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-tabeli-widok-siatki.md), oraz \[Zaawansowanych filtrach\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/filtry-zaawansowane.md). Możesz także dodać nową kolumnę do siatki, jak pokazano w \[Widoku osobistym\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widoki-niestandardowe.md) sekcji. Wybierz produkt, z którego chcesz skopiować dane, i kliknij \*\*\*Kopiuj produkt\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cd4fb1a40469d7389b9a5344ab3f77556dca74e8) Kolumny w tym oknie są takie same jak kolumny, które masz w katalogu Produktów. Niektóre atrybuty będą wyróżnione na zielono, co oznacza, że zawierają dane skopiowane z innego produktu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/73118fad1b58c382607ec33b363ff78c1f9ab932) Nie zapomnij kliknąć \*\*\*Zapisz zmiany\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a0eaac9bd0493ce46bf697a7d82cad42b528c18c) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/kopiowanie-danych-z-jednego-produktu-do-drugiego.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv/configuration.md). # Configuration ## Configuration In the first configuration step, you are able to set the following options: ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lGgH1g6MePqsq0LfEXw5) | Field | Description | | -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Language | Choose a language in which values from the Ergonode will be synchronized | | Column separator | Choose a separator to use in the CSV file \\\[semicolon (;) or comma (,)\] | | Collection value separator | Choose a separator to use between values in the same cell \\\[semicolon (;) or comma (,) or pipe (\\|)\] | | Merged in mapper separator | Choose a separator to use between values taken from different attributes in the mapper \\\[ pipe (\\|) or a dash (-) or space ( )\] | When ready click on the \*\*\*Next Step\*\*\* button. ## Mapping The next step is to create a CSV file structure and map Ergonode attributes. Click on the \*\*\*Map attributes\*\*\* button to do so. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/AkA83tKiRmuPUTuYzhoU) Map attributes To create a new column drag and drop an attribute from left to right. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/TR2LkzSpyzHaH6cStBei) Attribute mapping It's possible to map more than one attribute to the same column. Please name the column header before going further. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/xtlEL4LNykn4wO30u38t) Multiple attribute mapping It's possible to change the attribute order simply by dragging. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/gh2S1fd6KYK9ckgpJWIv) When ready click the \*\*\*Save mapping\*\*\* button. You will be taken back to the configuration screen. Click on the \*\*\*Save configuration\*\*\* button to save all the changes. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv/configuration.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions.md). # Batch actions Batch action allows for modifying the data of multiple attributes in multiple products at once. To do so, first, tick the products you wish to edit with batch actions. {% hint style="info" %} If you need to use batch actions on more products than those displayed on a single page, note that the selection is remembered. This means you can select the products you need on the first page, and then navigate to the second page to select additional products. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/loMUHixaOoxHtkF77Rdr) Product grid {% hint style="info" %} You can perform a batch action for any number of products, selecting those you see displayed on the page (see image above ) or selecting all products visible at a given moment, depending on the filters used. (see image below) {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7hoNGEOFrEoxSjype02H) Then click on \*ACTIONS\* and choose what action you wish to perform. You may choose from \[Edit attribute values\](/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values.md), \[Edit categories\](/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-categories.md), \[Edit media names\](/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-media-names.md), \[Edit template\](/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-template.md), \[Edit status\](/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-status.md), \[Export to file\](/products/catalog/batch-actions/export-to-file.md), or \[Delete a product\](/products/catalog/batch-actions/delete-products.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ZbkApQkENWu99Kla0wSL) Batch actions menu \## Canceling the batch action. Any batch action can be canceled either from the progress window ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/mbHDQqkUi1oFeh5Y843w) or from the \[Action center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/action-center.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fmWX0JDO7eLYUVal0QqB) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/akcje-masowe-atrybutow.md). # Akcje masowe atrybutów {% hint style="info" %} Możesz anulować akcję masową, gdy jest wykonywana. Przeczytaj \[tutaj \](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions#canceling-the-batch-action)aby dowiedzieć się jak. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3cd7f00907893e47b5d603f7756f55ef0f0f5711) Aby skorzystać z tej funkcji, musisz: \* \*\*Zaznaczyć jeden lub więcej atrybutów\*\* w tabeli, zaznaczając pole obok każdego atrybutu w pierwszej kolumnie. Możesz też użyć listy rozwijanej oznaczonej małą zieloną strzałką, aby zaznaczyć lub odznaczyć wszystkie atrybuty lub tylko te na bieżącej stronie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a3c19303b480735058f71045b7e957c55bb3e7f6) \* \*\*Wybrać opcję\*\* z listy rozwijanej w lewym górnym rogu nad tabelą. ### Edytuj grupę \* Jeśli wybierzesz \*\*Edytuj grupę\*\*, możesz przypisać wszystkie zaznaczone atrybuty do istniejącej grupy atrybutów. Pojawi się nowe okno z listą rozwijaną wszystkich grup atrybutów w systemie, przyciskiem \*\*Zmień grupę\*\*oraz przyciskiem \*\*Anuluj\*\*. Kliknij \*\*Zmień grupę\*\* aby potwierdzić przypisanie, lub \*\*Anuluj\*\* aby przerwać akcję. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/627f25eb297b5b4416304065ab574bf345c6f923) \### Tłumacz nazwy atrybutów \*\*Dostęp językowy:\*\* \* \*\*Od\*\*: Tylko języki, do których użytkownik ma \*\*ODCZYT\*\* dostęp. \* \*\*Do\*\*: Tylko języki, do których użytkownik ma \*\*ZAPISU\*\* dostęp. Wybierz język z oraz do i kliknij przycisk \*\*Przetłumacz nazwę atrybutu\*\* aby kontynuować. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1086fdfa0a8d0ebd858e03ed7ce489bf1931e456) Potwierdź lub anuluj. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7d6b718b1bbeeed5688e2ad18c44bf27bba6d170) \### Usuń atrybuty \* Jeśli wybierzesz \*\*Usuń atrybuty\*\*, możesz trwale usunąć wszystkie zaznaczone atrybuty z systemu. Pojawi się okno potwierdzenia z przyciskiem \*\*Usuń\*\*oraz przyciskiem \*\*Anuluj\*\*. Kliknij \*\*Usuń\*\* aby potwierdzić usunięcie, lub \*\*Anuluj\*\* aby przerwać akcję. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/746ed168219d2682dc40d257c4bc6ae879131c14) \* \*\*Poczekaj, aż akcja masowa\*\* zakończy się w tle. Otrzymasz powiadomienie w „\[\*Action center\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md)\*\*"\*\* gdy zadanie zostanie zakończone. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3ef7eeba41daf84dadc0e7b8d8802cb633e39569) Możesz też kliknąć menu opcji w powiadomieniu i wybrać „\*Zobacz szczegóły\*\*\*"\*\* aby zobaczyć więcej informacji o akcji masowej. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0df8f4e36cd7ce9c09f066db5c92a67a38d95de2) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/akcje-masowe-atrybutow.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/delete-products.md). # Delete products {% hint style="info" %} Batch actions work in the background, when they are fully executed you will see confirmation in the \[Action center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md) and a new entry in \[Activities\](/system/activities/batch-actions.md). {% endhint %} {% hint style="warning" %} To delete a product, first, you need to remove all its relation to other products. Read more about how to do it \[HERE\](/products/catalog/batch-actions/delete-products/identification-of-related-products.md). {% endhint %} This will delete checked products completely. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/uFeGT3IhKktcbp183qCh) Once clicked you will see the final confirmation window, where you can either go with it or cancel. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/dCBL4JghnnKz26m6xser) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/delete-products.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-status.md). # Edit status {% hint style="info" %} Batch actions work in the background, when they are fully executed you will see confirmation in the \[Action center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md) and a new entry in \[Activities\](/system/activities/batch-actions.md). {% endhint %} Choose a status and language to set for a previously selected products and click on the \*\*Change status\*\* button. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/InyitBxBnayBkE866I7Y) Confirm your decision or cancel it. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cps3SVWCSmpLwYqA8hgP) After confirmation, a notification will show up. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/uaNnDXwRlbixSpSFrVIH) When the change is done it will be shown in \[Notification center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/wC4RT4BNyGF6BJYa7Htk) To see details of that action highlight the notification entry and click on the three dots menu, then choose \*\*See details\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/LjFgZF6eAHZYVZxJXlb4) Now you will be presented with action details. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/pQqtYWqwlRWZZVgHslPT) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-status.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/shopify-csv/options.md). # Options ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ZozkIGc9mb4grGhoaO5s) Apps - Shopify CSV - Options tab {% hint style="info" %} Segment can only be set before the first synchronization or after cleaning the cache. You can install multiple instances of the same app and configure each differently - like profiles. {% endhint %} | Filed | Description | | ---------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Application name | Place to set an application name | | Segment | Choose a segment to use with the app, if you need to work with more than one segment, please install another instance of the same app. | --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/shopify-csv/options.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/shopify-csv/history.md). # History Once a synchronization begins, the app automatically logs an entry in the \*\*History\*\* tab, capturing essential details, including: \* \*\*Start Date:\*\* The exact timestamp marking the beginning of synchronization. \* \*\*Finish Date:\*\* The timestamp indicating when the process was successfully completed. \* \*\*Entries:\*\* The total number of records processed during synchronization. \* \*\*Errors:\*\* A summary of any issues encountered throughout the process. \* \*\*Status:\*\* The current state of synchronization, ensuring clarity on its progress. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7gJNjuGwj9Wz50pv3y5e) Apps - Shopify CSV - History Additionally, an "\*\*eye icon"\*\* is available for a quick visual review, allowing users to access more detailed information effortlessly. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/07w0qBmoD3oeLL3cbfxH) Apps - Shopify CSV - History - Details \*\*Download Availability:\*\*\\ Once the file is generated, the \*\*download icon\*\* will appear. To view the update, \*\*manually refresh\*\* the page to reflect the changes. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/dVC1Yipi4UYXOJUdRrbq) Apps - Shopify CSV - History - Download \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/shopify-csv/history.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-categories.md). # Edit categories {% hint style="info" %} Batch actions work in the background, when they are fully executed you will see confirmation in the \[Action center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md) and a new entry in \[Activities\](/system/activities/batch-actions.md). {% endhint %} Here you may perform three actions: ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ryET45tkZ8RCXzAVcdmh) \#### Add to categories This action assigns products to selected categories and keeps the existing ones. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/PKZayrgZgST6n9KGpZTT) 1\. This is just an icon to visually indicate what type of action it would perform. 2. This will filter categories from the \\\[5\] list to a specific category tree. 3. This will filter the \\\[5\] list to display only those categories that are checked. 4. This will select all categories displayed in the \\\[5\] list. 5. This is a list of categories. 6. This will expand the category \\\[5\] list. Click on Add to categories to proceed or Cancel to abort. If you go with it, a final confirmation window will appear. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3t86m9l8zOJ6PB9Bkaqb) \#### Change categories This will work exactly like a \[#add-to-categories\](#add-to-categories "mention") but will change product categories and remove existing ones. #### Remove from categories This will work exactly like a \[#add-to-categories\](#add-to-categories "mention") but will remove products from the selected categories --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-categories.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker.md). # Baselinker ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/iZTPVTD8PMfHKQmnC15F) Installed baselinker app \## Introduction The \*\*Baselinker App\*\* bridges the gap between \*\*Ergondoe PIM\*\* and \*\*Baselinker\*\*, enabling data exchange via API. Designed to enhance your workflow, this app simplifies configuration and synchronization. {% hint style="info" %} Please be aware that Base (formerly Baselinker) API is limited to x requests per minute (depending on the package), so when you get a synchronization error, please check your API usage before reporting an error to us. To do so, please go to . If this happens, please wait till the restrictions are lifted and synchronize the app again. {% endhint %} {% hint style="warning" %} Base (formerly Baselinker) allows for an image to have a maximum size of 2MB, but for them to host a file, it must be sent in binary (base64) format. This conversion adds a significant amount of data to the image (30-40%). So, if you receive an error about file size during synchronization, that is the reason. The safe image size to send should be around 1.3MB. {% endhint %} {% hint style="danger" %} Base (formerly Baselinker) allows multiple products to share the same SKU. However, Ergonode PIM does not support duplicate SKUs. If your Base account contains products or/and sets with identical SKUs, the synchronization app will not be able to process these products. To ensure proper synchronization, please make sure all products or/and in Base have unique SKUs. {% endhint %} ## Key Features \* \*\*Customizable Application Name\*\*: Personalize your app instance by assigning a unique name. \* \*\*Segment Selection\*\*: Choose the relevant segment from the dropdown menu. Refer to the separate \[Segments\](/products/segments.md) page for detailed information on segments. \* \*\*Configuration Wizard.\*\* {% hint style="success" %} If a product with the same SKU exists in Baselinker and Ergonode PIM, it will be matched during the synchronization, and the mapped attributes from this product will be updated in Baselinker. {% endhint %} ## \*\*Additional Functions\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/wSOmGp7qRbMVkxzDyHWR) \* \*\*Run sync\*\* – Manually trigger an incremental synchronization. \* \*\*Run full sync\*\* – Manually trigger a full synchronization. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/HznZGvClymoUK0I8OCic) \* \*\*Clear Cache\*\* – Use this option to \*\*trigger the first full synchronization during the next synchronization\*\* (the extended process). When activated, it also allows you to modify the selected segment in the \*\*Options\*\* tab. {% hint style="warning" %} Changing the segment after initial synchronization may result in data loss in the Baselinker, and it's not recommended. {% endhint %} \* \*\*Delete App\*\* – Use this option to \*\*uninstall the app\*\* and \*\*remove all configurations\*\* permanently. This action \*\*cannot be undone\*\*, so proceed with caution. ## Running the app \*\*Step 1: Configuration\*\* Begin by navigating through the \[\*\*Options\*\* \](/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker/options.md)and \[\*\*Configuration\*\* \](/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker/configuration.md)section to tailor the app settings to your needs. Detailed explanations for each option and configuration can be found on linked pages. \*\*Step 2: Running the App\*\* Once you’ve set up your preferences, click the \*\*\*Run synchronization\*\*\* button in the top-right corner to initiate synchronization processes. \*\*Step 3: History\*\* After initiating a synchronization, the app will log an entry in the \[\*\*History\*\* \](/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker/history.md)tab. ## Known app limitations \* Baselinker API limits can cause synchronization errors. If this happens please wait till the restrictions are lifted and synchronize the app again. \* There is no way for now to limit the categories that are sent to Baselinker (all categories from the Ergonode PIM are sent). \* In select and multiselect attribute types, the options translations must be all lowercase letters. \* As SKU is a main identifier in Ergonode PIM, its value will not be sent to the mapped attribute in the Baselinker (it will always be sent as SKU). \* Unit type attributes can only be mapped with attributes of the same type on the Baselinker side (weight, height, width, length) and only if the attribute units in Ergonode correspond to those in Baselinker. \* \*\*Maximum image size\*\*: The correct limit for image size in Baselinker is \*\*2MB.\*\* \* The App does not support custom parameters created manually within your BaseLinker account. {% hint style="info" %} Since this is a basic connector it may not cover all needs. In case that happens, we could connect you with one of our partners for more custom solutions. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker/history.md). # History After initiating a synchronization, the app will log an entry in the \*\*History\*\*. This entry includes vital information such as: ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/TyPPksU8VUjUNAOfUWzd) Baselinker app - history grid \* \*\*Start Date\*\*: The timestamp when the synchronization began. \* \*\*Finish Date\*\*: The timestamp when the synchronization was completed. \* \*\*Entries\*\*: The number of records processed. \* \*\*Errors\*\*: Any issues encountered during the process. \* \*\*Status\*\*: The current state of the synchronization. \* An \*\*eye icon\*\* is available for a quick visual overview and to access more detailed information. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1wcC05SQlb4PTpIkN5SA) Baselinker app - synchronziation details window \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker/history.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/channable-feed/scheduler.md). # Scheduler The \*\*Scheduler Option\*\* allows users to automate the synchronization of their \*\*Channable Feed\*\*, ensuring timely updates at regular intervals. \*\*1. Enable Scheduler\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6ylrYG8E9Vwt0ZtrDvjO) \* Use the toggle switch to activate or deactivate the scheduler. \* When enabled, the feed will automatically sync at the specified time interval. \*\*2. Time Interval Selection\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/MJUdZ6rkhmVJwh7hQlYh) \* Choose how frequently the synchronization should occur (e.g., every 3 hours, daily, etc.). \* This ensures your feed is always updated without manual intervention. \*\*3. Next Synchronization\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/JTTpuWbQ8OmcAW1utEqC) \* Displays the scheduled time for the next sync. \* The actual synchronization time may vary by a few minutes due to processing factors. \*\*4. Adjust Next Sync Time\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lrieMPOBhKmCHdb73SBB) \* Click \*\*"Change next sync time"\*\* to manually modify when the next synchronization occurs. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/yZcyOFEg19QW3T8eq33g) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/channable-feed/scheduler.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/export-to-file.md). # Export to file Start by \[filtering\](/products/catalog/filters-advanced.md) out all the products you wish to export to an Excel file. All the columns you are currently seeing at the grid will be exported to a file, so if you do not need information from all the columns set up a \[view\](/products/catalog/system-views/custom-views.md) first. {% hint style="info" %} There is a maximum limit of 100 columns and 1 500 000 cells. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Custom views can be saved and shared. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} The generated file will be in .xlsx format. {% endhint %} Then go to Actions and click on "\*Export to file\*". ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/BjjsvbOxRPxHHR1WTRYn) If action is succeded you will see a confirmation. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/r8iipb2VUnBGSWmPgIlF) Depending on the information volume, this may take some time to be exported. When finished you will see a notification in \[Action Center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md). This is also the place where you can download the file from. To do so click on the "\*Download file\*" button. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/EYpMHS1BiB5buxGhavKC) To get to the details (or/and check for errors) click on the "\*Three dots"\* menu, and choose "\*See details"\* option. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/xMiOShAKbsm5q3BiIOUW) Check the Action details to make sure that all the products are exported properly. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8nGax2WTjSkYFEuQqY6N) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/export-to-file.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/table-view-grid-view.md). # Table view (Grid view) {% hint style="info" %} Grid is limited to a maximum of 100 columns. {% endhint %} The table grid is a classic Ergonode view that can be seen in multiple places on the system. Users can use the keyboard to move around the grid; available buttons are arrows, tab, and enter. It can be a little bit different from place to place, but the main structure will always be the same. At the top of the view, there are two options \[ACTIONS \](/products/catalog/batch-actions.md)and \[FILTERS\](/products/catalog/filters-advanced.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/EeC4ipjUKwUxj05OMnYH) The grid works in some ways like Excel, allowing users to make changes in one column and drag them to others, so the changes are applied there as well. {% hint style="info" %} If you change anything directly from the grid, you need to click the \*\*\*SAVE CHANGES\*\*\* button to save your changes. Unsaved changes are highlighted in green. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/UrXLUkMXec9oVPn06acA) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/QGPEnV2hCDftRBlkWBXF) {% hint style="info" %} It's possible to add a new column or delete an existing an existing one from the grid and save it for future use. Check \[Custom view\](/products/catalog/system-views/custom-views.md) for more details. {% endhint %} You can search within the grid by double-clicking the first row of a column or pressing \*\*\*ENTER\*\*\* on your keyboard, typing your search term, and then pressing \*\*\*ENTER\*\*\* again. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/rnNl8Xu2SUvTzeNCqRbo) You can also sort data in the grid by clicking on the sort icon that appears when you hover the mouse over a title row. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/nufhQj4wEaTeeLleBexD) The column order can be changed using drag-and-drop. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/NmtUC6clsVUMa1kmKZH3) You can pin a column so it remains visible even when scrolling horizontally. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3PzxVYGGdStN0oTR7a63) {% hint style="info" %} To learn how to add or remove columns on the grid, please read the information available \[here\](/products/catalog/system-views/custom-views.md). {% endhint %} To edit a product, click on the \*\*\*edit (pen)\*\*\* icon on the right side of the grid in the product row. Once clicked, you will be taken to the product's \[template tab\](/products/catalog/template.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/xpUT81qxoTqizhMvtSNf) To delete a product click on the \*\*\*bin icon\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bBl1QhItEZ22fte2VVDf) There will be a confirmation pop-up. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/usE5WwfFmis2OIIEy1gx) There is an option to quickly select or deselect multiple items at once. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/VlqKqhZDAW6irYhkNS43) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/table-view-grid-view.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/indesign-app-by-univio/options.md). # Options The main configuration interface allows users to: 1\\. \*\*Application Name Setup\*\*: Define the application name (default: “Indesign App by Univio”). 2\\. \*\*Segment Configuration:\*\* Configure customer segments with a dropdown selector for targeting specific product groups. 3\\. \*\*Save Changes:\*\* Apply configuration changes with a simple button click. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/OXxWHfyZfZjMFa6RxUQy) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/indesign-app-by-univio/options.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/channable-feed/history.md). # History ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/yv9bT0IUVkhNktD6QPkt) After initiating a synchronization, the app will log an entry in the \*\*History\*\* tab. This entry includes vital information such as: \* \*\*Start Date\*\*: The timestamp when the synchronization began. \* \*\*Finish Date\*\*: The timestamp when the synchronization was completed. \* \*\*Entries\*\*: The number of records processed. \* \*\*Errors\*\*: Any issues encountered during the process. \* \*\*Status\*\*: The current state of the synchronization. \* An \*\*eye icon\*\* provides a quick visual summary and allows access to more detailed information. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a3k2wiqaXaLQNWDdCFdT) \*\*Download Availability:\*\* \* The download icon will show up when the file is generated (please manually refresh this page to see changes) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bJkEI9UhcVybx5NHUPNA) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/channable-feed/history.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-collections.md). # Edit collections {% hint style="info" %} Batch actions work in the background, when they are fully executed you will see confirmation in the \[Action center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md) and a new entry in \[Activities\](/system/activities/batch-actions.md). {% endhint %} There are 2 actions you can take here: ## Add to collection Products selected in the product catalog (grid) will be added to the collection. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/vTYKHCLDtqETwINQYPJ5) Batch actions > Edit collections window The next step is to choose the collection from the drop-down list to which the products will be added. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/jyBKXaPy3twOSJHdb3xZ) Batch actions > Edit collections > Add to collection window \## Remove from collection Products selected in the product catalog (grid) will be removed from the collection. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/PMCL2zDQwTDMWtu0uTqz) Batch actions > Edit collections window ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9IQq7UobcdD1kWqXdC8h) Batch actions > Edit collections > Remove from collection window The next step is to choose the collection from the drop-down list from which the products will be removed. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-collections.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/custom-views.md). # Custom views {% embed url="" %} {% hint style="info" %} There is no limit to how many saved personal or shared custom views can be created. {% endhint %} The custom view can be \*\*personal\*\*, meaning that every logged-in user can have their own views and will not see those created by other users, or \*\*shared\*\* meaning that all users with access to custom views would be able to see them in the product catalog. To create a custom view, drag and drop anything from the side panel to the grid. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/YMt1BwMPcZJbvjmrYMVm) A new row will be added to the grid. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/60YYN4QvbF4F0eBj8X5s) To delete a row, grab it and drag it back. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/HaJvmYoGjKEc3C4Bo3mR) You can change the column order by dragging them. In the same way, you can remove a column from the grid by dragging it to the left side. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/PbqrdWOnsVuVcj0KRAtJ) When you create a layout (view) that you are happy with, you can save it for future use. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/zhWuzJRMMT2QTkl1CmiW) Type a name for the view and click on the green approve icon. If you want this view to be accessible to other users, toggle \*\*\*Save as shared view\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/z1EAHIV05cd9583UJAFz) The new view will be displayed on the list. To select it, simply click on it and it will load. {% hint style="info" %} Saving view will also save any \[advanced filters\](/products/catalog/filters-advanced.md) you have, items displayed per page, and \[settings\](/products/catalog/system-views/display-settings.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fXJJOqZRCLj82kUT9nDu) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/custom-views.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv/history.md). # History ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/kEu7TZbKX72xOIz32cfZ) After initiating a synchronization, the app will log an entry in the \*\*History\*\* tab. This entry includes vital information such as: \* \*\*Start Date\*\*: The timestamp when the synchronization began. \* \*\*Finish Date\*\*: The timestamp when the synchronization was completed. \* \*\*Entries\*\*: The number of records processed. \* \*\*Errors\*\*: Any issues encountered during the process. \* \*\*Status\*\*: The current state of the synchronization. \* An \*\*eye icon\*\* provides a quick visual summary and allows access to more detailed information. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9yOAnOkaTDCbqvmeCRvf) History details \*\*Download Availability:\*\* The download icon will show up when the file is generated (please manually refresh this page to see changes) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/h0hcykHZSEqu5325DcaF) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv/history.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/ogolne.md). # Ogólne Kod sekcji nie może być zmieniony; jeśli musisz go zmienić, usuń sekcję i utwórz nową. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5ae4a80122463351dfc28826fc4cfa13edd47be8) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/silnik-cen/options.md). # Options The main configuration interface allows users to: 1\\. \*\*Application Name Setup\*\*: Define the application name (default: “Silnik Cen”). 2\\. \*\*Segment Configuration:\*\* Configure customer segments with a dropdown selector for targeting specific product groups. 3\\. \*\*Save Changes:\*\* Apply configuration changes with a simple button click. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/DFOlIwAEtxZO0kBG5xRe) Silnik Cen > Options \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/silnik-cen/options.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv/scheduler.md). # Scheduler The \*\*Scheduler Option\*\* allows users to automate the synchronization of their \*\*CSV App\*\*, ensuring timely updates at regular intervals. \*\*1. Enable Scheduler\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6ylrYG8E9Vwt0ZtrDvjO) \* Use the toggle switch to activate or deactivate the scheduler. \* When enabled, the feed will automatically sync at the specified time interval. \*\*2. Time Interval Selection\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/MJUdZ6rkhmVJwh7hQlYh) \* Choose how frequently the synchronization should occur (e.g., every 3 hours, daily, etc.). \* This ensures your feed is always updated without manual intervention. \*\*3. Next Synchronization\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/FnOPGio5hbfJ3mapqX0s) \* Displays the scheduled time for the next sync. \* The actual synchronization time may vary by a few minutes due to processing factors. \*\*4. Adjust Next Sync Time\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lrieMPOBhKmCHdb73SBB) \* Click \*\*"Change next sync time"\*\* to manually modify when the next synchronization occurs. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/yZcyOFEg19QW3T8eq33g) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv/scheduler.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv.md). # CSV ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/75Q8roDW5lPRfSoXrwtJ) CSV app installed \## Introduction The app is designed to streamline the process of creating \*\*custom CSV files\*\* with ease. Whether you’re managing product inventories, organizing data, or setting up complex databases, The \*\*CSV app\*\* puts the power in your hands. ## \*\*Key Features:\*\* \* \*\*Flexible Structure Design\*\*: Create your own CSV file structure, tailoring it precisely to your needs. \* \*\*Attribute Assignment\*\*: Assign product attributes to specific columns, ensuring your data is organized just the way you want it. \* \*\*Custom Column Naming\*\*: Enjoy the freedom to name each column as you see fit, making your data both personal and intuitive. \* \*\*Product Feed Integration\*\*: The CSV app also provides a product feed feature, allowing for seamless data export and integration with other systems. \* \*\*Scheduler\*\*: Automatically export a CSV file/update URL feed every x hours. {% hint style="info" %} When exporting the product with the relationship attribute - remember that all products, the main one, and those that are in relationship to the main one, must be in the same segment to be included in the CSV file. {% endhint %} ## \*\*Additional Functions\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e7mRG2yPJmzg0wLZ6Z3v) \* \*\*Copy Feed URL\*\* – Copy the feed link for easy access or external use. \* \*\*Download File\*\* – Instantly download the latest feed file (available after the first full sync). \* \*\*Run full sync\*\* – Manually trigger a complete synchronization. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2DrfuSrzNddJtUhGgYl4) \* \*\*Clear Cache\*\* – Use this option to \*\*trigger the first full synchronization during the next synchronization\*\* (the extended process). When activated, it also allows you to modify the selected segment in the \*\*Options\*\* tab. \* \*\*Delete App\*\* – Use this option to \*\*uninstall the app\*\* and \*\*remove all configurations\*\* permanently. This action \*\*cannot be undone\*\*, so proceed with caution. ## Running the app \*\*Step 1: Configuration\*\* Begin by navigating through the \*\*Options\*\* and \*\*Configuration\*\* section to tailor the app settings to your needs. Detailed explanations for each option and configuration can be found on linked pages. \*\*Step 2: Running the App\*\* Once you’ve set up your preferences, you have two main ways to operate the CSV app: \* \*\*Copy Feed URL\*\*: Click the “\*\*Copy feed URL\*\*” button to open a window displaying your unique feed URL. Simply copy this URL to use it wherever you need to integrate your product feed. {% hint style="info" %} Before using the CSV feed please run the synchronization to generate the file first or set up a scheduler. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} To update the URL feed with new data please run the synchronization or set up a scheduler. {% endhint %} \* \*\*Run Full Synchronization\*\*: Press the “\*\*Run full synchronization\*\*” button to initiate the CSV file creation process. This will start compiling your data into the structured format you’ve designed. \*\*Step 3: History\*\* After initiating a synchronization, the app will log an entry in the \*\*History\*\* tab. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker/scheduler.md). # Scheduler The \*\*Scheduler Option\*\* allows users to automate the synchronization of their \*\*Baselinker App\*\*, ensuring timely updates at regular intervals. ## \*\*1. Enable Scheduler\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6ylrYG8E9Vwt0ZtrDvjO) \* Use the toggle switch to activate or deactivate the scheduler. \* When enabled, the feed will automatically sync at the specified time interval. ## \*\*2. Time Interval Selection\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/MJUdZ6rkhmVJwh7hQlYh) \* Choose how frequently the synchronization should occur (e.g., every 3 hours, daily, etc.). \* This ensures your feed is always updated without manual intervention. ## \*\*3. Next Synchronization\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ChQKiMo0CJlfDGyjZCzf) \* Displays the scheduled time for the next sync. \* The actual synchronization time may vary by a few minutes due to processing factors. ## \*\*4. Adjust Next Sync Time\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lrieMPOBhKmCHdb73SBB) \* Click \*\*"Change next sync time"\*\* to manually modify when the next synchronization occurs. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/yZcyOFEg19QW3T8eq33g) \* --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/baselinker/scheduler.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/shopify-csv.md). # Shopify CSV ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/m0Y6CcLf6vRy8Gqi7Tlc) Apps - Available Apps {% hint style="info" %} Shopify CSV import does not support bundle products. Ergonode Grouping products will not be exported. {% endhint %} ## Introduction This app streamlines the process of generating Shopify CSV files, making it easy for users. ## \*\*Key Features:\*\* \* \*\*Predefined CSV Structure\*\*: This app simplifies the process of generating Shopify CSV files, making it easier for users. Whether you're handling product inventories, structuring data, or managing complex databases, the CSV app equips you with the tools you need. \* \*\*Effortless Attribute Mapping:\*\* Easily link Errgonode attributes to Shopify attributes without concerns about data types. The app ensures that only compatible data types can be mapped, so you can focus on efficiency. {% hint style="info" %} When exporting the product with the relationship attribute - remember that all products, the main one, and those that are in relationship to the main one, must be in the same segment to be included in the CSV file. {% endhint %} ## \*\*Additional Functions\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/xZNW9th2VPwSYZ8CnHLt) \* \*\*Download File\*\* – Instantly download the latest feed file. \* \*\*Run full sync\*\* – Manually trigger a complete synchronization of the feed. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/usjsaSxesOvHdWk67IIu) \* \*\*Clear Cache\*\* – Use this option to \*\*trigger the first full synchronization during the next synchronization\*\* (the extended process). When activated, it also allows you to modify the selected segment in the \*\*Options\*\* tab. \* \*\*Delete App\*\* – Use this option to \*\*uninstall the app\*\* and \*\*remove all configurations\*\* permanently. This action \*\*cannot be undone\*\*, so proceed with caution. ## Running the app ### \*\*Step 1: Configuration\*\* Start by exploring the \*\*Options\*\* and \*\*Configuration\*\* section to customize the app’s settings according to your needs. Each option and configuration comes with detailed explanations, accessible through linked pages. ### \*\*Step 2: Running the App\*\* Once your preferences are set, click the \*\*“Run full sync”\*\* button to begin the CSV file creation process. This will compile and structure your data into the CSV format seamlessly. ### \*\*Step 3: History\*\* After synchronization is initiated, the app automatically records an entry in the \*\*History\*\* tab for future reference. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/shopify-csv.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/indesign-app-by-univio/configuration.md). # Configuration The connection tab provides essential integration settings: 1\\. \*\*License Key Configuration\*\*: Enter the license key required to authenticate with the platform. 2\\. \*\*Email Address Setup\*\*: Provide the contact email address for account verification and communication. 3\\. \*\*Terms Acceptance\*\*: Acknowledge data processing policies and terms of service. 4\\. \*\*Contact Consent\*\*: Allow for someone from the portal to contact you. Tick the checkbox "Contact Consent" if you agree. 5\\. \*\*Save Configuration\*\*: Finalize the setup with the “Save configuration” button. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/hDxbOTCZZqCnjaFpxq9F) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/indesign-app-by-univio/configuration.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv/options.md). # Options ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cKdgmVnxyFLmWkcuwldw) Basic application option {% hint style="info" %} Segment can only be set before the first synchronization or after cleaning the cache. You can install multiple instances of the same app and configure each differently - like profiles. {% endhint %} | Filed | Description | | ---------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Application name | Place to set an application name | | Segment | Choose a segment to use with the app, if you need to work with more than one segment, please install another instance of the same app. | --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/csv/options.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/silnik-cen/configuartion.md). # Configuartion The connection tab provides essential integration settings: 1\\. \*\*API Key Configuration\*\*: Enter the API key required to authenticate with the pricing platform. 2\\. \*\*Email Address Setup\*\*: Provide the contact email address for account verification and communication. 3\\. \*\*Terms Acceptance\*\*: Acknowledge data processing policies and terms of service. 4\\. \*\*Contact Consent\*\*: Allow for someone from the portal to contact you. Tick the checkbox “Zgoda na kontakt” (Contact Consent) if you agree. 5\\. \*\*Save Configuration\*\*: Finalize the setup with the “Save configuration” button. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/apFL2EzW6c8pxohJB7Vt) Silnik Cen > Configuration tab \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/silnik-cen/configuartion.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values.md). # Edit attribute values {% hint style="info" %} Batch actions work in the background, when they are fully executed you will see confirmation in the \[Action center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md) and a new entry in \[Activities\](/system/activities/batch-actions.md). {% endhint %} You can use the following actions: ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/GPF1LZJnyWp4KPHIuFzP) {% hint style="info" %} The user is able to perform actions on multiple attributes simultaneously. This functionality applies to the following operations: \\ • Changing values\\ • Adding a prefix or suffix\\ • Adding values\\ • Removing values\\ • Clearing values {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/77kmU50N4N1Fus5fbTzf) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-attribute-values.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import/running-importing-data/history.md). # History {% hint style="info" %} Please keep in mind that this page does not auto-refresh itself, so to see any changes you need to do it manually. {% endhint %} The “history” tab shows the list of the previous imports that the user has performed using the Ergonode transfer function. The Ergonode transfer function allows the user to import products, categories, attributes, translations, and other data to the PIM system using CSV files. The “history” tab has six columns: \* \*\*Created at\*\*: The date and time when the import was created in the system. \* \*\*Started on\*\*: The date and time when the import process started. \* \*\*Ended at\*\*: The date and time when the import process ended or stopped. \* \*\*Records\*\*: The number of records that were processed in the CSV file. \* \*\*Status\*\*: The current status of the import, such as “Created”, “Processing”, “Ended”, “Stopped”, or “Error”. \* \*\*Errors\*\*: The number of records that encountered errors during the import process. The user can sort the table by any column, either in ascending or descending order, by clicking on the column header. The user can also search for specific values in any column by typing in the first row of the table, which acts as a filter. The table will only show the rows that match the search criteria. The “history” tab helps the user to monitor the progress and the outcomes of the imports and to fix any issues. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/NaftoBuxruac6rFv9gdO) Each row in the table has an \*eye icon\* that allows the user to view the details of the import, such as the date, the line in the file that created an issue, and the error description. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4MQEqNTZfzLvXW9FXs9c) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import/running-importing-data/history.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/exports/running-exporting-data/general.md). # General Here you may change some export settings. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/WEUCaVxpC2MCpCJlchlz) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/exports/running-exporting-data/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/designer/widgets.md). # Widgets ### Adding Widgets to the Template To add widgets to your template, simply drag and drop them from the left side menu into the Designer. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/L5MyPR2h4PlYCbWzTJkz) Dragging the widget onto designer space \### Heading {% hint style="info" %} Maximum heading length is 255 chars. {% endhint %} When the “Heading” widget is dragged into the designer, a window called “Heading settings” will appear. Here, you can input the header data in the “Default” input field. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5s6qlwQevd20bA9fSYvE) Heading setting window There is also an option to “Enable translations” for translating the heading into languages. This can be done by clicking on the slider labeled “Enable translation”. When clicked, new input fields named “Translation” will appear, with a flag on the left side to indicate the language. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/tZBkNu2SZz7Rxw6AdJti) Heading setting window with translation enabled When you have finished setting up the heading, click “Save changes” to confirm. If you wish to discard the changes, click on the “x” icon on the top right part of the window. ### Divider The “Divider” is a simple line that you can drag and drop from the left side menu onto the designer. The line will be as long as the divider block in the designer. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/uWRjUlTqDVuSMHkCAqX9) Divider widget in the designer space \### Note {% hint style="info" %} Maximum note length is 100k chars. {% endhint %} {% hint style="warning" %} Notes are visible to all users who have privileges to the Product Catalog. {% endhint %} {% hint style="success" %} Notes can be exported / imported with the Ergonode Transfer feature. {% endhint %} When the “Note” widget is dragged into the designer, a new window will appear where you can create, edit, or delete a note. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6vU8Gz4ejz1YTm214maJ) Note widget settings window Notes are RTE-enabled. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/XC11Q8mVK9tpD9raBZXe) Note widget RTE ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bqSXGUgfS7fHJIDcmUfu) Note widget RTE 2 You can also enable translation for the note by clicking on the "Enable translation" switch. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1yeSO2dQsryvR2Fq1Ksb) Note widged setting window with translation enabled Remember to save your changes so your work is not lost. You can do it by clicking the "Save settings" button. In the Product Catalog, the note can be accessed by clicking on the !\[\](/files/qec980Idxxj5ReAXnA2x) button (Products > Catalog > \\\[choose the product\] > Template). Doing so will open a right side panel with the note itself. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lKaPeTwFSZVm5Yhtyrib) Note widget presentation on the product card \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/designer/widgets.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views.md). # System views Grid views are specific to the login, which means that if one person creates and saves a view, it will be available only to that person. There are 3 system views \\\[1\]\[Grid\](/products/catalog/system-views/table-view-grid-view.md), \\\[2\]\[Tile\](/products/catalog/system-views/tile-view-gallery-view.md), \\\[3\]\[Kanban\](/products/catalog/system-views/kanban-view.md), one saved views place\\\[4\]\[Custom\](/products/catalog/system-views/custom-views.md), and \\\[5\]\[Settings\](/products/catalog/system-views/display-settings.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/t2T3TZghbLewr7EzAWsi) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/channable-feed.md). # Channable Feed ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/dfa2f40990d435f600a3eb61f7b338e2ed357b9f) Zainstalowano aplikację Channable Feed \## Wprowadzenie The Aplikacja została zaprojektowana, aby usprawnić proces tworzenia pliku Channable Feed w prosty sposób. ## \*\*Kluczowe funkcje:\*\* \* \*\*Elastyczny projekt struktury\*\*: Stwórz własną strukturę pliku CSV, dopasowując ją precyzyjnie do swoich potrzeb. \* \*\*Przypisywanie atrybutów\*\*: Przypisuj atrybuty produktów do konkretnych kolumn, zapewniając organizację danych zgodnie z Twoimi wymaganiami. \* \*\*Niestandardowe nazwy kolumn\*\*: Korzystaj z możliwości nadawania każdej kolumnie dowolnej nazwy, aby Twoje dane były osobiste i intuicyjne. \* \*\*Integracja feedu produktowego\*\*: Aplikacja Channable Feed zapewnia również funkcję feedu produktowego, umożliwiając bezproblemowy eksport danych i integrację z innymi systemami. \* \*\*Scheduler\*\*: Automatycznie eksportuj plik CSV/aktualizuj URL feedu co x godzin. {% hint style="info" %} Eksportując produkt z atrybutem relacji — pamiętaj, że wszystkie produkty: główny oraz te powiązane z głównym, muszą znajdować się w tym samym segmencie, aby zostały uwzględnione w pliku CSV. {% endhint %} ## \*\*Dodatkowe funkcje\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/caefcca8331ae3eb135ed93d7155dfa3a1dea859) \* \*\*Kopiuj URL feedu\*\* – Skopiuj link do feedu, aby uzyskać łatwy dostęp lub użyć go zewnętrznie. \* \*\*Pobierz plik\*\* – Natychmiast pobierz najnowszy plik feed. \* \*\*Uruchom pełną synchronizację\*\* – Ręcznie wyzwól pełną synchronizację feedu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/49a1346c80467108328b0ddffd23081f470d1c9e) \* \*\*Wyczyść pamięć podręczną\*\* – Użyj tej opcji, aby \*\*wywołać pierwszą pełną synchronizację podczas następnej synchronizacji\*\* (wydłużony proces). Po aktywacji umożliwia to również modyfikację wybranego segmentu w \*\*Opcje\*\* karty. \* \*\*Usuń aplikację\*\* – Użyj tej opcji, aby \*\*odinstaluj aplikację\*\* oraz \*\*usuń wszystkie konfiguracje\*\* na stałe. Ta operacja \*\*nie może zostać cofnięta\*\*, więc postępuj ostrożnie. ## Uruchamianie aplikacji \*\*Krok 1: Konfiguracja\*\* Rozpocznij, przechodząc do sekcji \*\*Opcje\*\* oraz \*\*Konfiguracja\*\* aby dostosować ustawienia aplikacji do swoich potrzeb. Szczegółowe wyjaśnienia dla każdej opcji i konfiguracji znajdują się na powiązanych stronach. \*\*Krok 2: Uruchomienie aplikacji\*\* Gdy skonfigurujesz preferencje, masz dwa główne sposoby korzystania z aplikacji CSV: \* \*\*Kopiuj URL feedu\*\*: Kliknij „\*\*Kopiuj URL feedu\*\*” aby otworzyć okno pokazujące Twój unikalny URL feedu. Po prostu skopiuj ten URL, aby użyć go tam, gdzie potrzebujesz zintegrować feed produktowy. {% hint style="info" %} Przed użyciem feedu CSV uruchom synchronizację, aby najpierw wygenerować plik lub skonfiguruj Harmonogram. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Aby zaktualizować URL feedu nowymi danymi, uruchom synchronizację lub skonfiguruj Harmonogram. {% endhint %} \* \*\*Uruchom pełną synchronizację\*\*: Naciśnij przycisk „\*\*Uruchom pełną synchronizację\*\*” aby rozpocząć proces tworzenia pliku CSV. To rozpocznie kompilację danych w zaprojektowanym przez Ciebie formacie. \*\*Krok 3: Historia\*\* Po rozpoczęciu synchronizacji aplikacja zapisze wpis w \*\*History\*\* karty. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/channable-feed.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings/media-profiles/general.md). # General A place where a profile name can be changed. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings/media-profiles/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/silnik-cen.md). # Silnik Cen ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cVSUa28HTQPtcGzn6oFl) [https://www.zarzadzajcenami.pl/](https://www.zarzadzajcenami.pl/) Silnik Cen is a powerful integration connector that bridges the Ergonode PIM (Product Information Management) system with the pricing management web application available at zarzadzajcenami.pl. This connector enables seamless synchronization of product data between the PIM system and the pricing engine, creating a unified workflow for managing product information and pricing strategies in e-commerce environments. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2WEz6At9k6Uwq89G3rjH) [https://www.zarzadzajcenami.pl/](https://www.zarzadzajcenami.pl/) The zarzadzajcenami.pl platform is Poland’s leading pricing management application designed for e-commerce businesses operating in both B2B and B2C markets. This comprehensive solution provides essential tools for: \\ \*\*Core Pricing Features:\*\* \\ • Margin-based pricing - establishing product prices based on clear margin assumptions\\ • Customer-specific pricing - setting prices for selected customers or customer groups\\ • Personalized discounts - creating targeted discounts on specific products for particular customers\\ • Temporal promotions - defining time-limited promotions for selected products\\ • Basket-based discounts - calculating discounts based on shopping cart contents\\ • Buy-one-get-one promotions - implementing special promotional rules ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/n5d4kv4GeG7MbFbNKBxM) [https://www.zarzadzajcenami.pl/](https://www.zarzadzajcenami.pl/) \\ \*\*How Silnik Cen Works\*\* \\ The Silnik Cen connector acts as a bridge between these two powerful systems, enabling businesses to leverage Ergonode’s robust product data management capabilities alongside the sophisticated pricing engine. This integration creates a seamless workflow where product information managed in Ergonode PIM can be automatically synchronized with pricing rules and strategies managed in the pricing platform. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps/silnik-cen.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/tile-view-gallery-view.md). # Tile view (Gallery view) The Image Grid view is designed to optimize navigation among products described by SKUs and images. To edit a product, click on the \*\*\*pen (edit)\*\*\* icon. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/NlOekEGTiMwzfO2Njtlt) At the top of the view, there are two options \[ACTIONS \](/products/catalog/batch-actions.md)and \[FILTERS\](/products/catalog/filters-advanced.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/xIkLeyFq0IeO7G6f8Epj) There is an option to select or deselect more items at once quickly. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Uoi9WES7Wet9ApajVrSG) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/tile-view-gallery-view.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/display-settings.md). # Display settings In the view setting you can change basic options for a view. The \*Table grid\* is the \[Grid view\](/products/catalog/system-views/table-view-grid-view.md), \*Image grid\* is the \[Tile/Gallery view\](/products/catalog/system-views/tile-view-gallery-view.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/nAHNckWKHg2sB7NYfTdW) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/system-views/display-settings.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings/media-profiles/configuration.md). # Configuration A place where a configuration of a saved media profile can be changed. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/DZdZrGZmsH2vD0K2ty7I) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings/media-profiles/configuration.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/validation.md). # Validation {% hint style="warning" %} You can set a validator to already existing attributes but to save it, a value of this attribute in all products MUST match the validation parameters. If they don't, an error message will be displayed. {% endhint %} ## Introduction Validators help protect data integrity by ensuring that only data meeting specific conditions is accepted into the system. For example, when dealing with text type attributes, you can use regular expressions (regex). Imagine regex as a pattern that checks whether the attribute value is correct; for example, it checks if an email address contains an "@" symbol. This helps maintain accuracy and prevents errors. Different attribute types require different validation rules. A number might need to be within a certain range, whereas an image might need to fall within specific boundaries. Validators thus help maintain consistency across your data fields. \*\*In Ergonode you can set validation to the following attribute types:\*\* | Attribute type | Available validators | | -------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | File | * Minimum number of files * Maximum number of files * Maximum file size * Allowed extensions | | Gallery | * Minimum number of images * Maximum number of images * Maximum file size * Allowed extensions | | Image | * Maximum file size * Allowed extensions | | Numeric | * Minimum value * Maximum value | | Price | * Minimum value * Maximum value | | Text | * Regular expression (regex) with examples | | Textarea | * List of banned words (1000 characters limit) | | Unit | * Minimum value * Maximum value | ## About regex (available in text attribute only) {% hint style="info" %} In the system, you can use some predefined regex patterns, but it's possible to use your own. To use predefined ones click on the "Copy from regex templates". {% endhint %} Regular expressions, or regex, are like super-powered validation tools for text. They use a specific sequence of characters to form a specific pattern. You can think of it as a sophisticated “find,” but with more precision and flexibility. Here's how to use regex for validating: 1. \*\*Basic Validation\*\*: \* Suppose you want to validate any three-letter words. You'd use the pattern \`\\b\\w{3}\\b\`. In this pattern, \`\\b\` indicates word boundaries, and \`\\w{3}\` specifies exactly three word characters. 2. \*\*Digits Validation\*\*: \* To validate any sequence of digits in text, use the pattern \`\\d\`. Here, \`\\d\` stands for any digit, so this will match any sequence of strings with a single digit in it. like 123, 4aa, or 678aaa9. If you wish to validate a string that ends with a digit use\`\\d$\`, ex: something1. 3. \*\*Email Addresses Validation\*\*: \* If you're validated for email addresses, you might use something like \`\\b\[A-Za-z0-9.\_%+-\]+@\[A-Za-z0-9.-\]+\\.\[A-Z|a-z\]{2,}\\b\`. This looks for common email structures, checking for alphanumeric characters before and after the "@" symbol. 4. \*\*Dates validation\*\*: \* To validate the dates in the format DD/MM/YYYY, you could use \`\\b\\d{2}\\/\\d{2}\\/\\d{4}\\b\`. Here, \`\\d{2}\` finds exactly two digits, \`/\` is a literal slash, and \`\\d{4}\` looks for four digits. 5. \*\*Flexible Validation\*\*: \* Sometimes, you might want to validate words that start with a certain letter. For example, to find words starting with “a” use \`\\ba\\w\*\\b\`. This looks for word boundaries (\`\\b\`), the letter "a," and any number of word characters (\`\\w\*\`). Regex provides a way to quickly find patterns and extract relevant information from text without manual searching. They might seem complex at first, but with practice, they become incredibly useful for tasks like data validation and text processing. Dive in and explore the endless possibilities they offer! ## Available regex templates In Ergonode you will find some common regex patterns already included for your convenience. \*\*Here is the list:\*\* \* EAN-13 \* EAN-8 \* URL address \* File Path \* Alphanumeric (without space) \* Alphanumeric (with space) \* Numeric (whole numbers) \* Numeric (dot separated) \* Numeric (comma separated) To use them click on \*\*\*Copy from regex templates\*\*\* and select one from the list. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/jz3ySfAZYoMV8KReAh37) \## Custom regex validation error message You can set a custom validation error message for your user. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ruwbnqNnM5iSx9fVqLA3) Text attrobute validation tab The message will be displayed on the validation box ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/vWIi1t9H3sdz8hiS3NkA) Text attribute validation tab - cutom validation error messag in the tooltip on the \[Product catalog (Product grid)\](/products/catalog.md) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/UvJS3QBgffatORC9Qy3V) Product catalog - cutom validation error message in the \[Category attribute\](/product-design/category-attributes.md) (if the attribute is set to be one) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ViqnXVZuNCKMwWdrmsXp) in the \[Batch action\](/products/catalog/batch-actions.md) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/mnkokB7YtGq6ELwdkYt0) and on the product card. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cO6C58vgLKRe6tWkkDGY) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/validation.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/custom-fields/custom-fields-ergonode-transfer.md). # Custom Fields - Ergonode Transfer First, create a proper \[import\](/system/ergonode-transfer/import.md) or \[export \](/system/ergonode-transfer.md)profile. Depending on the case, you may need one or more import files checked. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/EmDQAgUIIZMuluxea1LQ) Download the custom\\\_fields\\\_et\\\_import\\\_example.zip and take a look at the files included inside it. {% file src="/files/4XODvEUMfD8ZEz48z9sx" %} ZIP file includes \[attributes.csv\](https://docs.ergonode.com/ergonode-transfer/overview/files-format/attributes.csv) , \[custom\\\_fields.csv\](https://docs.ergonode.com/ergonode-transfer/overview/files-format/custom\_fields.csv) , \[multimedia.csv\](https://docs.ergonode.com/ergonode-transfer/overview/files-format/multimedia.csv) , and \[options.csv\](https://docs.ergonode.com/ergonode-transfer/overview/files-format/options.csv) files, which are necessary to import and create everything that is needed to use custom fields. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ZiSjI0CyjdZfthIzx2sN) | attributes.csv | custom\\\_fields.csv | multimedia.csv | options.csv | | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | This file can create a new attribute, only necessary if the attribute in which we want to use custom fields does not exist. | This file creates new custom fields in selected attributes. | This file imports images to Ergonode, only necessary if images assigned to the custom field are not yet uploaded to Ergonode. | This file creates/updates the values of selected customer fields. | | | | | If a custom field is of type IMAGE value of it MUST be a \\, and a file must already be uploaded to Ergonode. If the image is not uploaded, you must include a multimedia.csv file in the import zip. | --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/custom-fields/custom-fields-ergonode-transfer.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/create-a-new-attribute.md). # Create a new attribute {% hint style="info" %} Attributes can be created manually, by \[import\](/system/ergonode-transfer.md), or via \[API\](https://docs.ergonode.com/v/graphql-api/). {% endhint %} To manually create an attribute click on \*+ NEW ATTRIBUTE\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/IO5XS3Huqua1LTh9A3mJ) The first thing you need to do is to decide on the type of attribute you want to create. {% hint style="info" %} More information on attribute types can be found \[here\](/product-design/attributes.md). {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Once an attribute is created its type (or uniqueness if available) cannot be changed. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/aAqRfMI1xIB5JOB88FGj) When the type is chosen, you will see other configuration options, most options are the same across all types but some have extra ones. #### Options that are shared among all attribute types | Option | Description | | -------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Attribute code | Managing a large amount of data requires precision, therefore each attribute has its unique system code. This is the system name and thanks to its unique value, Ergonode recognizes the attribute and performs actions restricted to it. You can create a more intuitive name for an attribute in the \[Translations \](/product-design/attributes/translations.md)tab, this cannot be changed after the attribute is created | | Scope | Here are two options available. Global means that an attribute’s value will be the same for all languages. Local means that attribute value can be different for different languages. Remamber that this parameter cannot be changed after the attribute is created. | | Groups | To effectively manage attributes used in similar contexts or by users with similar requirements, attributes can be grouped. For example, a user working exclusively with car audio products would only require attributes describing technical specifications only. It would therefore be helpful for them to create a group of technical attributes, such as power output, display type, aux-in, or dimensions. Groups can also be use to set \[\*\*Attribute privileges\*\*\](/system/user-roles/attribute-privileges.md)\*\*,\*\* which means you can set edit, read, or read-only privileges for users (available in higher license packages). | | Create button | When this button is clicked, the attribute will be created, but the user will not be moved to its edition page | | Create & Edit button | When clicked, this will create the attribute and move the user to the edition page for the new attribute | #### Attribute type-specific options | Type | Option | Description | | ------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Date | Format | This option let you choose a date format. Available options are: YYY-MM-DD, YY-MM-DD, DD.MM.YYYY, DD.MM.YY, DD/MM/YY, DD/MM/YYYY, Month DD, YYYY, DD Month YYYY, DD Mon YYYY | | Numeric | Require unique attribute value | Available for \*\*global\*\* scope only. Allows for the uniqueness of attribute value system-wide. Configuration cannot be changed once the attribute has been created. | | Multi select | \*Detials can be found in Options tab available after attribute being created\* | \*Detials can be found in Options tab available after attribute being created\* | | Price | Currency | This allows for choosing a currency. New currencies cannot be created, you may only choose from those that are available. | | Select | \*Detials can be found in Options tab available after attribute being created\* | _Detials can be found in Options tab available after attribute being created_ | | Text | Require unique attribute value | Available for \*\*global\*\* scope only. Allows for the uniqueness of attribute value system-wide. Configuration cannot be changed once the attribute has been created. | | Text | Max length | 255 characters | | Textarea | Rich text content enabled | This will enable RTE editor, so you can use some HTML tags | | Unit | Unit | This allows for choosing a unit. New unit can be created from \[Settings\](/system/settings/units.md) | {% hint style="info" %} RTE Editor does not support all formatting options, ex; bold from web fonts with a font-weight parameter (Google Docs). {% endhint %} {% hint style="success" %} TIP: The order in which values of the multi select attributes are selected/ticked on the product template defines the order of those attribute values in API. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/jW5gGXwtMFiHCIo6YAkX) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/create-a-new-attribute.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/custom-fields/custom-fields-use-cases.md). # Custom Fields - Use Cases In the fast-paced world of e-commerce, the ability to precisely and attractively present product information can be a game-changer. Ergonode's Custom Fields feature offers e-commerce businesses the tools to enhance their product listings, leading to improved customer experience and potentially higher sales. ### Some of the possible u\*\*se cases include:\*\* #### GPSR Regulation {% hint style="info" %} Read more about GPSR on our blog \[here\](https://www.ergonode.com/blog/eu-general-product-safety-regulation-gpsr-guide). {% endhint %} Using custom fields, you can create descriptions for manufacturers and brands, or provide detailed information about a contact person, enabling you to store essential data, e.g., from the perspective of the GPSR regulation. Example attribute: gpsr\\\_responsible\\\_person ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/w5qLAbBV7Ek0arVePIKY) Custom fields - gpsr\_responsible\_person You can also provide details about the hazards associated with the product composition by presenting descriptions or icon symbols. Example attribute: gpsr\\\_risk\\\_warning ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Nt8rRHKde7fng5L8wdGg) Custom fields - gpsr\_risk\_warning Thanks to custom fields, you can also easily store manufacturer information such as logos, contact details, country, and description. Example attribute: gpsr\\\_producer ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/P0cnWEKFjKv8p5eWuYrF) Custom fields - gpsr\_producer Other possible uses of custom fields include but are not limited to: #### Detailed Product Categorization: Custom Fields allow e-commerce platforms to go beyond basic categorizations. Imagine being able to attach specific icons, color codes, and in-depth descriptions to each product attribute. This level of detail helps customers understand products better, making their shopping experience more intuitive and satisfying. #### Visual Appeal and Clarity: By using icons and color fields, products can be represented visually, making it easier for customers to identify key features at a glance. For instance, an icon could represent an eco-friendly product or a color field could quickly inform the customer about the variety of color options available. #### Enhanced Search and Filter Capabilities: Custom Fields can improve the functionality of search and filter options on e-commerce sites. With more detailed attributes, customers can filter products more effectively, finding exactly what they need quickly. This precision can lead to a more streamlined shopping experience, reducing bounce rates and increasing the likelihood of a purchase. #### Tailored Product Recommendations: With richer attribute data, e-commerce sites can offer more accurate product recommendations. By understanding the finer details of each product, the recommendation algorithms can align more closely with customer preferences and browsing history, leading to increased engagement and potential upsell opportunities. #### Improved Inventory Management: For e-commerce businesses, these detailed attributes make inventory tracking and management much easier. With a complete view of product specifications, companies can manage stock levels more efficiently, plan future inventory needs, and even forecast trends based on detailed attribute analytics. #### Competitive Edge: In a market where differentiation can be key, the ability to present products with enhanced details and visual elements can set an e-commerce platform apart. This level of detail in product information management not only attracts customers but also builds trust and brand loyalty. \\ \\ \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/custom-fields/custom-fields-use-cases.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/creating-new-product/grouping-product.md). # Grouping product ## Introduction A grouping product gathers simple products into a set with one or more common features. For example, if you run a store with leather accessories, you may want to create a set of products such as a wallet, suitcase, and belt, making it visible under one listing in your store search and managing it with a specific set of attributes and categories. To create a grouping product, follow the same initial steps as before, but when selecting a product type, choose \*\*\*Grouping Product\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/AIiMZOXV8eduaKrhBUGs) As before, fill in all fields; the differences will appear after you have created the product and moved to edit it. A \*\*\*Children\*\*\* tab will become available, where you can select simple products to add to your group. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9ZgBIk7MBS0CoNIAtEqn) \## Add a new Children product It's possible to add a product searching by SKU or from the list. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/oT13u6x5YJF01gIZqKt6) \### By SKU Add the SKU of the product or products you wish to add, separating multiple SKUs with a new line or comma. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/MRYNuRdgTlRY4Vww6Img) Separate multiple SKUs by using enter or comma, e.g. “SKU1, SKU2, SKU3” \### Select from list Tick the product you wish to add, then click \*\*\*Save Changes\*\*\* to confirm or close the window to cancel. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/aUc6PalGP2fcuO8iF73S) You can choose between \*\*\*Table View\*\*\* and \*\*\*Tile View\*\*\*, or set display settings in the menu on the right side. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/BLFgfw9oAzPOEvAKFfoE) \## Detach the product To detach the children product from the main one, click on the remove icon !\[\](/files/RJAMrWaE9cOXBh7J3R7H) and confirm your choice. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/LLDCyJtz30nDxWrDCLT9) {% hint style="info" %} Detached products are NOT deleted; they become single simple products. If you wish to delete it, you must first detach it and then delete it from the \[Product Catalog\](/products/catalog.md) location. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} \* The order visible in the system attribute \*\*“product children”\*\* in the product catalog grid represents the actual order of products grouped under a grouping product. \* The \*\*GraphQL API reflects this same order\*\*. \* The \*\*children grid visible on the grouping product details page does not currently reflect this order\*\*. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/creating-new-product/grouping-product.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import.md). # Import {% hint style="success" %} Ergonode Transfer only supports simple file import via the HTTP protocol. Google Drive, MS Sharepoint, etc, are not supported. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} The file size limit is 350MB for a zip file and 1000MB for a file inside the zip. {% endhint %} If you are just starting to work with Ergonode, remember that adding products will only be possible if elements such as attributes and their options, templates, template sections, appropriate units, multimedia, or categories have been created beforehand. If the products.csv import file refers to items that do not exist in Ergonode, the import will fail. You can add missing elements within one import - remember to configure the import profile properly and include appropriate CSV files. {% hint style="info" %} In a multimedia.csv file, the link must be HTML encoded, which means that special characters need to have their value. Ex: space is %20 {% endhint %} To create a new import, click on + NEW IMPORT and follow the instructions \[here\](/system/ergonode-transfer/import/creating-a-new-import-job.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/uqEY3WJK6cf3uwCM6Wwy) To start an import, follow the instructions \[here\](/system/ergonode-transfer/import/running-importing-data.md). To delete the import profile, click on the bin icon. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/dm37kr6uOtmm84TuAk08) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import/creating-a-new-import-job.md). # Creating a new import job To create a new import profile click on \*+ NEW IMPORT\*. | Field | Description | | ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | | Import name | Can be anything must be unique | | Include in the imports | Allows to choose what types of data will be imported | | Delimiter | Choose a delimiter used in a file | {% hint style="info" %} Then there is an option to add headers. If you opt for that, you will need to fill in two additional fields – Key and Value, one each for every header. Headers are attributes used as HTTP Headers to be sent by import process HTTP Client. For example, those can be used to authorize when requesting multimedia files via URL. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bae7wTCAcumtTCVQ9ZSC) Fill in all fields and click \*CREATE\* to create and save the profile or \*CREATE & EDIT\* to save and open it. {% hint style="info" %} CSV files must be compressed into a .zip archive in order to be acceptable for import into Ergonode. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import/creating-a-new-import-job.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import/importing-grouping-products-and-products-with-variants.md). # Importing grouping products and products with variants Grouping products and products with variants requires additional information and we felt this should be covered in its own segment for the sake of clarity. {% hint style="info" %} While you can import all types of products using the same products.csv file, you may want to consider creating a separate file for products with variants and grouping products, as that may make it easier to keep track of the necessary data and avoid mistakes. {% endhint %} \*\*Products with variants\*\* We probably already know how to create products with variants from within Ergonode, to group simple products into a product with variants, you need to select a binding attribute. In the products.csv file, this will be reflected by the column labeled \\\_bindings, where you will need to specify the system name of the attribute used as the binding attribute for this particular product with variants. Another important piece of information to note is which simple products are variants connected to the product with variants. This is denoted in the column labeled \\\_children which lists the SKUs of these simple products. The values here need to be separated by commas to conform to the format acceptable by Ergonode. \*\*Grouping products\*\* Grouping products function similarly to products with variants, however, they group products related by a theme you wish to establish. For example, this could be leather products, winter-themed products, etc. You should already know how to create a grouping product, all you need to know is that grouping products share the \\\_children column with products with variants, where the SKUs of grouped products are listed. As with the previous example, these should be separated by commas. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/import/importing-grouping-products-and-products-with-variants.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/attribute-variables.md). # Attribute variables {% embed url="" %} {% hint style="info" %} Additional information: \* Variables are allowed for text area type attributes only \* If the user does not have privileges to preview an attribute, then instead of attribute code (e.g. #color) he sees a placeholder with the text “No access” {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Information for apps developers: our app engine does not support the cases listed below: \* uses of global attributes with local attributes used as variable \* uses of global attributes with local select type attributes \* refreshing values of a variable when changing a transition of the option value in the select type attribute \* When working with variables via API, remember to put them in double brackets Ex: {{#attribute\\\_code}} so the system knows they're variables, not a string {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} In Ergonode Transfer when working with variables in text area attribute (products.csv), remember to put them in double brackets Ex: {{#attribute\\\_code}} so the system knows they're variables, not a string. {% endhint %} ### Types of attributes that can be added as a variable: \* date \* select \* numeric \* text \* price (only value, without currency) \* unit (only value, without unit) ### \*\*Areas where you can edit the attributes with variables\*\* [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/attribute-variables.md#spaces-in-which-we-can-edit-the-attributes-with-variables) \* \[product template\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/template#attribute-variables-in-the-product-template) \* catalog table (grid) \* \[batch actions\](/products/catalog/batch-actions.md) \* import - in order to import a variable you need to enter it in the appropriate {{#attributecode}} format \* \[export \](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/data-exchange/channels/creating-a-new-channel/ergonode-zip-csv)- configuration of whether we download data with variables or final resolved content If you are using attribute variables it's possible to use them directly on the grid. On the grid, double click on the attribute to open it to edit. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/HtwypvGcCmt6cbIqmuDU) Type hash char (#), and you will be presented with a list of attributes you may use. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/JxxcOSNxiYoVG0D8Xac4) Type more to narrow the list. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/XhAr7IdanjfeIge719az) You may use more than one variable. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/33zoJ7Gg6nQkD7cZREKi) When attribute values are used you will see a new eye icon, clicking it will display a preview of the values. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/40b4o4yCGMD2gjcZkYXr) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/aGgMBU4LNLKcY8JSfP8e) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/attribute-variables.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/options.md). # Options ### Description {% hint style="info" %} Visible only if you're editing an attribute type that has options (SELECT, MULTI SELECT) {% endhint %} Here you can add and translate options for an attribute. To change what languages are displayed on the grid go to the Languages list in the left top corner of the screen and select desired ones. {% hint style="info" %} Information on how to add a new language to the list can be found \[here\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/88EFj8UTGHn6GUW2ZsjW) To add a new option type its name and click on \*+ Add\* or simply press ENTER on your keyboard. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5jsNh3bEt247EORdNp2o) When options are added, they can be translated. Here you may use the TAB button on your keyboard to jump to the next field. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/CkyK3r6PMZ8RNi5z1Igh) As you probably noticed, edited fields are green now, this means that they were successfully edited, but remember to click the \*SAVE CHANGES\* button to save them when you are done. To change the option position double click on the number in the Position column and type a new one. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/uFPeFCU2Oy23kGGfZUdY) Press on the green icon on hit ENTER on your keyboard to confirm the change. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cFNNOKVP2n9EQANL7Yrn) To delete an option click on the bin icon. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/nB4iaUJAA0ynmpq4NuZy) If you wish to change the size of the grid, press the cog icon !\[\](/files/6e4HnZW4GHMXFkSV6WGO) on the right side of the screen. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/RUwBjF1XED7KlYhrL262) It's possible to change sorting on the grid, to do so click on the sorting icon on the column you wish to use. {% hint style="info" %} This will change only the position on the grid. Not the display position. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/elReIbo65wdS8Cqo6zpc) If you have a lot of options you may be in need of a search, to do so double click on the first row of the grid in the column you wish to use, type what you are looking for and press ENTER on your keyboard. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/xBW2KxvlKnEjermZpYsb) \### Copy options {% hint style="info" %} You can cancel this action. read how to do it \[here\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions#canceling-the-batch-action). {% endhint %} You can easily copy attribute options between languages. To do so, select the options you wish to copy. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2ri3ijCpGSiP9VMI8hV7) Next, select \*\*Copy options\*\* from the \*\*Actions\*\* menu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/df8ZcyEYnnoGpKnDcyrO) Now decide what you wish to copy and where. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/tBcXcTlyC6nYi1uDZOxt) Confirm your choices. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ItRbSAPXBrtS2DRzJzMS) \### Translate the option via AI {% hint style="info" %} You can cancel this action. read how to do it \[here\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions#canceling-the-batch-action). {% endhint %} Select options you wish to translate with AI. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Hk5eAKODgrFZWp14flJk) Choose \*\*Translate option names.\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/co1BwNOMURCki1JgR16r) Select a language from and to, and click on the \*\*Translate options names\*\* button. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/JJpPWH0rDqh6SUOHH53U) Confirm your choices. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lk67LeNwfSlxFM2MNfGk) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/options.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/designer.md). # Designer It's the place where you can design your product card template simply by using the drag-and-drop method. There are 3 main components of a template: \[Widgets\](/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/designer/widgets.md), \[Sections\](/product-design/product-templates/sections.md), and \[Product attributes\](/product-design/attributes.md). Placeholders can be displayed in 3 different states according to the performed action: ◦ \*\*grey\*\* – a placeholder is available\\ ◦ \*\*light green\*\* – a placeholder is ready for dropping down an attribute\\ ◦ \*\*dark green\*\* – a placeholder is available to accept resized attributes To help distinguish element types in complex models, the Designer applies a background color to each item by type when placed or dragged in the workspace. Color of element types :\\ • Sections: Light blue.\\ • Widgets: Light orange.\\ • Attributes: Grey. \\ This enhancement is available only in the Designer for Templates and Sections and is intended to improve readability and reduce mistakes when arranging larger layouts. \\ Colors complements existing placeholder states, which continue to indicate placement availability and resizing behavior. The following actions can be performed on attributes: \* \*\*move\*\* – drag an attribute either from an attribute list or from another position on the matrix and move it over an available attribute placeholder. While hovering it over a chosen location, it illuminates light green if available for dropping down. Attributes taken from the attribute list on the left do not disappear but fade to gray. \* \*\*remove\*\* - open a kebab menu (three dots) and choose “remove”. On the attributes list, the attribute name and icon color switch back to black. \* \*\*resize\*\* – grab the bottom right corner of an attribute in order to change its size. Available attribute placeholders will illuminate in light green. Simply resize an attribute to the desired size and drop it down to finish. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/B3W6x9n7CbJ7gI1rgUNX) If you need more space on the designer workflow, click on \*+ ADD 10 ROWS,\* and a new 10 rows will be added at the bottom of the workspace. It's also possible to add a single new row in a specific place, to do so left left-click on the dotted line, and the \*+ Add row\* button will appear. Click on it to add that extra row under that specific line. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Q6UZrwcsMpHr7ZvEJJg0) When an attribute is placed in the designer workspace, it can be set as the one being required. Required attributes are used to indicate progress, showing the template’s completeness for the selected language. Those attributes are marked with a red asterisk. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/kKcpMMAxlnprzUGWrg0Q) When a section is dropped on the designer workspace, it's possible to assign a \[completeness set\](/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets.md) to it. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/xjADIjyf2CO9sF2gaMP7) To do so, hover over the section, and from the three dots menu, click on Assign completeness set. For this to work, a set must already be created. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/BaS5oakGK29NDrUyrsh6) After a click new window will pop up from where you may choose to assign from the drop-down list. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/YryfRIzay6JgeC8l8xro) It's possible to quickly \[create a new set\](/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets.md) from this place simply by clicking on \*+ Add new completeness set\* from the drop-down list. Then set a name for this new set and click on the !\[\](/files/d2CljXi1thQDjEMNdVtO) icon to save. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Ye4RY7SY3topf65EWdCE) When the template is ready, click \*SAVE CHANGES\*. A push notification will then be displayed at the bottom of the screen. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/xoTDtkwJx8m60xnTS9rb) This menu also has 2 more options: \[\*Edit section\*\](/product-design/product-templates/sections/general.md) that will open this specific section in edit mode, and \*Remove\* to delete it from the designer workspace (the same can be achieved by dragging the section out of the area). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lceDKbEWPhri906kCF2M) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/designer.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/custom-fields/custom-fields-how-it-works.md). # Custom Fields - How it works {% hint style="info" %} A single attribute can use up to 10 custom fields. {% endhint %} Custom fields are a way to add extra information to your attributes of type select or multiselect. You can create up to 10 custom fields per attribute, and choose from four different types of custom fields: \* Image \* Text \* Textarea \* Textarea RTE. To create a custom field, follow these steps: \* Edit or \[create \](/product-design/attributes/create-a-new-attribute.md)an attribute of type select or multiselect. \* Go to the “\*Custom fields\*” tab. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/FJgAx3V1tG7YtLsZRzZF) \* Type a name for your custom field in the “\*Custom field code\*” input field. This name should be unique and descriptive. \* Choose a custom field type from the drop-down list. The type determines the format and input options for your custom field. \* Click on the “+ Add” button to create the custom field. \* Repeat steps 3 to 5 for each custom field you want to create. {% hint style="info" %} Custom fields cannot be edited, you must delete your custom fields and then create a new one if needed. {% endhint %} After you create a custom field, you can see it in the “Options” tab, where you can edit its value or values simply by double-clicking on it. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/pmG2hUcmkzWkAu1vdhcv) The input field will depend on the type of the custom field. For example, if the custom field type is Image, you can add an image file. If the custom field type is Textarea RTE, you can use the rich text editor to format your text. \* Click on the “Save changes” button to save the changes. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/custom-fields/custom-fields-how-it-works.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/custom-fields.md). # Custom Fields ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/h3scAAYT3cISm2U8EeFC) \*\*Key Features:\*\* \* Customization: Personalize your attributes with up to ten additional fields, choosing between single-select or multi-select options. \* Advanced Options:Enrich your attributes with icons and descriptions to go beyond basic categorization. \* Flexibility: Enhance your workflows with attributes that are detailed, comprehensive, and fully tailored to your needs. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/p5qPZvB8kgGaTfnmFXP0) \*\*Benefits:\*\* \* Personalization: Craft attributes that resonate with your unique business needs and vision. \* Enhanced Information: Provide richer, more contextually relevant details for each attribute, enriching the quality of your product data. \* Improved Organization: Achieve a more nuanced and efficient data management structure with customizable attribute configurations. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/GhvMG6PFIGH0XKauO25y) You can access Custom fields via \[\*\*GraphQL API\*\*\](https://docs.ergonode.com/v/graphql-api/) \*\*and / or\*\* \[\*\*Ergonode Transfer\*\*\](/system/ergonode-transfer.md)\*\*.\*\* \*\*Custom fileds\*\* \*\*are not supported for now in\*\* \[\*\*Product importer\*\*\](/data-exchange/product-importer.md) \*\*and\*\* \[\*\*Apps\*\*\](/apps/about-apps-feature.md) \*\*.\*\* --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/custom-fields.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/disclaimer-statement.md). # Disclaimer statement This software is provided on an "as is" basis, without any warranties or representations, expressed or implied. The entire risk as to the quality, performance, and functionality of the software is assumed by you, the user. The developers, contributors, and any affiliated parties make no warranties, either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement of intellectual property. The developers, contributors, and any affiliated parties do not warrant that the software will meet your requirements, that the operation of the software will be uninterrupted or error-free, or that any defects in the software will be corrected. Furthermore, there is no warranty regarding the accuracy, reliability, or completeness of the software's results or output. You acknowledge and agree that the use of this software is at your own risk. In no event shall the developers, contributors, or any affiliated parties be liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute goods or services, loss of use, data, or profits, or business interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. By using this software, you agree to these terms and acknowledge that no oral or written information or advice provided by the developers, contributors, or any affiliated parties shall create a warranty or in any way increase the scope of this disclaimer. This disclaimer is subject to change without notice, and you should review it regularly for updates. \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/disclaimer-statement.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/disclaimer-statement/woocommerce.md). # WooCommerce ### \*\*Please read the\*\* \[\*\*DISCLAIMER\*\* \](/plugins/disclaimer-statement.md)\*\*before using this plugin.\*\* {% embed url="" %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/disclaimer-statement/woocommerce.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes.md). # Attributes {% hint style="info" %} A single Gallery, File, and Multiselect type attribute is limited to a maximum of 100 elements (options) attached to it {% endhint %} The idea of attribute management is at the core of efficient product catalog enrichment and distribution. On the following pages, we will show you our thinking behind the role of attributes in our Ergonode PIM system. ## What is an attribute? Photos, videos, technical data, file numbers, price and shipping information, or product descriptions in the right context become key tools to help customers make purchasing decisions on the Internet. They allow for describing and mapping product data in the digital world. This set of tools is called product information, it is a comprehensive collection of all information describing the product. The illustration below shows some specific attributes designed for an assortment of lightbulbs: \* image (to upload photos e.g. JPG, PNG) \* unit (to describe height, diameter, and luminosity) \* select (for selecting color variants of a lightbulb) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/j1Cq2i1uQZZzD5tuNvMw) \## Different types of attributes in Ergonode There are 12 attribute types in Ergonode. | Attribute | Description | | ----------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Text | This attribute is a field with a single line of text. | | Text area | This is a multi-line text field attribute with the possibility of enabling rich-text functionality, with a build-in JS Editor, allowing for block-styled editable modules of content, including paragraphs, headings, images, lists, and more. | | Unit | Used to present units according to the SI system (i.e., 200hz or 3m) and fully customized units (for example special custom packaging units). When used a unit selector appears underneath. This unit will appear with the entered attribute value. | | Image | Used to present photos in the most popular formats, such as main product image or context use product image. | | Gallery | An attribute used to present multiple images in the most popular formats. Users can view images in “slider mode”. The Gallery attribute is linked directly with assets and any image uploaded to the media directory can be attached to it. | | File | With this attribute, you can link any file uploaded to the asset directory (for example doc/sheets/presentations/images/zip files). | | Numeric | Used to present numbers only, for instance, the number of products in stock. The number cannot starts with 0 (zero) Ex: 01 will be trimmed to 1. To store a number that starts with 0 please use text type attribute. | | Select | Used when out of multiple options only one can be chosen i.e., country of origin. After choosing this attribute, a second-level choice appears allowing an option code to be provided. To add an option code simply press the “+Add Option”, this can also be done directly from the product card (see screenshot below). To remove an option click the bin icon. Options can also be arranged in a desired order by dragging and dropping them. | | Multi select | Used to present multiple options where one or more can be chosen, for instance, colors on a bicycle or constituent materials of the fabric used in the manufacture of an article of clothing. To add an option code simply press the “+Add Option”, this can also be done directly from the product card (see screenshot below). To remove an option click the bin icon. Options can also be arranged in a desired order by dragging and dropping them. | | Date | Used to specify a date in a selected format, for example, to denote a product’s expiry date. | | Price | Used to denote prices in selected currencies. While creating this attribute, a currency selector will appear. | | Product relations | Used to denote relationships between two different products for the purposes of cross-selling or upselling. Two-way relations can be created by editing the product relation attribute on the \[product template tab\](/products/catalog/template.md). | {% hint style="info" %} The limit on the number of products linked to a single product via the product relations attribute is 100 {% endhint %} {% hint style="success" %} Information on how to work with the grid can be found \[here\](/products/catalog/system-views/table-view-grid-view.md) {% endhint %} To edit an attribute click on the \*edit - pen icon\*. There are three tabs in edit mode \[General\](/product-design/attributes/general.md), \[Translations\](/product-design/attributes/translations.md), and \[Metadata\](https://app.gitbook.com/o/-MYEHeJzjM7kDdfKkmLk/s/M9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k/~/changes/130/product-design/attributes/metadata). {% hint style="info" %} There may be a 4th and 5th tab called \[Options \](/product-design/attributes/options.md)and \[Custom fields\](/product-design/attributes/custom-fields.md) if you are editing attributes with options ex: select or multi select. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Kc6vzhuNoQM322dMqook) To delete an attribute click on the \*bin icon\*. {% hint style="info" %} Attributes cannot have any relations in order for them to be deleted. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9TdQHQiCF34snMtM1SF6) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps.md). # Available apps {% hint style="success" %} Please keep in mind that app availability may depend on the selected pricing plan. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/O8TwzOlxhpQ6SecQMSmU) To install one of the available apps, look for the one you need (you may use search) and click on \*\*\*+ Install\*\*\* on the right side of the app. You will be taken to the app configuration screen. The screen may differ for each app, so please refer to the instructions for a specific app. \*\*\*+ New app\*\*\* button is for installing custom apps hosted outside the Ergonode. {% hint style="warning" %} As it is possible to install custom, outside apps, that are not created by Ergonode, please be informed that we cannot provide support for those. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} To learn how to write and connect your app, please refer to \[https://docs.ergonode.com\](https://docs.ergonode.com/apps2/) for more information. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/available-apps.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/creating-new-product.md). # Creating new product Ergonode features three types of products to accommodate the needs of both e-commerce business owners and their customers. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fTnQgUjEEio62PqO8GLr) Click on the \*\*\*+ New Product\*\*\* button. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/VTswhUKItkvzuI0UI08H) Choose the product type you wish to create. {% hint style="info" %} Depending on the product type you select, click on the corresponding link below to see the rest of the process. {% endhint %} \* \[Simple product\](/products/catalog/creating-new-product/simple-products.md) \* \[Grouping product\](/products/catalog/creating-new-product/grouping-product.md) \* \[Product with variants\](/products/catalog/creating-new-product/product-with-variants.md) --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/creating-new-product.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/disclaimer-statement/magento-2-new-plugin.md). # Magento 2 (new plugin) ### \*\*Please read the\*\* \[\*\*DISCLAIMER Statement\*\* \](/plugins/disclaimer-statement.md)\*\*before using this plugin.\*\* {% embed url="" %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/disclaimer-statement/magento-2-new-plugin.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/users/general.md). # General This tab lets you change basic user information, like role, or language. Remember to click \*SAVE CHANGES\* when you are done. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/rsMvEO0qehnyCgl0VufQ) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/users/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings.md). # Settings There are four tabs here: \[Languages\](/system/settings/languages.md), \[Units\](/system/settings/units.md), \[API keys\](/system/settings/api-keys.md), and \[SKU\](/system/settings/sku.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/OCGl7v3C7GEMXMsDb4yU) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/settings.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/exports.md). # Exports The “Exports” tab is a feature that allows the user to export data from the PIM system to CSV files. The user can create and manage different export profiles, which define the data entities. The “Exports” tab has a table (grid) that shows the following information for each export profile: \* \*\*Export name\*\*: The name of the export profile, which the user can choose when creating the profile. \* \*\*Number of exports\*\*: The number of times that the export profile has been used to export data. \* \*\*Latest export\*\*: The date and time of the most recent export using the profile. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/j4s4p6Tkq5oTl0Yk4WxZ) Each row in the table has two icons that allow the user to perform different actions on the export profile: \* \*\*Pen icon\*\*: When the user clicks on this icon, a window will open that allows the user to edit the export profile, see the history of the previous exports, and edit the scheduler. The scheduler is a feature that allows the user to set up a recurring export. \* \*\*Bin icon\*\*: When the user clicks on this icon, a confirmation message will appear that asks the user to delete the export profile. If the user confirms, the export profile will be removed from the system. On the left side of the page (above the table), there is a “+ New export” button that allows the user to create a new export profile. When the user clicks on this button, a pop-up window will appear. Please consult the \[Creating a new export job\](/system/ergonode-transfer/exports/creating-a-new-export.md) page for more details. On the right side of the page, there is a cog icon that allows the user to change the table display properties, such as the row size. The “Exports” tab helps the user to export data from the PIM system to CSV files for various purposes, such as backup, analysis, or integration. To start an export follow the instructions \[here\](/system/ergonode-transfer/exports/creating-a-new-export.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/exports.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog.md). # Catalog {% hint style="info" %} Demo instances are limited to a maximum of 5k products. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Grid \\\[4\] is limited to a maximum of 100 columns. {% endhint %} {% hint style="warning" %} To delete a product, you first need to remove all its relations. Read more about how to do it \[HERE\](/products/catalog/batch-actions/delete-products/identification-of-related-products.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/uCvPo7rlgoG1HbDgm2F7) The product catalog is divided into four sections: ## \\\[1\] Top bar The top bar allows you to perform catalog-wide actions, including creating\[ a new product\](/products/catalog/creating-new-product.md). ## \\\[2\] Actions / Filters / View bar This area enables you to perform \[Batch actions\](/products/catalog/batch-actions.md), use \[Advanced filters\](/products/catalog/filters-advanced.md), and switch \[System views\](/products/catalog/system-views.md). ## \\\[3\] Attributes bar Here, you can search for existing attributes by clicking on the magnifying glass icon and use them in the grid or \[Advanced filters\](/products/catalog/filters-advanced.md). You can also \[create a new attribute\](/product-design/attributes/create-a-new-attribute.md) by clicking on the \*\*\*green plus\*\*\* icon at the bottom. ## \\\[4\] The products section The grid displays products available in our PIM environment and allows for simple searches, quick Excel-like changes, and editing or deleting products. It's also possible to add new rows - as shown in the \[Custom view\](/products/catalog/system-views/custom-views.md) section. You can pin a column on the left of the grid ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5buJanHqQPColtKXHpqx) or remove it. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/uR31hgDZ7yiULdP2gp7U) The simple search within the grid is performed by double-clicking on the first row of a column, typing your query, and then pressing enter. {% hint style="info" %} Unlike \[Advanced filters\](/products/catalog/filters-advanced.md), the product list filtered by simple filters does not remain filtered when refreshing the page or navigating away and back. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/YRXn4KrREqlwPTtAMFMF) You can sort data in the grid by clicking on the sort icon that appears when you hover over a title row. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/mfc6JDiXTiSvcgQqKnmY) To edit a product, find it in the grid and click on the edit (pen) icon. You will be taken to a page with tabs: \[General\](/products/catalog/general.md), \[Template\](/products/catalog/template.md), \[History\](/products/catalog/history.md).\\ Tab with \[Comments\](/products/catalog/comments.md) has been moved and now Comments are available as an icon in the top right corner !\[\](/files/BF3dR33gO7BPC1GDkbQb) !\[\](/files/5wq4CUIPZHQZkMM5vz8w) ). {% hint style="info" %} There may be a 5th tab called \[Variants \](/products/catalog/creating-new-product/product-with-variants.md)if you are creating a Product with variants, or \[Children\](/products/catalog/creating-new-product/grouping-product.md)\[ \](/products/catalog/creating-new-product/grouping-product.md)if you are creating Grouping Products. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/faVfnKYHOxvxkM6KiwDC) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/creating-new-product/simple-products.md). # Simple products This is the most basic product type, with no relations or variants (until you assign them). The product can exist as a separate item, as a variant of another product, or as part of a product group. The main goal of this product type is to keep it simple and easy to manage. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/zsR7NPmuJO5CYdltiXOF) Fill in all fields; the SKU can be created automatically for you if you enable the \[\*\*Generate SKU Automatically\*\*\](/system/settings/sku.md) option in settings. Choose the product template that will be used with this product. Select one or more categories to associate with this product (this step can be skipped). Click \*\*\*Create\*\*\* or \*\*\*Create & Edit\*\*\*, which will take you to the edit mode for the newly created product. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/S6oOyyvfdRKR4yZISnSZ) You will see multiple tabs where you can add extra information about this product: \[\*\*General,\*\* \](/products/catalog/general.md)\[\*\*Template\*\*\](/products/catalog/template.md)\*\*,\*\* \[\*\*History\*\*\](/products/catalog/history.md)\*\*, and\*\* \[\*\*Comments\*\*\](/products/catalog/comments.md)\*\*.\*\* --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/creating-new-product/simple-products.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/general/new-status/translations.md). # Translations It's possible to change the displayed status name per language. To do so choose the desired language from the drop-down list in the upper left corner and fill in the needed fields. {% hint style="info" %} Keep in mind, that for a language to be available in this drop-down, it must first be activated from \[settings\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/JgQiM6LC7ExgZW1TPZ3Z) Don't forget to SAVE CHANGES. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/general/new-status/translations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit/relations.md). # Relations This tab gives you a list of active relations for this specific file. ![Resources > Media > > > Relations tab](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Ff5WJ9Yj4plhd7MHmtBv) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit/relations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/users.md). # Users {% hint style="info" %} Please be informed that once the created user cannot be deleted, can only be deactivated. Deactivated users and users in the ergonode.com domain are not counted against your license. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/zDk5PrxuGtvtAAgOrc9x) To create a new user click on NEW USER in the top right corner. If the icon is gray that means you have already used all users that are allowed to create in your license. If you need more users, please contact us directly. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/MWeevO5ciYkba2FVnWfE) {% hint style="info" %} All accounts must be activated upon creation. The user will receive an email with an activation link. Once clicked the user will be asked to create a password for himself. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} If the user was created as inactive, clicking the link provided in the email upon creation will not automatically activate the account. This must be done by hand. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e2gCU7996u9BaoDbQrH1) Fill in all required fields and click on \*CREATE & EDIT\* to open the user in \[edit mode\](/system/users/general.md). To edit a user click on the edit (pen) icon. For a newly created user, there is an option to resend a confirmation email (an envelope icon). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6VN7dBioHDevVPpdVHyC) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/users.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/general/new-status/general.md). # General On this page, you will be able to change the color of the status. The system name cannot be changed so if you need to do so, simply delete this status and create a new one. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/NYb8jbmziLYHvNJ2z6eR) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/general/new-status/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/users/change-user-password.md). # Change user password To change an account password, a user must use option \*Forgot password\*, on the login screen. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/48xtqeNVRU21MWXeuwxZ) Type an email associated with an account and click \*RECOVER PASSWORD\*. {% hint style="info" %} If a user does not remember what email is associated with an account, it can be checked by anyone with access to \[the main user page\](/system/users.md) in Ergonode. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/YZoE18d50PZdk6B4VsI8) Now follow the instruction in an email you will receive, and you will be taken to the page where you set up your new password. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Wv5WRCIDNS5TTzmYDC4A) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/users/change-user-password.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/designer.md). # Designer It's the place where you can design your product catalog page simply by using the drag-and-drop method. There are 3 main components of a template: \[Widgets\](/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/designer/widgets.md), \[Product attributes\](/product-design/attributes.md). Placeholders can be displayed in 3 different states according to the performed action: ◦ \*\*grey\*\* – a placeholder is available \\ ◦ \*\*light green\*\* – a placeholder is ready for dropping down an attribute \\ ◦ \*\*dark green\*\* – a placeholder is available to accept resized attributes Color coding of element types. To improve clarity in more complex section designs, the Designer shows distinct background colors by item type while arranging content. \\ • Widgets: Light orange.\\ • Attributes: Grey. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fSzLY5pA45RqgaRJnhUl) \\ This feature is available only in the Designer for Templates and Sections and is designed to make element types easier to recognize at a glance. \\ Color indicators work alongside the existing placeholder states to signal when positions are available or can accept resized elements. The following actions can be performed on attributes: • \*\*move\*\* – drag an attribute either from an attribute list or from another position on the matrix and move it over an available attribute placeholder. While hovering it over a chosen location, it illuminates light green if available for dropping down. Attributes taken from the attribute list on the left do not disappear but fade to gray. • \*\*remove\*\* - open a kebab menu (three dots) and choose “remove”. On the attributes list, the attribute name and icon color switch back to black. • \*\*resize\*\* – grab the bottom right corner of an attribute in order to change its size. Available attribute placeholders will illuminate in light green. Simply resize an attribute to the desired size and drop it down to finish. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1FNcSdFkvsnRPLZPG0cd) If you need more space on the designer workflow, click on \*+ ADD ROW,\* and a new row will be added at the bottom of the workspace. It's possible to add a new row in a specific place. To do so, left-click on the dotted line, and the \*+ Add row\* button will appear. Click on it to add that extra row under that specific line. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Q6UZrwcsMpHr7ZvEJJg0) You can also delete it, by choosing -Remove Row on the light red empty area. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/k7WZrET4X4alPilrcPc3) When an attribute is placed in the designer workspace, it can be set as the one required. Required attributes are used to indicate progress, showing the template’s completeness for the selected language. Those attributes are marked with a red asterisk. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/eROmMaO2CksjrcX0mkxA) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/designer.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/designer/general.md). # General When you click on the transition edition button, you will be taken to a new view, which will show you where the transition starts and ends and allow you to define which user roles, or which users will be notified when a product makes this transition. Notification is done in-app in the Notification panel. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/DnSxdDhooimveSnmbspy) {% hint style="info" %} To delete the transition click on DELETE TRANSITION in the top right corner. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/designer/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/cloning-the-template.md). # Cloning the template You can use this function to save time and avoid repeating the same steps when creating similar product templates. To use the “\*Clone template\*” function, follow these steps: \* Go to the “\*Product templates\*” and click on the "\*edit (pen) icon\*" next to the product template that you want to clone. This will open the product template in edit mode. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9JKcxX8avIapISKRHGR4) \* Click on the "\*three dots"\* menu in the upper right corner of the screen. This will show two options: “\*Clone template\*” and “\*Delete template\*”. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6GwkGIh3X5A8yAD4LrFJ) \* Click on the “\*Clone template\*” option. This will open a new window where you need to enter a code for the new product template. Code must be unique and different from the original product template, and consist of letters, digits, or underscore symbols only. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/xzcvzFZ9iiPSJZ5unW5W) \* Click on the “\*Clone\*” button to create the new product template. This will clone all the settings and sections of the original product template. You can see the new product template in the list in the "\*Main template\*" tab, with the code that you entered. \* Alternatively, you can click on the “\*Clone & Edit\*” button to create the new product template and open it in edit mode. This will allow you to make any changes to the new product template, such as adding or deleting sections, changing the order of the sections, or assigning a completeness set. You can use the “\*Clone template\*” function to create multiple product templates with similar layouts and features. This can help you streamline your product management and enrichment process in Ergonode PIM. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/cloning-the-template.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/cloning-the-section.md). # Cloning the section You can use this function to save time and avoid repeating the same steps when creating similar sections. To use the “\*Clone section\*” function, follow these steps: \* Go to the “\*Sections\*” tab and click on the \*edit (pen) icon\* next to the section name that you want to clone. This will open the section in edit mode. \* Click on the "\*three dots menu\*" in the upper right corner of the screen. This will show two options: “\*Clone section\*” and “\*Delete section\*”. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ZsHlvBLEnNSTbFJHG0HE) \* Click on the “\*Clone section\*” option. This will open a new window where you need to enter a code (name) for the new section. The name must be unique and different from the original section. You may only use letters, digits, and underscore symbols. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/DKwQx5A7aMtKqPJ2VKWQ) \* Click on the “\*Clone\*” button to create the new section. This will clone all the settings and attributes of the original section, and return you to the tab you were currently in. You can see the new section on the table (grid) in the "\*Sections\*" tab, with the name that you entered. \* Alternatively, you can click on the “\*Clone & Edit\*” button to create a new section and open it in edit mode. This will allow you to make any changes to the new section, such as adding or deleting attributes, or changing the order of the attributes. You can use the “\*Clone section\*” function to create multiple sections with similar layouts and features. This can help you streamline your section management and enrichment process in Ergonode PIM. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/cloning-the-section.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/metadata.md). # Metadata ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2t30x2EGvX84ahBf3ZJq) {% hint style="info" %} Metadata is set per attribute, not per product, so if you use the same attribute across multiple products same metadata will be sent with every product that uses this attribute. {% endhint %} Metadata is a feature that allows for attribute description with Key > Value list, so it can be used in different cases, and it's really up to the user how he will do it. The analogy to this would be a product that is described by a list of attributes: attribute code > attribute value. A usage example would be the possibility to reflect Magento 2 one-to-many attributes to groups relation. magento\\\_groups -> group1,group2 or magento\\\_group1 -> group1 magento\\\_group2 -> group2 But it is NOT specifically connected to any Magento functions like attribute groups. Basically, those are data that allow for some description of the attributes. Technically it's simply the next attribute data type --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/metadata.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/create-a-new-section.md). # Create a new section To create a new section click on \*+ NEW SECTION\*. Fill in the Section code (name) and image (not required), and click \*CREATE\* to save or \*CREATE & EDIT\* to save and open in edition mode. {% hint style="info" %} Section image is only used on the section grid (\[Main template\](/product-design/product-templates/main-templates.md)) to make it more user-friendly when browsing. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/xiRlqduD9o8u2cOPmPQy) If opened in edit mode there will be three tabs available: \[General\](/product-design/product-templates/sections/general.md), \[Translations\](/product-design/product-templates/sections/translations.md), and \[Designer\](/product-design/product-templates/sections/designer.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/create-a-new-section.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/translations.md). # Translations Here you may set or change a section displayed name, it can be different per every language. By default, only the main language is displayed but you may change it from the \*drop-down Translations menu.\* {% hint style="info" %} Keep in mind, that for a language to be available in this drop-down, it must first be activated from \[settings\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/xT8nflAlKq24BIrCDiE6) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/translations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/filters-advanced.md). # Filters (Advanced) The main difference between simple filters and advanced filters is that advanced filters stay on till you disable or change them. {% hint style="success" %} Filtering by SKU is limited to 1000 SKUs. {% endhint %} To start using them click on the \*FILTERS\* button. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/O74xFchJ7pA2NYdYvdES) This will open a space where you can drag one or more attributes to. You can use both Product and System attributes. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/xdAvYQs2IQH9NNuo8usS) If you are using attributes that are not simple text there may be additional options on the drop-down list for you to choose from. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/gMHFTVxUXUsvMlNqusuh) It's possible to add categories to the filter as well but here instead of using drag\\&drop, you need to check the category or categories you wish to add to the filter. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/vSa3I8r9SNJT3MMVk80Z) To clear the values of filters but leave them as set up use the \*\*\*Clear\*\*\* button. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/yD0Num8NpYo3vx2yUJdy) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/hycDcYjzCbQKYwwyu7zo) As advanced filters stay till changed or disabled you need to remove them manually, to do so click on \*Remove filters\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/oaq8EuVMIBS1N6hY6vXi) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/filters-advanced.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/attributes-batch-actions.md). # Attributes Batch Actions {% hint style="info" %} You can cancel the bath action when running. Read \[here \](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions#canceling-the-batch-action)to find out how. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/hW4j8m8zELdXVI9Vpcn9) To use this function, you need to: \* \*\*Select one or more attributes\*\* from the table by ticking the box next to each attribute in the first column. You can also use the drop-down list marked with a small green arrow to select or deselect all attributes or only those on the current page. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/dkJkHh8kZDrnRBqi0L0m) \* \*\*Choose an option\*\* from the drop-down list in the upper left corner above the table. ### Edit group \* If you choose \*\*Edit group\*\*, you can assign all selected attributes to an existing attribute group. A new window will appear with a drop-down list of all attribute groups in the system, a button \*\*Change group\*\*, and a button \*\*Cancel\*\*. Click on \*\*Change group\*\* to confirm the assignment, or \*\*Cancel\*\* to abort the action. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/krPU17AgoYErtseQkTlA) \### Translate attribute names \*\*Language Access:\*\* \* \*\*From\*\*: Only languages the user has \*\*READ\*\* access to. \* \*\*To\*\*: Only languages the user has \*\*WRITE\*\* access to. Choose a language from nad to and click on the \*\*Translate attribute name\*\* button to continue. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/736XBRhJIqa4jMo9EuLK) Confirm or cancel. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3pzqyOxQjFcoux3AjrWy) \### Delete attributes \* If you choose \*\*Delete attributes\*\*, you can permanently remove all selected attributes from the system. A confirmation window will appear with a button \*\*Delete\*\*, and a button \*\*Cancel\*\*. Click on \*\*Delete\*\* to confirm the deletion, or \*\*Cancel\*\* to abort the action. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/u7gqaZd2zDSGeivCH313) \* \*\*Wait for the batch action\*\* to complete in the background. You will receive a notification in the "\[\*Action center\*\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md)\*\*"\*\* when the job is finished. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/BfVu1YlvgjX4U53VVdpR) You can also click on the options menu in the notification and select "\*See details\*\*\*"\*\* to view more information about the batch action. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/YCUbnlgshjBw1ZzbtFdn) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/attributes-batch-actions.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories/products.md). # Products {% hint style="success" %} PRO TIP: The order in which categories are selected / pinned to the product is the order the categories will show up in API. {% endhint %} On this page, you can manage products that are assigned to a category. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0k065nUkNeSifZv9Dnb2) On the side menu, you have access to the attribute list, you can use those with \*\*Filters\*\* to limit products that appear on the grid. Simply drag one or more to the menu to use it. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/VBqQbIKQez05XqMPgu9q) Then click on the menu itself to expand it then, depending on the attribute type, additional filter configuration may be possible. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/RV6IZoowSNAQOmj7Q4gq) To remove filters click on the \*\*Remove filters\*\* button. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/nuB0IZUluBhyZiWVizkY) Assigning a product to the category can be done classicly from the \[general \](/products/catalog/general.md)tab on the edit product page, or by clicking the \*\*+ Add products\*\* button here. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8UXIoa26kLrc66CB1vs1) Next tick all the products you wish to add to the category and click on the \*\*Add products\*\* button. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/gaar6lh4XJ7U7v68PF7f) To remove a product from the category, click on the \*\*X\*\* icon on the right side of the grid ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/kNzuIYaoy9OGTIalKSoA) or tick the square (one or more) on the left side of the grid, ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/YB8b2HAXTOwuGFrd3T5r) and use batch action to remove them. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/gN0eQ1RGvpXXl5Gd8pvB) It is possible to create and save your own views of the grid. To read about how to do it please open this \[link\](/products/catalog/system-views/custom-views.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5EXJ0Sw6XwAZmom95XLU) There are two system views available \[Grid view\](/products/catalog/system-views/table-view-grid-view.md) and \[Tile view\](/products/catalog/system-views/tile-view-gallery-view.md), both work exactly the same as described under the provided links. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ArBus41vc7cOqk9vUAeV) You can also modify Display settings. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/kWczxLU4251vrNp7DDbz) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/s4bIq6pudrT2j1AyJC8d) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories/products.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/user-roles/attribute-privileges.md). # Attribute privileges #### Attribute privileges {% hint style="info" %} This feature is not available in all pricing plans. {% endhint %} Attribute privileges, think about it as an exclusive club you only can get into by being on the list. We implemented that idea into our PIM system. Now you can limit who and what can see or do in your system. Maybe you want your SEO team to only have access to specific attributes, or someone from marketing to be able to change product descriptions, but not be able to mess with what SEO is already done. Now it’s all possible thanks to attribute privileges. So how does it work? The first thing you need to know is that from now on, all attributes must be assigned to an \[attribute group\](/product-design/attribute-groups.md). One attribute can be assigned to one attribute group only. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/FGLVROm6wxFWLQ6FkjkW) Second thing is that you need to set up User roles and add users to them. It’s easier to set up right to a role than to every user one by one. ![](https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/diIVtXneH9CgJEo1XQnHMwvEz62ffJlXCgGu68zyrDJN_WvpVnGCWYnOvBNoSaE8ogc9U5iNQJHOu5Rj2sqKYSV4d5SI7PK9PTQwy1XLdt4wpBYW3LG_WRgxjVNOm6zF-j8fCg36HlCvCzoy9JYjkOs) Here, you can assign edit and / or read rights to the attributes group. That means that if you choose to do so, you may give some users the right to edit or fulfill some attributes and some can be set up as read-only. Of course, you may choose some roles to not be able to do both. In this case, simply uncheck both boxes. Users with those roles will see something like this when they open the \[Product catalog\](/products/catalog.md). ![](https://lh6.googleusercontent.com/qAELVMgnVxecemVyOAzvYu9sn7SOZ_pf754pBumRPtAcAChT5hVQrJzOSwqtnshDXlurofI5gwqa47Q-_AADPtFHQrQ3z9ov-8W8X5SQ9zfo1Za-7Yy16m9sXp0W9BMODS5fEuLZA7VBOm697BQlYsw) There's also the "Privileges to all attribute groups" option. If you click that, that user role will get instant read and write permission to all attributes, even those created in the future. If this stays off (default) you will need to set up permissions for all newly created \[attribute groups\](/product-design/attribute-groups.md) manually. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/mrpjlFTU6nqkVabz9jvf) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/user-roles/attribute-privileges.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/copy-data-from-one-product-to-another.md). # Copy data from one product to another {% hint style="info" %} You can copy data to a product that is already filled with data or to a completely new one. If you copy data to a product that already has some data, it will be overwritten. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} The data that will be copied includes the product template, attribute values, and category assignment. {% endhint %} To copy data from one product to another, go to \[Products \](/products/catalog.md)in the side menu, and click on the \*\*\*edit (pen)\*\* icon\* on the product you wish to copy data to. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/iGwutToP2gwD8viQiBne) In the upper left corner is a \*\*\*three dots\*\*\* (kebab) menu, click on it and choose \*\*\*Copy another product\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/qN9PiPid9q4cLTE366Br) To find the one you are looking for, you can use the same techniques available on the \[Products grid\](/products/catalog/system-views/table-view-grid-view.md), and \[Advanced filters\](/products/catalog/filters-advanced.md). You may also add a new column to the grid as shown in the \[Custom view\](/products/catalog/system-views/custom-views.md) section. Select the product you want to copy data from and click \*\*\*Copy product\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9HO8Li7tRJnkipUegHFw) The columns in this window are the same columns that you have in Product catalog. Some attributes will be highlighted in green, which means they contain data copied from another product. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/guFw1tCTBpahp2Hz7lXr) Don't forget to click on \*\*\*Save Changes\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Nvy3XxgPWxnqraFXz3sI) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/copy-data-from-one-product-to-another.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates.md). # Main templates To create a new template follow the instructions from \[here\](/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/create-a-new-template.md). To clone a template please follow \[these \](/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/cloning-the-template.md)instructions. To delete the template click on the bin icon. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/H8NIdnuKbCgzvigXs6ak) Click on the \*edit (pen) icon\* to edit a template already created. This will take you to a page with three tabs: \[General\](/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/general.md), \[Translations\](/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/translations.md), and \[Designer\](/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/designer.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/WBFSx8AAQQDQDpl9lpBz) To change basic display settings click on the \*cog icon\* next to the view ones. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ptUWXK26uW305UthdKe4) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/v9huKYkL4pfxtULKxYgF) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/shopify-csv.md). # Shopify CSV ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/990b2a2beb64e2a14e52bf8e43ef1339fe574994) Apki (Apps) - Dostępne Apki (Apps) {% hint style="info" %} Import CSV do Shopify nie obsługuje produktów typu bundle. Ergonode produkt grupujący (Grouping product) nie zostaną wyeksportowane. {% endhint %} ## Wprowadzenie Ta aplikacja usprawnia proces generowania plików CSV dla Shopify, ułatwiając pracę użytkownikom. ## \*\*Kluczowe funkcje:\*\* \* \*\*Wstępnie zdefiniowana struktura CSV\*\*Ta aplikacja upraszcza proces generowania plików CSV dla Shopify, ułatwiając pracę użytkownikom. Niezależnie od tego, czy zarządzasz stanami magazynowymi, strukturujesz dane czy obsługujesz złożone bazy danych, aplikacja CSV daje narzędzia, których potrzebujesz. \* \*\*Bezproblemowe mapowanie atrybutów:\*\* Łatwo powiąż atrybuty Ergonode (Ergonode transfer) z atrybutami Shopify bez obaw o typy danych. Aplikacja zapewnia, że można mapować tylko zgodne typy danych, dzięki czemu możesz skupić się na efektywności. {% hint style="info" %} Eksportując produkt z atrybutem relacji — pamiętaj, że wszystkie produkty: główny oraz te powiązane z głównym, muszą znajdować się w tym samym segmencie, aby zostały uwzględnione w pliku CSV. {% endhint %} ## \*\*Dodatkowe funkcje\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7dea1f6e4f3e0b554de9904ae3e88b3ff92cc308) \* \*\*Pobierz plik\*\* – Natychmiast pobierz najnowszy plik feed. \* \*\*Uruchom pełną synchronizację\*\* – Ręcznie wyzwól pełną synchronizację feedu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/51771a827bcfe73b4d4b0147c8b336fc78a27a02) \* \*\*Wyczyść pamięć podręczną\*\* – Użyj tej opcji, aby \*\*wywołać pierwszą pełną synchronizację podczas następnej synchronizacji\*\* (wydłużony proces). Po aktywacji umożliwia to również modyfikację wybranego segmentu w \*\*Opcje\*\* karty. \* \*\*Usuń aplikację\*\* – Użyj tej opcji, aby \*\*odinstaluj aplikację\*\* oraz \*\*usuń wszystkie konfiguracje\*\* na stałe. Ta operacja \*\*nie może zostać cofnięta\*\*, więc postępuj ostrożnie. ## Uruchamianie aplikacji ### \*\*Krok 1: Konfiguracja\*\* Rozpocznij od zapoznania się z sekcją \*\*Opcje\*\* oraz \*\*Konfiguracja\*\* aby dostosować ustawienia aplikacji do swoich potrzeb. Każda opcja i konfiguracja zawiera szczegółowe wyjaśnienia, dostępne poprzez powiązane strony. ### \*\*Krok 2: Uruchomienie aplikacji\*\* Gdy ustawienia zostaną skonfigurowane, kliknij \*\*„Uruchom pełną synchronizację”\*\* przycisk, aby rozpocząć proces tworzenia pliku CSV. Spowoduje to kompilację i strukturyzację danych do formatu CSV bez zakłóceń. ### \*\*Krok 3: Historia\*\* Po zainicjowaniu synchronizacji aplikacja automatycznie zapisuje wpis w \*\*History\*\* zakładce do późniejszego odwołania. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/shopify-csv.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/general/new-status.md). # New status To create a new workflow status click on NEW STATUS in the top right corner. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/yJLAqbQC1jwsDMQ0KMdC) Fill in all required fields and click on CREATE or CREATE & EDIT. Clicking on the second one will get you to status edit mode where two tabs will be available; \[General\](/workflow/information/general/new-status/general.md) and \[Translations\](/workflow/information/general/new-status/translations.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/IYHnzM6Y8VuLUDL0P7dZ) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/general/new-status.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories/translations.md). # Translations On this page, you can set translated category name per language, by default you will only see your main language, but you may change this by using Translation drop-down menu. {% hint style="info" %} Keep in mind, that for a language to be available in this drop-down, it must first be activated from \[settings\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/HsFUxy1oBmdDhEnxdi7Z) If you set any attribute to a \[category attribute\](/product-design/category-attributes.md), here is the place you may set the value to it. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/X4ZgYswHp2WxXOpDl23j) Remember to click \*SAVE CHANGES\* if you make any. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/zRGzz6w8un0bMUwMjO4f) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories/translations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/comments.md). # Comments {% hint style="success" %} With the latest Ergonode update, \*\*comments\*\* have been moved into a collapsible sidebar available in both the \*\*Product Detail\*\* and \*\*Catalog (Grid/Table)\*\* views. This ensures feedback is always within reach without disrupting your workflow. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} The comments badge reflects the total number of comments, not just unread or new comments. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Comments remain attached to the specific product version and are visible to any user with access to that product. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} The sidebar automatically closes when navigating away from the Product Detail view. {% endhint %} ## Accessing the Comments Panel A \*\*comments icon\*\* appears in two places: \* \*\*Product Detail view\*\*: Top-right toolbar. When there are no comments, the icon displays in its inactive (outlined) state. When comments exist, a badge shows the total count of comments beside the icon.
Clicking the icon opens the sidebar; clicking again (or clicking the close icon) hides it. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/scpy0S6nxz3iAnSgmWnW) Product card - comments section highlghted \* \*\*Catalog (Grid/Table) view\*\*: In each row’s actions column, alongside edit and delete icons. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/BFZT7vfThnDQHCa6rVO3) \## Sidebar Layout Once opened, the comments sidebar shows: \* A New Comment button at the top for creating a comment. \* A scrollable list of existing comments, each rendered as a card containing: \* The user avatar or initials and author name \* The comment text. \* A timestamp indicating when it was created. \* Edit (pencil) and Delete (trash) icons on hover for comments you own. ## Adding a New Comment \* Open the Comments sidebar by clicking the comment icon in the top-right toolbar of the Product Detail view. \* In the Write a comment… field at the top of the sidebar, type your comment text. \* Click Add comment to post. \* If you change your mind, click Cancel to clear the input. ## Editing and Deleting \* \*\*Edit\*\*: Click the pencil icon on your comment card. Modify the text, then click \*Save comment\* or \*Cancel\*. \* \*\*Delete\*\*: Click the trash icon, then confirm to remove the comment permanently. The badge count updates accordingly. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/comments.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections.md). # Sections You can create sections for different purposes, such as SEO, technical data, marketing information, or sales channels. You can then use these sections in your product templates or in your workflow conditions (if combined with the "Completeness set"). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/tOwpvm5yWDE21WnpB53r) Sections are only for your internal use in Ergonode PIM. They are not meant to be exported to your eCommerce platform. They are only to help you organize and enrich your product data in a user-friendly way. To create and manage sections, you can use the following options: \* \[\*\*Create a new section\*\*\](/product-design/product-templates/sections/create-a-new-section.md): To create a new section, click on the “\*+ New section\*” button in the upper left corner of the screen. This will open a window where you need to enter a code (name) for the section. The name should be descriptive and should be unique. Then, click on the “\*Create\*” button to confirm the creation of the section. Or "\*Create & Edit\*" to create the new section and open it in edit mode. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/jhV9bc5UFDeGnzoqh6jQ) \* \*\*Edit an existing section\*\*: To edit an existing section, click on the "\*edit (pen) icon"\* next to the section name. This will take you to a page with three tabs: “General”, “Translations”, and “Designer”. \* \[\*General\*\](/product-design/product-templates/sections/general.md) - here you can see the section code (name). You cannot change the code, in case you need to do so, please clone this section with a new name and delete this one. \* \[\*Translations\*\](/product-design/product-templates/sections/translations.md) - here you can translate the name of the section into different languages. \* \[\*Designer\*\](/product-design/product-templates/sections/designer.md) - here you can add, remove, or reorder the attributes that belong to the section. You can also set an attribute as required. \* \*\*Delete a section\*\*: To delete a section, click on the bin icon next to the section name. This will open a confirmation window where you need to click on the “Delete” button to confirm the deletion of the section. You can only delete a section if it is not used in any product template. If the section is used in a product template, you need to remove it from the template first, before deleting it. \* \*\*Change display settings\*\*: To change the display settings of a section, click on the cog icon in the upper right part of the screen. This will open a window where you can change the size of the table (grid). {% hint style="info" %} It's only possible to delete a section if it's not used in any template. {% endhint %} Sections are a great way to make your product management easier and more efficient in Ergonode PIM. You can use them to create consistent and attractive product cards that suit your needs and preferences. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/NEUGqVkcloamC43CTBse) {% hint style="info" %} The number next to the edit (pen) icon indicates the number of attributes in that section. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/create-a-new-template.md). # Create a new template To create a new template click on \*+ NEW TEMPLATE\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/JJt6MCDmnnvfcR7g4Fvk) Fill in available fields and click \*CREATE\* to save or \[\*CREATE & EDIT\*\](/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/general.md) to save and open in edit mode. | Field | Description | | ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Template code | Must be unique | | Default label attribute | Value of the indicated \*\*text attribute\*\* that you want to be displayed as a signature in the product item | | Default image attribute | Value of the indicated \*\*image or gallery attribute\*\* which will be displayed as a signature in a product item | ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/kZofMZZd0ln4EJNnV7lE) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/create-a-new-template.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets/translations.md). # Translations Here you may set the different display names for each language. By default only the main language will be displayed, to change it click on the \*drop-down Translations list\*. {% hint style="info" %} Keep in mind, that for a language to be available in this drop-down, it must first be activated from \[settings\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/jiBSASu41R5PEZ41tvuV) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets/translations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/csv.md). # CSV ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/900d7175861ae3031268992a4c73bca5bd0dd2de) Aplikacja CSV zainstalowana \## Wprowadzenie The aplikacja została zaprojektowana, aby usprawnić proces tworzenia \*\*niestandardowych plików CSV\*\* z łatwością. Niezależnie od tego, czy zarządzasz stanami produktów, organizujesz dane, czy konstruujesz złożone bazy danych, \*\*aplikacja CSV\*\* daje Ci kontrolę. ## \*\*Kluczowe funkcje:\*\* \* \*\*Elastyczny projekt struktury\*\*: Stwórz własną strukturę pliku CSV, dopasowując ją precyzyjnie do swoich potrzeb. \* \*\*Przypisywanie atrybutów\*\*: Przypisuj atrybuty produktów do konkretnych kolumn, zapewniając organizację danych zgodnie z Twoimi wymaganiami. \* \*\*Niestandardowe nazwy kolumn\*\*: Korzystaj z możliwości nadawania każdej kolumnie dowolnej nazwy, aby Twoje dane były osobiste i intuicyjne. \* \*\*Integracja feedu produktowego\*\*: Aplikacja CSV oferuje także funkcję feedu produktowego, umożliwiając płynny eksport danych i integrację z innymi systemami. \* \*\*Scheduler\*\*: Automatycznie eksportuj plik CSV/aktualizuj URL feedu co x godzin. {% hint style="info" %} Eksportując produkt z atrybutem relacji — pamiętaj, że wszystkie produkty: główny oraz te powiązane z głównym, muszą znajdować się w tym samym segmencie, aby zostały uwzględnione w pliku CSV. {% endhint %} ## \*\*Dodatkowe funkcje\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/caefcca8331ae3eb135ed93d7155dfa3a1dea859) \* \*\*Kopiuj URL feedu\*\* – Skopiuj link do feedu, aby uzyskać łatwy dostęp lub użyć go zewnętrznie. \* \*\*Pobierz plik\*\* – Natychmiast pobierz najnowszy plik feedu (dostępny po pierwszej pełnej synchronizacji). \* \*\*Uruchom pełną synchronizację\*\* – Ręcznie uruchom pełną synchronizację. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/49a1346c80467108328b0ddffd23081f470d1c9e) \* \*\*Wyczyść pamięć podręczną\*\* – Użyj tej opcji, aby \*\*wywołać pierwszą pełną synchronizację podczas następnej synchronizacji\*\* (wydłużony proces). Po aktywacji umożliwia to również modyfikację wybranego segmentu w \*\*Opcje\*\* karty. \* \*\*Usuń aplikację\*\* – Użyj tej opcji, aby \*\*odinstaluj aplikację\*\* oraz \*\*usuń wszystkie konfiguracje\*\* na stałe. Ta operacja \*\*nie może zostać cofnięta\*\*, więc postępuj ostrożnie. ## Uruchamianie aplikacji \*\*Krok 1: Konfiguracja\*\* Rozpocznij, przechodząc do sekcji \*\*Opcje\*\* oraz \*\*Konfiguracja\*\* aby dostosować ustawienia aplikacji do swoich potrzeb. Szczegółowe wyjaśnienia dla każdej opcji i konfiguracji znajdują się na powiązanych stronach. \*\*Krok 2: Uruchomienie aplikacji\*\* Gdy skonfigurujesz preferencje, masz dwa główne sposoby korzystania z aplikacji CSV: \* \*\*Kopiuj URL feedu\*\*: Kliknij „\*\*Kopiuj URL feedu\*\*” aby otworzyć okno pokazujące Twój unikalny URL feedu. Po prostu skopiuj ten URL, aby użyć go tam, gdzie potrzebujesz zintegrować feed produktowy. {% hint style="info" %} Przed użyciem feedu CSV uruchom synchronizację, aby najpierw wygenerować plik lub skonfiguruj Harmonogram. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Aby zaktualizować URL feedu nowymi danymi, uruchom synchronizację lub skonfiguruj Harmonogram. {% endhint %} \* \*\*Uruchom pełną synchronizację\*\*: Naciśnij przycisk „\*\*Uruchom pełną synchronizację\*\*” aby rozpocząć proces tworzenia pliku CSV. To rozpocznie kompilację danych w zaprojektowanym przez Ciebie formacie. \*\*Krok 3: Historia\*\* Po rozpoczęciu synchronizacji aplikacja zapisze wpis w \*\*History\*\* karty. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/csv.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories/general.md). # General Once the category code is set up it cannot be changed, so if you need to do so simply delete a category by clicking on \*REMOVE CATEGORY\* in the right upper corner. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/i0oof3KwyEZBdbggI8IS) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets/general.md). # General Once the name is set, it cannot be changed. If you need to update it, you must delete this set and create a new one. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/zyffothBFmuGBIHh8YMk) To do so, click on \*\*DELETE COMPLETENESS SET\*\* in the top right corner. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/j80dlhHxzeUyF4Ggf9Lq) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit/translations.md). # Translations This tab is here if you wish to set a different \*Title\* or \*Alternative text\* for each language, as well as values for \[Media attributes\](/resources/media-attributes.md). By default, only one language is displayed here, so if you want to add more, use the drop-down Translation list from the upper left corner. {% hint style="info" %} Keep in mind that for a language to be available in this drop-down, it must first be activated from \[settings\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} | Field | Description | | ------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Title | Used as a tooltip on mouse hoover in the browser | | Alternative text | Used as alternative text displayed in the browser, when an image is for some reason not visible | | \\ | Place to enter value for a media attribute for specific resource | ![Resources > Media > > > Translation tab](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lV85BIMTww7AETvssdIH) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit/translations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/activities/activity-logs.md). # Activity logs Here you can check (availabe for users with appropriate \[permissions \](/system/user-roles/privileges.md)) what changes were made in the system. It's also possible to filter this grid using lists or text fields in the top column. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/RCOEB8ruHJ2jicx8vT9S) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/activities/activity-logs.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/about-plugins.md). # About plugins There are several plugins to connect Ergonode PIM to your E-commerce. Most of them offer basic communication, but as we offer them for free with an open-source license, you are more than welcome to change them to your liking. Plugins that are available to use with: \* \[Magento 2\](/plugins/disclaimer-statement/magento-2-new-plugin.md) \* \[PrestaShop\](/plugins/disclaimer-statement/prestashop.md) \* \[Shopware\](/plugins/disclaimer-statement/shopware.md) \* \[WooCommerce\](/plugins/disclaimer-statement/woocommerce.md) {% hint style="info" %} The communication between a plugin and E-commerce is one-sided from Ergonode to E-commerce. {% endhint %} We are constantly improving our software, so please check from time to time to see if there are any new plugins available. In contrast to plugins that are open-source, we also offer so-called apps, which you may read about a bit more \[here\](/apps/about-apps-feature.md). The main difference between an app and a plugin is that apps are proprietary software; their license will not allow for making any changes to them, any updates are seamless for a user, as it's done by us, and are implemented inside the Ergonode PIM interface, while plugins need to be installed on the E-commerce side and updated by the user. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/plugins/about-plugins.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/activities.md). # Activities This is a place in the system where users ( with appropriate \[permissions\](/system/user-roles/privileges.md) ) can check what was changed in the system, and what was the result of \[batch actions\](/products/catalog/batch-actions.md). There are two tabs available \[Activity log\](/system/activities/activity-logs.md) and \[Batch actions\](/system/activities/batch-actions.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/activities.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit/general.md). # General {% hint style="info" %} Preview is only available for image files. {% endhint %} This tab is here if you wish to change the file name or download the file to your device. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/HfV5FUzz2PE9Lo1yMD6c) If you are changing the name, don't forget to \*SAVE CHANGES\*. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/tutorials-and-video-clips/how-to-deal-with-entities.md). # How to deal with entities {% embed url="" %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/tutorials-and-video-clips/how-to-deal-with-entities.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit.md). # Edit The Edit window is divided into four tabs: \[General\](/resources/media/edit/general.md), \[Translations\](/resources/media/edit/translations.md), \[Properties\](/resources/media/edit/properties.md), and \[Relations\](/resources/media/edit/relations.md). It's also possible to delete a file from here (Delete option in the upper-right corner) if it has no active relations. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6IAPflYuKVD4jJW92J5H) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media/edit.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/automations/about-automations/automations-faq.md). # Automations FAQ How to avoid endless loop The system does not trigger further automations from within an automation, so infinite technical loops are prevented. However, when using AI actions (such as content generation), the generated output may differ each time, potentially causing repeated overwrites if not properly conditioned. To avoid overwriting existing content repeatedly, add a condition to prevent continuous loops. Ex: set operator to "is empty". ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/kDqtmPKX7m9yr2dcpYV8) Can I use variables in the edit attribute value action on text area attribute? Yes. \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/automations/about-automations/automations-faq.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets.md). # Completeness sets Completeness sets can be assigned to a \[section\](/product-design/product-templates/sections.md) and can also be used as \[transition conditions\](/workflow/information/designer/conditions.md) within the \[workflow\](/workflow/information.md). {% hint style="info" %} Real-life usage examples can be creating a completeness set for the SEO section only, to have a visual confirmation that all SEO-required data is filled, or using it as a transition condition so no one will be able to skip this step. {% endhint %} To create a new one click on \*+ NEW COMPLETENESS SET\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fMyAkdkIn21Mzw47YGbx) Set a name for it and click on \*CREATE\* to save it or \*CREATE & EDIT\* to open it in \[edit mode\](/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets/general.md). {% hint style="info" %} Code can have only letters, digits, or underscore symbols. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/XX6AYTaufVZ6pyFUycbb) To delete the completeness set click on the bin icon. {% hint style="info" %} It's only possible to delete a completeness set if it's not used in any template. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1bIHdb00TQfDmXiMLhFi) To change basic display settings click on the cog icon. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bAZcYv8iT2ShvyKSKxgN) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/history.md). # History The history tab displays a table of changes made to the product, including adding, modifying, or deleting data. The table has seven columns: \* \*\*Date:\*\* The date and time when the change occurred. \* \*\*Resource:\*\* The name of the data entity affected by the change. \* \*\*Identifier:\*\* A unique identifier for the data entity. \* \*\*Author:\*\* The name of the user who performed the change, or the system if the change was automated. \* \*\*Source:\*\* The location or method from which the change was initiated. \* \*\*Event:\*\* The type of change. \* \*\*Message:\*\* A brief description of the change, such as the new or old value of a field or the destination of a move. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/IABktCquXTJvB7kzAlUA) Example of using filters on "Source" column The history tab allows users to view application history, filter the table by different criteria, and sort it by various columns. This helps users track changes, monitor activity, and troubleshoot issues in the application. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/history.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/data-exchange/product-importer/history.md). # History The “history” tab is a feature that allows users to view the details of their previous product imports to the PIM system. Users can import their products using xls or xlsx files, and the “history” tab will show the following information for each import: \* \*\*File name\*\*: The name of the file that was used for the import. \* \*\*Started on\*\*: The date and time when the import process started. \* \*\*Ended at\*\*: The date and time when the import process ended. \* \*\*Profile\*\*: The name of the import profile that was selected for the import. \* \*\*Status\*\*: The outcome of the import process, such as “Finished”, “Processing”, or “Error”. \* \*\*Rows\*\*: The number of rows that were processed in the file. \* \*\*Errors\*\*: The number of rows that encountered errors during the import process. \* \*\*Size\*\*: The size of the file in kilobytes. \* \*\*User\*\*: The name of the user who initiated the import. The “history” tab also allows users to sort the table by any column, either in ascending or descending order, by clicking on the column header. Users can also search for specific values in any column by typing in the first row of the table, which acts as a filter. The table will only show the rows that match the search criteria. These features help users to find the information they need quickly and easily. To save used settings to a profile click on the \*three dots menu\* and click "Save import profile". ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/larApGCjpjWR350Z6CF2) Then choose a profile name and save. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ajNTicrJgsRKx8E5dB7m) To view the import details click on the \*three dots menu\* and select \*View details\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ekqzFJqWiZEUXInD5AzW) The table shows the results of each product import that the user has performed. The table has six columns: \* \*\*Record\*\*: The number of the row in the import file that corresponds to the product. \* \*\*SKU\*\*: The stock keeping unit of the product, which is a unique identifier. \* \*\*Action\*\*: The type of action that was performed on the product, such as create, update, or delete. \* \*\*Status\*\*: The outcome of the import process, such as “Success”, “Skipped”, "Warning", or “Error”. Statuses are explained in the image below. \* \*\*Problems\*\*: The number of errors that the system encountered during the action, such as invalid data, missing fields, duplicate products, etc. \* \*\*Description\*\*: A brief explanation of the problems, if any, or the changes that were made to the product. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/w3zHBLj4NYnmXpbRZTcc) The user can sort the table by any column, either in ascending or descending order, by clicking on the column header. The user can also search for specific values in any column by typing in the first row of the table, which acts as a filter. The table will only show the rows that match the search criteria. These features help the user to review the product import details and fix any issues. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/BKZNkW7UO6Wu68IX75zs) The left section of the import details page provides an overview of the product import process and its outcomes. It has three subsections: \*\*General information\*\*: This subsection shows the basic information about the product import, such as: \* \*\*File name\*\*: The name of the file that was used for the import. \* \*\*Profile\*\*: The name of the import profile that was selected for the import. \* \*\*File size\*\*: The size of the file in kilobytes. \* \*\*Started on\*\*: The date and time when the import process started. \* \*\*Finished on\*\*: The date and time when the import process finished. \* \*\*Rows\*\*: The number of rows that were processed in the file. \* \*\*Errors\*\*: The number of rows that encountered errors during the import process. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8BXMnnqQLPfrq23kNHrU) \*\*Product activities\*\*: This subsection shows the statistics of the product actions that were performed during the import process, such as: \* \*\*Created\*\*: The number of products that were created in the PIM system. \* \*\*Updated\*\*: The number of products that were updated in the PIM system. \* \*\*Creation error\*\*: The number of products that failed to be created in the PIM system due to errors. \* \*\*Update error\*\*: The number of products that failed to be updated in the PIM system due to errors. \* \*\*Creation skipped\*\*: The number of products that were skipped from being created in the PIM system due to various reasons, such as duplicate products, missing mandatory fields, or invalid data. \* \*\*Update skipped\*\*: The number of products that were skipped from being updated in the PIM system due to various reasons, such as unchanged products, missing mandatory fields, or invalid data. \* \*\*Creation warnings\*\*: The number of products that were created in the PIM system with some warnings, such as unknown attributes, invalid values, or truncated data. \* \*\*Update warnings\*\*: The number of products that were updated in the PIM system with some warnings, such as unknown attributes, invalid values, or truncated data. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/N51vRkF73jYdWAqbqpoY) \*\*Related changes\*\*: This subsection shows the statistics of the changes that were made to the related entities of the products, such as: \* \*\*Attribute options\*\*: The number of attribute options that were created, updated, or deleted during the import process. \* \*\*Categories\*\*: The number of categories that were created, updated, or deleted during the import process. \* \*\*Media\*\*: The number of media files that were uploaded, updated, or deleted during the import process. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/dTMCR8wdzi2hOCTKm5jB) In case of an error, a message will be displayed ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/QH8GIpV6GgbuArNvDygj) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/data-exchange/product-importer/history.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information.md). # Information {% embed url="" %} Workflow is integral to working with a PIM, where passing data between various users and other systems is at the heart of its operation. Workflow help regulate and control the transfer of data and ascertain the state of progress of enriching products with data. It is now possible to define multiple flows, each associated with a language previously selected under Settings -> Language assignment. Only one workflow per language is possible, however, a workflow can be assigned to many languages. To create a workflow, navigate to the Workflows segment on the Side Menu, then click on the New Workflow button displayed on the top right corner of the new page. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/VSp5fd7VC3VV8bIHn6ss) This will bring up a new window asking you to specify a system name for the new workflow (which must be unique) and to set a default status products created within this new workflow will assume after they are made. This can be chosen from all statuses currently present in the system. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/nswnrgT1UBnFgWd4zR3q) When you set the new flow’s Workflow code (system name) and the Default status for new products, you can either simply CREATE the workflow and move on to another task or click CREATE & EDIT to be moved to the edition view. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/GD02UvUDx9jqdbKzYFtt) To edit workflow click on the edit icon, to delete it click on the bin icon. When you click on the edit icon or if you choose to CREATE & EDIT during the workflow creation process, you will be moved to workflow edit mode where you will find two tabs; \[General \](/workflow/information/general.md)and \[Designer\](/workflow/information/designer.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8XPL2bdKQmZD4gFExQYP) Workflow can be used in the \[kanban \](/products/catalog/system-views/kanban-view.md)system view on the product page. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/automatyzacje/o-automatyzacje/przykladowe-przypadki-biznesowe-z-konfiguracja.md). # Przykładowe przypadki biznesowe z konfiguracją ## Przypadek biznesowy 1 ### Sprzedaż na wielu marketplace’ach – dedykowane oferty dla każdego kanału. Na Allegro i Amazonie sprzedawane są różne asortymenty. \*„Jeśli wartość atrybutu ASIN (specyficznego dla Amazon) nie jest pusta, zmień status na Gotowy do sprzedaży dla języka treści Amazon DE.”\* | \*\*Nazwa opcji\*\* | \*\*Nazwa ustawienia\*\* | \*\*Wartości\*\* | | --------------- | -------------------- | --------------------------------------- | | Name | | Publikacja na Amazon | | Kiedy... | | Produkt jest tworzony lub aktualizowany | | I jeśli... | Warunek | Wartość atrybutu | | | Atrybut | ASIN | | | Operator | nie jest pusty | | Wtedy... | Akcja | Edytuj status | | | Język treści | Amazon (DE) | | | Status | Gotowy do wprowadzenia na rynek | Zrzut ekranu ustawień systemu !\[\](https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD\_4nXdQl0blZNaXJaDR7wRfIsoAPsbehWBtZekFU2sYY20yxY2IBaEe5iE-SdudEoZjWphpt03-XeqyxlOsVpZx8JNx7Yeo2QW9hWXv4pK6XwlXeCcuV2UW63kaoEobXbF7jL2RkfdhqA?key=nPitdB\_BlwqJqs5e-RUhCD4p) \## Przypadek biznesowy 2 ### Dodawanie produktu do kategorii i szablonu na podstawie wartości atrybutu oraz przypisania szablonu. \*„Produkty importowane do Ergonode z zewnętrznego systemu ERP trafiają do Głównych szablonów. Użytkownik określa typ produktu, wprowadzając wartość w atrybucie „product type”. Na podstawie tej wartości Automatyzacje przypisują produkt do odpowiednich kategorii, a szablon zostaje zmieniony na dedykowany dla danej grupy produktów.”\* | \*\*Nazwa opcji\*\* | \*\*Nazwa ustawienia\*\* | \*\*Wartości\*\* | | --------------- | -------------------- | --------------------------------------- | | Name | | Podstawowe dane rodziny produktów | | Kiedy... | | Produkt jest tworzony lub aktualizowany | | I jeśli... | Warunek | Wartość atrybutu | | | Atrybut | Typ produktu | | | Operator | jest | | | Wartość atrybutu | #sofa | | Wtedy... | Akcja | Edytuj kategorię | | | Operator | dodaj | | | Kategoria | #sofas | | I | Akcja | Edytuj szablon | | | Szablon | Sofy | Zrzut ekranu ustawień systemu ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a5bc9e8b3a20135629aa0ae062acd1fbfd1026e6) \## Przypadek biznesowy 3 ### Zarządzanie promocjami sezonowymi – przypisywanie odpowiednich etykiet do produktów. \*„Produkty z atrybutem „season” ustawionym na konkretny sezon (np. Wiosna‑Lato) powinny automatycznie otrzymywać etykietę „discount”. Na podstawie tej etykiety można definiować warunki w segmentach do integracji z systemami e‑commerce.”\* | \*\*Nazwa opcji\*\* | \*\*Nazwa ustawienia\*\* | \*\*Wartości\*\* | | --------------- | -------------------- | --------------------------------------- | | Name | | Wyprzedaż sezonowa %%% | | Kiedy... | | Produkt jest tworzony lub aktualizowany | | I jeśli... | Warunek | Wartość atrybutu | | | Atrybut | Sezon | | | Operator | jest | | | Wartość atrybutu | #spring-summer | | Wtedy... | Akcja | Edytuj wartość atrybutu | | | Atrybut | Etykieta promocyjna | | | Operator | dodaj | | | Wartość atrybutu | #discount | Zrzut ekranu ustawień systemu !\[\](/files/ff88b2b59cadba1d8b600ffea077c527001c0284) \## Przypadek biznesowy 4 ### Zarządzanie bezpieczeństwem produktu w odniesieniu do ryzyka związanego z alergenami (potencjalnie alergenne materiały). \*„Produkty wykonane z materiałów oficjalnie uznanych za alergenne (np. wartość atrybutu = wool) automatycznie otrzymują wartość w parametrze wskazującym na potencjalne ryzyko.”\* | \*\*Nazwa opcji\*\* | \*\*Nazwa ustawienia\*\* | \*\*Wartości\*\* | | --------------- | -------------------- | --------------------------------------- | | Name | | Produkt z potencjalnymi alergenami | | Kiedy... | | Produkt jest tworzony lub aktualizowany | | I jeśli... | Warunek | Wartość atrybutu | | | Atrybut | Tekstylia | | | Operator | jest | | | Wartość atrybutu | #wool\\\_23 | | Wtedy... | Akcja | Edytuj wartość atrybutu | | | Atrybut | Zawiera materiały uczulające | | | Operator | zmień | | | Wartość atrybutu | #yes | Zrzut ekranu ustawień systemu !\[\](/files/0888d9be13dfc0bc0a82c9475607e25b4fc017e0) \## Przypadek biznesowy 5 ### Masowe tworzenie opisów SEO dla wielu produktów jednocześnie. \*„Produkty przechodzą do odpowiedniego statusu w ramach Przepływu pracy. Status służy jako warunek w Automatyzacjach, uruchamiając generowanie opisu SEO. Opis jest generowany na podstawie promptu z predefiniowanymi zmiennymi.”\* | \*\*Nazwa opcji\*\* | \*\*Nazwa ustawienia\*\* | \*\*Wartości\*\* | | --------------- | -------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Name | | Treść SEO | | Kiedy... | | Produkt jest tworzony lub aktualizowany | | I jeśli... | Warunek | Status | | | Język treści | Adobe (PL) | | | Operator | jest | | | Status | Ecom/SEO wzbogacanie | | Wtedy... | Akcja | Generuj opis | | | Atrybut | #description\\\_seo\\\_analysis | | | Język treści | Adobe (PL) | | Prompt | | Napisz przyjazny opis SEO produktu, podkreślając jego premium jakość, zaawansowane funkcje i wysoką wydajność. Dodaj słowa kluczowe na podstawie parametrów: #material, #color, #additional\\\_tools oraz #quality\\\_standard. | Zrzut ekranu ustawień systemu !\[\](/files/9e511e9e120bf633e99bafd5c413f80b2a3b6ee2) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/automatyzacje/o-automatyzacje/przykladowe-przypadki-biznesowe-z-konfiguracja.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/variants.md). # Variants You can find more infromation about this tab here direclty on \[this page\](/products/catalog/creating-new-product/product-with-variants.md) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/LhlrhSVrtb2vlATD1PEe) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/variants.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-attributes/add-attribute.md). # Add attribute To add an attribute as a category attribute click on \*+ ADD ATTRIBUTE.\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/59MigZGblOPhYlfme2dE) A new window will be opened with all attributes created so far. Check those you wish to use as category attributes. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lQglGFVhPlfH8vkLJtqF) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-attributes/add-attribute.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/files-format.md). # Files format For more information click the link below. {% embed url="" fullWidth="false" %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer/files-format.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/general.md). # General Here, you can change basic options, such as the template used for this product and the categories assigned to it. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/AqCPJTabyCbivpqAELfG) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/user-roles/privileges.md). # Privileges Privileges This is straightforward, similar in many aspects to similar sections in many other systems or apps that have user roles, the difference being that Ergonode allows for very fine tuning of these roles. Every small detail can be tweaked to your needs – from imports, attributes, categories, and products, to settings, multimedia and users, and everything in between. Access to each segment can further be defined in four broad levels – create, read, update, and delete. All of this combines to enable the definition of very specific user roles, thus limiting the possibility of users making errors or accessing elements that are beyond their scope. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/hQr4DH4K4qcGV14ef3e0) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/user-roles/privileges.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/general.md). # General ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/MUguzWlPK0381MHic7zV) From this screen, it's possible to change the default status for a workflow. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/pzGYQXa2w7wzpe4VrZMI) As well as creating new statuses or deleting edited workflow. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/workflow/information/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/children.md). # Children You can find more infromation about this tab here direclty on \[this page\](/products/catalog/creating-new-product/grouping-product.md) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/NMR7DpNbKzVT4eezYIc1) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/children.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jednostki.md). # Jednostki Wszystkie jednostki dostępne w systemie znajdują się tutaj. Jeśli to konieczne, możesz dodać nową. Aby to zrobić, kliknij \*+ NOWA JEDNOSTKA.\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/39da414489e2e35ade24a5b3a9ada96b0ae62ef4) Wpisz nazwę i symbol jednostki. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cc195c2a07c26328acbfb1058282f444d7f5413b) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jednostki.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/activities/batch-actions.md). # Batch actions Here you can check (availabe for \[authorized\](/system/user-roles/privileges.md) users) what batch action was done in the system. It's also possible to filter this grid using lists or text fields in the top column. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/HeLWNzwOxkiJCcCRAGa3) To see more detail click on the \*eye\* icon. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/rYZdS7yezYvEIezARDAe) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/activities/batch-actions.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/translations.md). # Translations Here you may set or change a template displayed name, it can be different per every language. By default, only the main language is displayed but you may change it from the \*drop-down Translations menu\*. {% hint style="info" %} Keep in mind, that for a language to be available in this drop-down, it must first be activated from \[settings\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/LoMVvOQOVMNVGR4XE7NI) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/translations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/user-roles.md). # User roles \[Users \](/system/users.md)need to be assigned to a specific role when created. Roles can be created and edited here. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/HZ3w4OO81THclw9WsUHv) To create a new one, click on \*NEW ROLE\* in the top right corner. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/QHhHncRvvPDuWXRKcTpa) Fill in the role name as it's required, and the role description if you like to do so. Click \*CREATE & EDIT\* to edit this role and set it up. Now you will see three tabs, \[General\](/system/user-roles/general.md), \[Privileges\](/system/user-roles/privileges.md), and \[Attribute privileges\](/system/user-roles/attribute-privileges.md) (available in higher license packages). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/user-roles.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/general.md). # General Depending on the type of attribute you're editing, you'll see slightly different options. \\ The configuration that can't be modified is the type, attribute code, scope, and unique value for text and numeric attributes type. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ywGxbzGlG95qC5zPttBh) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/my-profile/activity-log.md). # Activity log This is a place where you can see what action in the system was made by your account. It's similar to \[Activity logs in the System\](/system/activities.md), but there you view the activity of all accounts (also made by system or intergations you have implemented ) in one place. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/toBQ55exZudJHIFNWwcR) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/my-profile/activity-log.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/automatyzacje/o-automatyzacje.md). # O Automatyzacje {% hint style="warning" %} W przeciwieństwie do limitów użytkowników, nieaktywne Automatyzacje są wliczane do licencji. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Pamiętaj, że zmienne nie są aktywowane podczas wklejania. Musisz edytować tę część tekstu lub wpisać ją ręcznie, aby je aktywować. Aktywowane zmienne są oznaczone kolorowym tłem. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Zmienne w Automatyzacjach. Zwróć uwagę, że zmienne działają inaczej wewnątrz automatyzacji niż w innych obszarach systemu: • Poza automatyzacjami: \`{{variable}}\` jest dynamiczne i zawsze odzwierciedla najnowszą wartość. • Wewnątrz automatyzacji: \`{{variable}}\` zostaje zastąpione jednokrotnie wartością statyczną w momencie wykonania automatyzacji. Akcja nie przechowuje zmiennej, lecz wstawia zamiast niej konkretną wartość. {% endhint %} {% embed url="" %} Automatyzując powtarzalne procesy, możesz zaoszczędzić czas, zmniejszyć liczbę błędów i zwiększyć wydajność. Ten przewodnik przeprowadzi Cię przez podstawy konfigurowania i używania Automatyzacji. {% hint style="info" %} Sprawdź nasz blog o Automatyzacjach \[HERE\](https://www.ergonode.com/blog/ergonode-automations-guide). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/66124fbb1f71a63b47b133b97ed55f5388129537) Automatyzacje - Lista automatyzacji \## \*\*Czym są Automatyzacje?\*\* Automatyzacje to sekwencje akcji uruchamiane przez określone warunki, które wykonują zadania automatycznie. Mogą być wykorzystywane do różnych celów, takich jak: \* Automatyczne klasyfikowanie produktów do kategorii. \* Generowanie opisów lub nazw produktów. \* Wprowadzanie zmian w dużych zbiorach danych. \* Tłumaczenie atrybutów produktów na wiele języków. ## \*\*Korzyści z Automatyzacji\*\* Automatyzacje w Ergonode oferują kilka zalet: \* \*\*Oszczędność czasu\*\*: Zmniejszenie pracy ręcznej i skupienie się na działaniach strategicznych. \* \*\*Spójność\*\*: Zapewnienie jednolitości w danych produktowych i opisach. \* \*\*Skalowalność\*\*: Skuteczne zarządzanie dużymi katalogami bez zwiększania obciążenia pracą. \* \*\*Redukcja błędów\*\*: Minimalizowanie błędów ludzkich w powtarzalnych zadaniach, takich jak kategoryzacja czy aktualizacje atrybutów. ## Tworzenie skutecznych Automatyzacji Aby zbudować efektywne automatyzacje: 1. \*\*Zdefiniuj jasne cele\*\* dotyczące tego, co chcesz zautomatyzować. 2. \*\*Zacznij od prostych automatyzacji\*\* zanim stworzysz złożone przepływy pracy. 3. \*\*Dokładnie testuj\*\* na małym zestawie produktów przed zastosowaniem ich w całym katalogu. 4. \*\*Monitoruj wydajność\*\* i udoskonalaj w miarę potrzeby. 5. \*\*Dokumentuj swoje automatyzacje\*\* dla wymiany wiedzy w zespole. ## \*\*Przykłady Automatyzacji\*\* ### Przykład 1: Automatyczna klasyfikacja produktów Automatycznie klasyfikuj produkty do kategorii na podstawie słów kluczowych w ich nazwach lub opisach: \* Jeśli nazwa produktu zawiera słowa kluczowe takie jak "Sneakers" lub "Boots", przypisz go do kategorii "Shoes". \* Jeśli opis zawiera określone frazy, przypisz dodatkowe kategorie, np. "New Collection". ### Przykład 2: Walidacja cen Zapobiegaj błędom, zapewniając, że atrybuty cen spełniają określone kryteria: \* Ustaw warunki dla "promotion\\\_price" i "catalog\\\_price". \* Jeśli ceny wychodzą poza dopuszczalne zakresy, zmień status produktu na "Review Required". ### Przykład 3: Aktualizacje atrybutów na podstawie innych atrybutów Dla produktów tekstylnych: \* Jeśli atrybut taki jak “Care Code” ma określoną wartość (np. "w30-bin-drn-ir1-dcn"), zaktualizuj powiązane atrybuty: \* Pranie = “Delikatne, 30°C” \* Czyszczenie chemiczne = “Nie” \* Prasowanie = “Maks. 110°C” {% hint style="success" %} Automatyzacje Ergonode integrują możliwości AI, aby dodatkowo zwiększyć funkcjonalność. {% endhint %} ### Przykład 4: Automatyczne generowanie treści Generuj unikalne opisy produktów dostosowane do różnych kanałów: \* Wykorzystaj atrybuty produktów do tworzenia treści przyjaznych SEO i specyficznych dla platformy. ### Przykład 5: Sprawdzanie gramatyki Popraw postrzeganie marki, zapewniając treści wolne od błędów: \* Dodaj regułę wykrywającą i korygującą błędy gramatyczne lub ortograficzne bez zmiany kluczowych informacji o produkcie. ### Przykład 6: Tłumaczenie treści Oszczędzaj czas, korzystając z AI do automatycznego tłumaczenia treści na różne języki: \* Upewnij się, że przetłumaczony tekst zachowuje oryginalny kontekst i ton, aby zapewnić dokładność na różnych rynkach. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/automatyzacje/o-automatyzacje.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer.md). # Ergonode transfer This is a place to import data to or export it from Ergonode via CSV files. {% hint style="info" %} Technical information about file requirements is available \[here\](https://docs.ergonode.com/ergonode-transfer/). {% endhint %} {% hint style="warning" %} Please be aware that if technical documentation shows that some values are in LOWER CASE then those values in the CSV file MUST also be in LOWER CASE letters. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} The comma is a separator within a cell, and as such, it is treated that way — dividing the value into several parts. The same applies to SKUs in product relations and to options in a multiselect. Therefore, it’s an Ergonode Transfer limitation and is not supported. This means, for example, that media file names cannot include commas. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Use CSV UTF-8 encoding for your import, as this properly encodes characters outside the English alphabet. Please also be advised that the import documents must be comma-separated or semicolons; other separators will cause the import to fail. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} It's important to read that technical information before making the first import as a ZIP file and CSV files must be set according to the rules. {% endhint %} {% hint style="warning" %} It was found that the default compression tool on MacOS creates a hidden folder within the compressed archive that causes the import to fail. Keep this in mind when creating a .zip archive for the purposes of importing data. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Demo instances are limited to a maximum of 10k lines per file in import. {% endhint %} {% hint style="danger" %} SKUs with commas in them are currently NOT supported by Ergonode Transfer while creating them with UI is possible. {% endhint %} {% hint style="success" %} You can use Variables in imported data (where supported). Please read \[this article \](/product-design/attributes/attribute-variables.md)to get more information on Variables and how to use them. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/ergonode-transfer.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/my-profile/privileges.md). # Privileges Here you can see what privileges your profile has. To change them, you must go to\[ User roles in System settings\](/system/user-roles/privileges.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/QPtpJVh90CHjrVe9BnC1) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/my-profile/privileges.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/general.md). # General Section code cannot be changed, if you need to change it, delete the section and create a new one. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/RjTAryEXMxCHgCOHAtEm) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/sections/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/general.md). # General Here you can change the basic settings of a template. Template code (system name) cannot be changed after creation, so if you are in need of change, you must delete the template and create a new one. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lHb0no9ptY3OQKBLnbHr) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates/main-templates/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/sku.md). # SKU System może automatycznie tworzyć SKU dla nowo utworzonych produktów. Aby to zrobić, kliknij suwak Generuj SKU automatycznie, aby włączyć tę funkcję, a następnie wpisz prefiks, którego chcesz użyć. Nie zapomnij kliknąć ZAPISZ ZMIANY, gdy skończysz. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/564b4a2c95d46f19dde191e68d34127ca7fa5aa5) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/sku.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections/general.md). # General Here you can check the collection code. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/pmbaV13ysVVQIXssQmfH) Collection edit screen / General tab \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/automations/about-automations.md). # About Automations {% hint style="warning" %} Unlike user limits, inactive automations are counted against the license. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Please be aware that variables are not activated when pasting. You need to edit that part of the text or type it manually to activate them. Activated variables are marked with a colored background. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Variables in Automations. Please note that variables work differently inside automations than in other areas of the system: • Outside automations: \`{{variable}}\` is dynamic and always reflects the latest value. • Inside automations: \`{{variable}}\` is replaced once with a static value at the time the automation is executed. The action does not keep the variable but inserts the concrete value instead. {% endhint %} {% embed url="" %} By automating repetitive processes, you can save time, reduce errors, and enhance productivity. This guide will walk you through the basics of setting up and using automations. {% hint style="info" %} Please check our blog about automations \[HERE\](https://www.ergonode.com/blog/ergonode-automations-guide). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/AXT3kz6tBt6L4xavuBMj) Automations - List of automations \## \*\*What Are Automations?\*\* Automations are sequences of actions triggered by specific conditions to perform tasks automatically. They can be used for a variety of purposes, such as: \* Automatically classifying products into categories. \* Generating product descriptions or names. \* Introducing changes across large datasets. \* Translating product attributes into multiple languages. ## \*\*Benefits of Automations\*\* Automations in Ergonode offer several advantages: \* \*\*Time Savings\*\*: Reduce manual tasks and focus on strategic activities. \* \*\*Consistency\*\*: Ensure uniformity across product data and descriptions. \* \*\*Scalability\*\*: Manage large catalogs efficiently without increasing workload. \* \*\*Error Reduction\*\*: Minimize human errors in repetitive tasks like categorization or attribute updates. ## Creating Effective Automations To build powerful automations: 1. \*\*Define clear objectives\*\* for what you want to automate. 2. \*\*Start with simple automations\*\* before creating complex workflows. 3. \*\*Test thoroughly\*\* on a small set of products before applying them to your entire catalog. 4. \*\*Monitor performance\*\* and refine as needed. 5. \*\*Document your automations\*\* for team knowledge sharing. ## \*\*Examples of Automations\*\* ### Example 1: Automated Product Classification Automatically classify products into categories based on keywords in their names or descriptions: \* If a product name contains keywords like "Sneakers" or "Boots," assign it to the category "Shoes." \* If a description includes specific phrases, assign additional categories like "New Collection." ### Example 2: Price Validation Prevent errors by ensuring price attributes meet specific criteria: \* Set conditions for "promotion\\\_price" and "catalog\\\_price." \* If prices fall outside acceptable ranges, change the product status to "Review Required." ### Example 3: Attribute Updates Based on Other Attributes For textile products: \* If an attribute like “Care Code” equals a specific value (e.g., "w30-bin-drn-ir1-dcn"), update related attributes: \* Washing = “Gentle, 30°C” \* Dry Clean = “No” \* Ironing = “Max. 110°C” {% hint style="success" %} Ergonode’s automations integrate AI capabilities to further enhance functionality. {% endhint %} ### Example 4: Automated Content Generation Generate unique product descriptions tailored for different channels: \* Use product attributes to create SEO-friendly and platform-specific content. ### Example 5: Grammar Checking Improve brand perception by ensuring error-free content: \* Add a rule to detect and correct grammatical or spelling errors without altering key product information. ### Example 6: Translate Content Save time using AI to translate the content to different languages automatically: \* Ensure translated text maintains the original context and tone for accuracy across different markets. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/automations/about-automations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/eksporty.md). # Eksporty Zakładka „Exports” to funkcja umożliwiająca eksport danych z systemu PIM do plików CSV. Użytkownik może tworzyć i zarządzać różnymi profilami eksportu, które definiują encje danych. Zakładka „Exports” zawiera tabelę (grid), która dla każdego profilu eksportu wyświetla następujące informacje: \* \*\*Nazwa eksportu\*\*: Nazwa profilu eksportu, którą użytkownik może wybrać podczas tworzenia profilu. \* \*\*Liczba eksportów\*\*: Liczba razy, kiedy profil eksportu został użyty do eksportu danych. \* \*\*Najnowszy eksport\*\*: Data i godzina ostatniego eksportu wykonanego przy użyciu profilu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/391ccf2746e787a5294d7a15493db24408c1bf8b) W każdym wierszu tabeli znajdują się dwie ikony, które pozwalają użytkownikowi wykonać różne akcje na profilu eksportu: \* \*\*Ikona ołówka\*\*: Po kliknięciu tej ikony otworzy się okno umożliwiające edycję profilu eksportu, przegląd historii wcześniejszych eksportów oraz edycję Harmonogramu. Harmonogram to funkcja pozwalająca ustawić cykliczny eksport. \* \*\*Ikona kosza\*\*: Po kliknięciu tej ikony pojawi się komunikat potwierdzający, w którym użytkownik zostanie poproszony o usunięcie profilu eksportu. Jeśli użytkownik potwierdzi, profil eksportu zostanie usunięty z systemu. Po lewej stronie strony (nad tabelą) znajduje się przycisk „+ New export”, który pozwala użytkownikowi utworzyć nowy profil eksportu. Po kliknięciu tego przycisku pojawi się okno podręczne. Proszę zobaczyć \[Creating a new export job\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/eksporty/tworzenie-nowego-eksportu.md) stronę, aby uzyskać więcej szczegółów. Po prawej stronie strony znajduje się ikona koła zębatego, która pozwala użytkownikowi zmienić właściwości wyświetlania tabeli, takie jak rozmiar wiersza. Zakładka „Exports” pomaga użytkownikowi eksportować dane z systemu PIM do plików CSV w różnych celach, takich jak kopia zapasowa, analiza czy integracja. Aby rozpocząć eksport, postępuj zgodnie z instrukcjami \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/eksporty/tworzenie-nowego-eksportu.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/eksporty.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import/importowanie-produktow-grupujacych-i-produktow-z-wariantami.md). # Importowanie produktów grupujących i produktów z wariantami Grupowanie produktów i produktów z wariantami wymaga dodatkowych informacji, dlatego uznaliśmy, że dla jasności powinno być omówione w osobnym segmencie. {% hint style="info" %} Chociaż możesz importować wszystkie typy produktów za pomocą tego samego pliku products.csv, warto rozważyć utworzenie osobnego pliku dla produktów z wariantami i produktów grupujących, co może ułatwić śledzenie niezbędnych danych i zapobiec błędom. {% endhint %} \*\*Produkty z wariantami\*\* Prawdopodobnie już wiesz, jak tworzyć produkty z wariantami w ramach Ergonode. Aby pogrupować produkty proste w produkt z wariantami, musisz wybrać atrybut dowiązujący. W pliku products.csv odpowiada temu kolumna oznaczona \\\_bindings, w której należy podać nazwę systemową atrybutu użytego jako atrybut dowiązujący dla danego produktu z wariantami. Kolejną ważną informacją jest wskazanie, które produkty proste są wariantami powiązanymi z produktem z wariantami. Oznacza się to w kolumnie \\\_children, która zawiera listę SKU tych produktów prostych. Wartości muszą być rozdzielone przecinkami, aby odpowiadały formatowi akceptowanemu przez Ergonode. \*\*Produkty grupujące\*\* Produkty grupujące działają podobnie do produktów z wariantami, jednak grupują produkty powiązane wspólnym motywem, który chcesz ustalić. Na przykład mogą to być produkty skórzane, produkty o tematyce zimowej itp. Powinieneś już wiedzieć, jak utworzyć produkt grupujący; istotne jest, że produkty grupujące korzystają z tej samej kolumny \\\_children co produkty z wariantami, w której wymienione są SKU pogrupowanych produktów. Podobnie jak w poprzednim przykładzie, wartości te powinny być rozdzielone przecinkami. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import/importowanie-produktow-grupujacych-i-produktow-z-wariantami.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/automatyzacje/o-automatyzacje/konfigurowanie-automatyzacje.md). # Konfigurowanie Automatyzacje {% hint style="warning" %} System nie uruchamia dalszych automatyzacji z poziomu innej automatyzacji, dzięki czemu zapobiega się nieskończonym pętlom technicznym. Jednak przy użyciu akcji AI (np. generowania treści) wygenerowany wynik może się za każdym razem różnić, co może powodować wielokrotne nadpisywanie, jeśli nie zostanie odpowiednio ograniczone. Aby uniknąć wielokrotnego nadpisywania istniejącej zawartości, dodaj warunek zapobiegający ciągłym pętlom. Przykładowo: uruchamiaj, gdy atrybut opisu "jest pusty". {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Kolejność wykonywania automatyzacji odpowiada sekwencji tworzenia zadań automatyzacji w systemie. Użytkownicy mogą jednak zmodyfikować tę kolejność, zmieniając pole "Order" dla każdego zadania. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Aby używać wartości atrybutów, musisz zastosować zmienne. Przykładowy prompt: „Użyj wartości atrybutu #color i #size, aby stworzyć opis.” {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/17e800897b70c3ce2bef1633daf5c38ac2fe9dfc) Automatyzacje - Kolejność \* Wszelkie błędy automatyzacji można przeglądać za pomocą \*"Error log"\* przycisku znajdującego się w prawym górnym rogu ekranu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e01746e29b36d4c836cc7c7a43c43194b151b135) Automatyzacje - Dziennik błędów \* Aby włączyć lub wyłączyć automatyzację, użyj suwaka obok pola \*"Order"\* pole. Domyślny stan dla nowo utworzonej automatyzacji to \*"Disabled"\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/65f9d1c0b0ffcabbcca759ad426a7fe629feb90f) Automatyzacje - Włącz / Wyłącz \* Aby edytować, duplikować lub usunąć automatyzację, kliknij \*"three-dot menu"\* znajdujące się obok suwaka aktywności i wybierz żądaną opcję. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d57ad2a261d30a230fde214c7189273966fae578) Automatyzacje - Menu trzy kropki \* Pojedyncza automatyzacja może zawierać maksymalnie piętnaście (15) warunków i piętnaście (15) akcji. ## \*\*Kluczowe elementy automatyzacji\*\* Aby skonfigurować automatyzację, potrzebujesz następujących elementów: 1. \*\*Wyzwalacz (When)\*\*: Zdarzenie, które uruchamia automatyzację. 2. \*\*Warunki (And if)\*\*: Kryteria określające, kiedy automatyzacja powinna się uruchomić. 3. \*\*Akcje (Then)\*\*: Zadania wykonywane po spełnieniu warunków. ## \*\*Krok 1: Utwórz nową automatyzację\*\* Do automatyzacji można przejść z panelu po lewej stronie w interfejsie Ergonode: 1. Kliknij\*\*„Automations”\*\*. 2. Jeśli to Twoje pierwsze uruchomienie, zobaczysz pusty ekran. Kliknij \*\*Nowa automatyzacja\*\* aby rozpocząć. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/640cceb1f3e032bd6df39e708cc31544aa421a38) Automatyzacje - Ekran główny - Brak automatyzacji \## \*\*Krok 2: Ustaw nazwę\*\* Użyj pola oznaczonego jako "Name", aby określić jasny, zwięzły tytuł automatyzacji. Ta nazwa pomoże Tobie i Twojemu zespołowi szybko zidentyfikować jej cel lub funkcję na liście automatyzacji. Rozważ wybór opisowej nazwy, która odzwierciedla wyzwalacze, warunki i akcje automatyzacji, co ułatwi jej późniejsze odnalezienie i zarządzanie. Na przykład nazwy takie jak „Przypisz do kategorii 'Sofy' kiedy wartość atrybutu 'Typ produktu' pasuje” zapewniają przejrzystość i łatwość użycia. Poświęć chwilę, aby nazwa była jak najbardziej informacyjna! ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b4083e28958b4b398861d7269a4628af0ff9c4ff) Automatyzacje - Tworzenie automatyzacji - Nazwa \## \*\*Krok 3: Zdefiniuj warunki\*\* Warunki określają, kiedy automatyzacja powinna się uruchomić. Mogą one opierać się na: \* \*\*Wartość atrybutu\*\*: Cechach takich jak materiał (np. "100% bawełna") lub rozmiar (np. "45"). \* \*\*Kategoria\*\*: Kategoriach produktów, takich jak "Elektronika" lub "Herbaty ziołowe". \* \*\*Szablon\*\*: Konkretne szablony stron produktowych (np. "Meble"). \* \*\*Status\*\*: Zmiany statusu w Workflow, takie jak "Kategoria produktu zaktualizowana". ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/db1e5f8b2b3195ea7cab9177f8fbd138eff2fd3b) Automatyzacje - Tworzenie automatyzacji - Warunki \## \*\*Krok 4: Wybierz akcje\*\* Akcje definiują, co się stanie po spełnieniu warunków. Przykłady obejmują: \* \*\*Edytuj wartość atrybutu\*\*: Zmodyfikuj jeden lub więcej atrybutów produktu. \* \*\*Edytuj kategorię\*\*: Zmień kategorię produktu. \* \*\*Edytuj szablon:\*\* Zmień szablon produktu. \* \*\*Edytuj status:\*\* Zmień status produktu. \* \*\*Generuj opis/nazwę\*\*: Użyj AI do tworzenia opisów produktów lub nazw na podstawie niestandardowego promptu. \* \*\*Tłumacz\*\*: Automatycznie tłumacz wartości atrybutów na inny język. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e77257a0715b64fe5597ab4df905c4f40cd82b97) Automatyzacje - Tworzenie automatyzacji - Akcja \## \*\*Krok 5: Zapisz automatyzację, klikając "Create"\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/476505cf9e887b2f833c6052f66499254dfe3f9c) Automatyzacje - Tworzenie automatyzacji - Utwórz \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/automatyzacje/o-automatyzacje/konfigurowanie-automatyzacje.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/translations.md). # Translations Here you may set or change an attribute displayed name, it can be different per every language. By default, only the main language is displayed but you may change it from the drop-down Translations menu. If you edit an attribute with options, they can be translated here as well. {% hint style="info" %} Information on how to activate a new language to the list can be found \[here\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3DRgiSSdqZZ3ooMNiEMw) \*\*Tooltip for writers\*\* – this field can be used to provide short guidelines for users whose role will be to enter attribute values. For example: for a attribute: shoe sole material, a tooltip for writers can include: “Check sole material type on the batch label. RB – rubber. LE - leather”. If you are creating an attribute that is one with options (select, multiselect) there will be an additional Option tab displayed, where you can add / set / translate those options. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/translations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments/translations.md). # Translations Here you may set or change an attribute displayed name, it can be different per every language. By default, only the main language is displayed but you may change it from the drop-down Translations menu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/KkQJpky5qz8mSuDwzYWs) {% hint style="info" %} Keep in mind, that for a language to be available in this drop-down, it must first be activated from \[settings\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments/translations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments.md). # Segments Segments are a feature of the system that allows you to easily create a list of products that meet specific conditions. Some examples: \* Attribute has value, \* Product completeness, \* The product belongs to a category, \* Product has status, \* Product type. Segments are also used to make a set of products that can be assigned to a specific \[API key\](/system/settings/api-keys.md). {% hint style="info" %} Segments are dynamic, which means that any changes in the product will be taken into consideration while evaluating segment conditions. That means that if you change anything in the product, segments will be recalculated and the number of products included in them may change automatically. This is done automatically and in the background, so having a lot of segments and lots of products may decrease performance, and you will need to wait a while till segments are recalculated. {% endhint %} A list created this way can also be used, for example, to send only some products via API, or be used with a module to \[export a file in the .csv format\](/system/ergonode-transfer/exports/creating-a-new-export.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/my-profile.md). # My profile In this menu, you may check your \[Activity log\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/my-profile/activity-log.md) and \[Privileges\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/my-profile/privileges.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/my-profile.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories.md). # Categories Here you can create and manage categories. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/W2fqC3xcTLr9h8VeEhox) To edit a category click on the \[edit\](/product-design/categories/general.md) \*(pen) icon\*. To delete a category click on the \*bin icon\*. To delete more than one category at once tick the checkbox next to the categories you wish to delete and from the \*Action menu\* choose \*Delete categories\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/sgu4eaOgHegd5rJgP56G) Confirm or cancel your choice. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Kt19IM9zfba9KX0Ni9PJ) This function runs in the background, you will be notified about it in the \[Action center.\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/rh5jlRg3l5I0XlmwVPtP) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attribute-groups/general.md). # General There is limited flexibility in this area. The system name cannot be changed directly. If you need to update it, you must delete the existing group and create a new one. {% hint style="info" %} The group must be empty to be deleted. {% endhint %} To remove an attribute from a group go to \[Attributes\](/product-design/attributes.md), then edit the one you need and you will be taken to the \[General \](/product-design/attributes/options.md)tab. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cuAkGIT6vKeLvMliAmoO) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attribute-groups/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/profile-media/konfiguracja.md). # Konfiguracja Miejsce, w którym można zmienić konfigurację zapisanego profilu Media. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7ae07394b5a63da1604e657910fbf5239f8c8593) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/profile-media/konfiguracja.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments/conditions.md). # Conditions This is probably the most important tab in Segments, as here you are able to set up different conditions for a product to meet, so they will be added to a segment by the system. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/pxq8Ei41Ro9JqgBz2MYB) Available conditions are displayed on the left panel, to add them you simply drag and drop them. In conditions where the user has a multi-select type to choose from, it's possible to select more than one. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9i0AM0wekpv2GZE6D4qy) Please be aware that configuration means: "if the product belongs to Monitors or Phillips category". If you wish for a condition to say: "if the product belongs to more than one (specific) category" the proper configuration is to use the same condition twice. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/h6tRQ3QS3bUlIYeC3Ypv) You can add one or more conditions but remember that both of them will need to be met for a product to appear in that segment (\*\*AND\*\* operator) Depending on the condition there may be extra options to choose from. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/REZ6dYeqvMPMtdY8mYal) When you are done, click on \*SAVE CHANGES\*. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments/conditions.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attribute-groups/translations.md). # Translations Here you may set or change a group displayed name, it can be different per every language. By default, only the main language is displayed but you may change it from the \*drop-down Translations menu\*. {% hint style="info" %} Keep in mind, that for a language to be available in this drop-down, it must first be activated from \[settings\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/um97mcynk2d6hi5u0jvH) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attribute-groups/translations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import/uruchamianie-importowanie-danych.md). # Uruchamianie / importowanie danych Gdy profil importu jest już utworzony, zostanie wyświetlony w widoku siatki. Aby go uruchomić, kliknij ikonę długopisu (edytuj). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7a80d37079b8d4f438c612490c610e19a307c8be) Ta strona zawiera dwie zakładki: \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import/uruchamianie-importowanie-danych/ogolne.md) oraz \[History\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import/uruchamianie-importowanie-danych/historia.md). Stąd możesz także ręcznie uruchomić import lub go usunąć. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d5f3a4c31b1f35afa0b7d055136a4f233f38aa4d) Aby rozpocząć import, kliknij \*IMPORT NOW\*. Przeciągnij i upuść plik ZIP zawierający plik(i) CSV zgodnie z ustawieniami profilu importu, a następnie kliknij \*IMPORT NOW\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5e3d63923bc3021f7be4604f94ee1790de1530cd) Więcej informacji o strukturze plików i sposobie ich prawidłowego tworzenia znajdziesz \[tutaj\](https://docs.ergonode.com/ergonode-transfer/overview/files-format). Postęp możesz śledzić na \[History\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import/uruchamianie-importowanie-danych/historia.md) karty. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import/uruchamianie-importowanie-danych.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci/magento-2-nowa-wtyczka.md). # Magento 2 (nowa wtyczka) ### \*\*Przeczytaj proszę\*\* \[\*\*OŚWIADCZENIE o zrzeczeniu się odpowiedzialności\*\* \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci.md)\*\*przed użyciem tej wtyczki.\*\* {% embed url="" %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci/magento-2-nowa-wtyczka.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections.md). # Collections ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f1WbH43G3qlwhe7Gchnl) Collections works more like virtual categories. It doesn’t just have to be for obvious things like “Winter Collection” but can be used for things like “Sale” or “Promotion”. In general, collections are worth having for grouping products connected in some way beyond simple categories. Collections are also used with the \[\*\*Product privileges\*\*\](/system/users/product-privileges.md) function. {% hint style="info" %} Collections are static, which means after you create them, they will not change unless you change them by yourself. {% endhint %} When you create your collection they will appear on the grid. {% hint style="info" %} Information on how to work with the grid can be found \[here\](/products/catalog/system-views/table-view-grid-view.md) {% endhint %} To edit a collection click on the \*edit (pen) icon\*. It will take you to a page with three tabs: \[General\](/products/collections/general.md), \[Translations\](/products/collections/translations.md), and \[Products\](/products/collections/products.md). To delete a collection click on the \*bin icon\*. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-attributes.md). # Category attributes Some systems allow categories to be described or enhanced by attributes. Here you can set already existing attributes to be treated like such. {% hint style="info" %} To add an attribute as a category attribute one must already exist. To learn how to create one click \[here\](/product-design/attributes.md). You will choose from a list of attributes that are used to describe products - one pool of attributes - different applications. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/NDDHLLr321K6Oj6nV2Wl) To delete an attribute for the category attributes list, click on the "x" icon. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lCTdWXwwKZ1qWCGJ7P5l) Confirm your choice or cancel it. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/pmBl7xZJefUM8aY1lj9C) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-attributes.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attribute-groups.md). # Attribute groups Groups of attributes help effectively manage attributes with similar properties or contexts or with users with similar similar focus or needs. A right grouping strategy may help you to better utilize PIM in your organization. {% hint style="info" %} Users can also use groups for access restriction with the \[Attribute privileges\](/system/user-roles/attribute-privileges.md) feature (This feature is not available in all pricing plans.) {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/szuAIwnVlv9UiEhUbdZO) To edit a group click on the edit (pen) icon. There are two tabs in edit mode \[General \](/product-design/attribute-groups/general.md)and \[Translations\](/product-design/attribute-groups/translations.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/CzJSa4DGZhPoFAqC2wvR) To delete a group click on the \*bin icon\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/sHB9sHnryUEw6ZgYRjoj) {% hint style="info" %} If you want a group to be deleted, you must remove all the attributes from it first. {% endhint %} To remove an attribute from a group go to \[Attributes\](/product-design/attributes.md), then edit the one you need and you will be taken to the \[General\](/product-design/attribute-groups/general.md) tab. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attribute-groups.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-attributes/fill-in-a-category-attribute-value.md). # Fill in a category attribute value To fill in a category attribute value, you must go to the \[Translation \](/product-design/categories/translations.md)tab in Categories edit mode. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/GBtMM2SCAlJlwMsr7wLE) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-attributes/fill-in-a-category-attribute-value.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attribute-groups/create-a-new-attribute-group.md). # Create a new attribute group To create a new group click on the green button \*+ NEW ATTRIBUTE GROUP\* in the upper right corner. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/UP5k3Uj6JyDtOnDy5juA) Set the system name and click on \*CREATE\* to save or \*CREATE & EDIT\* to save and open in edit mode. {% hint style="info" %} Attribute group code can have only letters, digits, or underscore symbols. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/JYsr4BuI3ri60FmGWusN) If you press \*CREATE & EDIT\* you will be redirected to the \[General\](/product-design/attribute-groups/general.md) page. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attribute-groups/create-a-new-attribute-group.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci/woocommerce.md). # WooCommerce ### \*\*Przeczytaj proszę\*\* \[\*\*ZASTRZEŻENIE\*\* \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci.md)\*\*przed użyciem tej wtyczki.\*\* {% embed url="" %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci/woocommerce.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments/general.md). # General Here you can only check the segment code. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/jdWt7N5FQxGk8ou14UoG) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci.md). # Oświadczenie o zastrzeżeniu odpowiedzialności To oprogramowanie jest dostarczane w stanie „tak jak jest”, bez żadnych gwarancji ani zapewnień, wyrażonych lub dorozumianych. Całe ryzyko związane z jakością, wydajnością i funkcjonalnością oprogramowania ponosi użytkownik. Deweloperzy, współtwórcy oraz wszelkie powiązane podmioty nie udzielają żadnych gwarancji, wyraźnych ani dorozumianych, w tym między innymi dorozumianych gwarancji przydatności handlowej, przydatności do określonego celu ani braku naruszeń własności intelektualnej. Deweloperzy, współtwórcy oraz wszelkie powiązane podmioty nie gwarantują, że oprogramowanie spełni Twoje wymagania, że jego działanie będzie nieprzerwane lub wolne od błędów, ani że ewentualne wady oprogramowania zostaną usunięte. Ponadto nie udziela się gwarancji co do dokładności, wiarygodności ani kompletności rezultatów czy wyjścia generowanego przez oprogramowanie. Potwierdzasz i zgadzasz się, że korzystanie z tego oprogramowania odbywa się na Twoje własne ryzyko. W żadnym wypadku deweloperzy, współtwórcy ani powiązane podmioty nie ponoszą odpowiedzialności za jakiekolwiek szkody bezpośrednie, pośrednie, przypadkowe, specjalne, przykładowe lub wtórne (w tym między innymi koszty pozyskania towarów lub usług zastępczych, utratę możliwości korzystania, danych lub zysków, lub przerwy w prowadzeniu działalności), niezależnie od przyczyny i podstawy prawnej odpowiedzialności — czy to na podstawie umowy, odpowiedzialności obiektywnej czy deliktu (w tym zaniedbania lub innych) wynikające w jakikolwiek sposób z korzystania z tego oprogramowania, nawet jeśli poinformowano o możliwości wystąpienia takich szkód. Korzystając z tego oprogramowania, akceptujesz te warunki i potwierdzasz, że żadne ustne ani pisemne informacje lub porady udzielone przez deweloperów, współtwórców ani powiązane podmioty nie stworzą gwarancji ani w żaden sposób nie rozszerzą zakresu niniejszego zrzeczenia. Niniejsze zrzeczenie może ulec zmianie bez uprzedzenia; należy regularnie je przeglądać w celu sprawdzenia aktualizacji. \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/profile-media/ogolne.md). # Ogólne Miejsce, w którym można zmienić nazwę profilu. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/profile-media/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje.md). # Dostępne aplikacje {% hint style="success" %} Pamiętaj, że dostępność apki może zależeć od wybranego planu cenowego. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/55256fbb4bd622c8528456fc7108bc59b8d18245) Aby zainstalować jedną z dostępnych apki, wyszukaj tę, której potrzebujesz (możesz użyć wyszukiwarki) i kliknij \*\*\*+ Install\*\*\* po prawej stronie apki. Zostaniesz przeniesiony do ekranu konfiguracji apki. Ekran może się różnić w zależności od apki, dlatego zapoznaj się z instrukcjami dla konkretnej apki. \*\*\*+ New app\*\*\* przycisk służy do instalowania niestandardowych apki hostowanych poza Ergonode. {% hint style="warning" %} Ponieważ możliwa jest instalacja niestandardowych apki spoza Ergonode, które nie zostały stworzone przez Ergonode, informujemy, że nie możemy zapewnić wsparcia dla takich apki. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Aby dowiedzieć się, jak napisać i podłączyć swoją apkę, zapoznaj się z \[https://docs.ergonode.com\](https://docs.ergonode.com/apps2/) w celu uzyskania dodatkowych informacji. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import.md). # Import {% hint style="success" %} Ergonode Transfer obsługuje tylko prosty import plików przez protokół HTTP. Google Drive, MS Sharepoint itp. nie są wspierane. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Limit rozmiaru pliku to 350 MB dla pliku zip oraz 1000 MB dla pliku znajdującego się wewnątrz zipa. {% endhint %} Jeśli dopiero zaczynasz pracę z Ergonode, pamiętaj, że dodawanie produktów będzie możliwe tylko wtedy, gdy wcześniej utworzysz elementy takie jak atrybuty i ich opcje, szablony, sekcje szablonów, odpowiednie jednostki, multimedia lub kategorie. Jeżeli plik importu products.csv odnosi się do elementów, które nie istnieją w Ergonode, import zakończy się niepowodzeniem. Brakujące elementy możesz dodać w ramach jednego importu — pamiętaj, aby właściwie skonfigurować profil importu i dołączyć odpowiednie pliki CSV. {% hint style="info" %} W pliku multimedia.csv link musi być zakodowany w formacie HTML, co oznacza, że znaki specjalne muszą mieć swoją wartość. Np.: spacja to %20 {% endhint %} Aby utworzyć nowy import, kliknij + NEW IMPORT i postępuj zgodnie z instrukcjami \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import/tworzenie-nowego-zadania-importu.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/03653b138accc7eb1191c1e91332aa79257bc3cd) Aby rozpocząć import, postępuj zgodnie z instrukcjami \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import/uruchamianie-importowanie-danych.md). Aby usunąć profil importu, kliknij ikonę kosza. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/860bd5400b42c75f67d7b5fddb0bf889529fe40a) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/klucze-api.md). # Klucze API {% hint style="info" %} Możesz przeczytać więcej o tym, jak korzystać z naszego API GraphQL oraz zobaczyć kilka przykładów \[tutaj\](https://docs.ergonode.com/v/graphql-api/). {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Po utworzeniu klucza nie można go modyfikować, więc jeśli musisz go edytować, usuń stary i utwórz nowy. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Możliwe jest utworzenie klucza API bez segmentu, aby objąć wszystkie produkty. {% endhint %} Na stronie API Keys zobaczysz opcję utworzenia nowego klucza API. Kliknij ją. Zostaniesz poproszony o podanie kilku informacji dla nowego klucza API. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e409d2845607944091d2edec29a643714d79271e) System > Settings > API Keys - okno Wpisz nazwę klucza — może być dowolna. Istnieje opcja ograniczenia produktów dostępnych dla tego klucza do jednego z \[segments\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty.md). Domyślnie, ze względów bezpieczeństwa, wszystkie klucze mają dostęp tylko do odczytu; jeśli potrzebujesz klucza z dostępem do zapisu, zaznacz pole wyboru "Allow to write". ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2b3316d9d60e587469018a241d5a878336d4880c) Okno dodawania klucza API Aby usunąć utworzony klucz, kliknij ikonę kosza \\\[1\], a aby zobaczyć aktualny klucz, kliknij ikonę oka \\\[2\]. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/24952ff2fd0157e0ce3156cf0b0006968435eeab) Lista kluczy API \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/klucze-api.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections/create-a-new-collection.md). # Create a new collection To create a new collection click on \*+ NEW COLLECTION\* from the upper right corner. {% hint style="info" %} Collections are static, which means after you create them, they will not change unless you will change them by yourself. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/pCFxQzbu0cyUi0BxjtZP) Product > Collection > New Collection A new window will show up. Name your collection. {% hint style="info" %} Collection code can have only letters, digits, or underscores. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/i4ZM0kgD4Q2U8577u6xH) Click \*CREATE\* to save or \*CREATE & EDIT\* to save and open in edit mode. In that mode, three tabs are available: \[General\](/products/collections/general.md), \[Translations\](/products/collections/translations.md), and \[Products\](/products/collections/products.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections/create-a-new-collection.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments/create-a-new-segment.md). # Create a new segment To create a new segment click on \*+ NEW SEGMENT\* in the upper right corner. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/SZ7IUjgFoogHxBvFq5oj) Now type a code for this segment. Choose a name that will allow you to identify its content. {% hint style="info" %} Once saved, the segment code cannot be changed, so if you are in need of change, delete it and create a new one. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/jyXQKbnu65W3zx6PEBQp) Click on \*CREATE\* to save a segment or \*CREATE & EDIT\* to open it in edit mode. In edit mode, you will have access to three tabs: \[General\](/products/segments/general.md), \[Translations\](/products/segments/translations.md), and \[Conditions\](/products/segments/conditions.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/segments/create-a-new-segment.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/eksporty/uruchamianie-eksportowanie-danych.md). # Uruchamianie / eksportowanie danych Gdy eksport zostanie utworzony, będzie dostępny w widoku siatki. Aby go uruchomić, kliknij ikonę ołówka (edycja). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/56250f87bd255432302cb74b0d115703e6cb2db4) Niezależnie od rodzaju używanego eksportu, po kliknięciu ikony ołówka przejdziesz do strony edycji, która wygląda tak samo dla obu typów eksportu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/78deec86032636893b782f226a5df85b0030677b) Stąd możesz ręcznie rozpocząć eksport, klikając \*EXPORT NOW\* w prawym górnym rogu, lub usunąć go, klikając \*REMOVE EXPORT\*. Są tu dostępne także trzy karty: \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/eksporty/uruchamianie-eksportowanie-danych/ogolne.md), \[History\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/eksporty/uruchamianie-eksportowanie-danych/historia.md), oraz \[Scheduler\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/eksporty/uruchamianie-eksportowanie-danych/harmonogram.md). {% hint style="info" %} Obecnie możliwe jest tylko pobieranie wyeksportowanych plików ZIP na lokalny komputer; połączenia FTP lub SFTP nie są dostępne. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/eksporty/uruchamianie-eksportowanie-danych.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci/prestashop.md). # PrestaShop ### \*\*Przeczytaj proszę\*\* \[\*\*ZASTRZEŻENIE\*\* \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci.md)\*\*przed użyciem tej wtyczki.\*\* {% embed url="" %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci/prestashop.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import/tworzenie-nowego-zadania-importu.md). # Tworzenie nowego zadania importu Aby utworzyć nowy profil importu kliknij \*+ NEW IMPORT\*. | Pole | Opis | | ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------- | | Nazwa importu | Może być dowolna, musi być unikalna | | Uwzględnij w importach | Pozwala wybrać, jakie typy danych zostaną zaimportowane | | Separator | Wybierz separator użyty w pliku | {% hint style="info" %} Następnie istnieje opcja dodania nagłówków. Jeśli ją wybierzesz, będziesz musiał wypełnić dwa dodatkowe pola — Key i Value, po jednym dla każdego nagłówka. Nagłówki to atrybuty używane jako nagłówki HTTP wysyłane przez klienta HTTP procesu importu. Na przykład mogą być użyte do autoryzacji przy pobieraniu plików multimedialnych za pomocą URL. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bebbcda1876c2dab78189e06476a09d78386be8a) Wypełnij wszystkie pola i kliknij \*CREATE\* aby utworzyć i zapisać profil lub \*CREATE & EDIT\* aby zapisać i otworzyć go. {% hint style="info" %} Pliki CSV muszą być skompresowane do archiwum .zip, aby mogły zostać zaimportowane do Ergonode. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import/tworzenie-nowego-zadania-importu.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/silnik-cen.md). # Silnik Cen ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/055356ae1f0d02818655a3c5414486a140904ac0) [https://www.zarzadzajcenami.pl/](https://www.zarzadzajcenami.pl/) Silnik Cen to potężny konektor integracyjny łączący system Ergonode PIM (Product Information Management) z aplikacją do zarządzania cenami dostępną na zarzadzajcenami.pl. Ten konektor umożliwia bezproblemową synchronizację danych produktowych między systemem PIM a silnikiem cenowym, tworząc spójny przepływ pracy do zarządzania informacjami o produktach i strategiami cenowymi w środowiskach e‑commerce. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a82054fb643372fb8e538bd803b1d7cce6c2fc82) [https://www.zarzadzajcenami.pl/](https://www.zarzadzajcenami.pl/) Platforma zarzadzajcenami.pl to wiodąca w Polsce aplikacja do zarządzania cenami, przeznaczona dla firm e‑commerce działających na rynkach B2B i B2C. To kompleksowe rozwiązanie dostarcza niezbędne narzędzia do: \\ \*\*Podstawowe funkcje cenowe:\*\* \\ • Ustalanie cen oparte na marży - definiowanie cen produktów na podstawie założeń dotyczących marży\\ • Cenniki dla konkretnych klientów - ustalanie cen dla wybranych klientów lub grup klientów\\ • Spersonalizowane rabaty - tworzenie ukierunkowanych rabatów na wybrane produkty dla określonych klientów\\ • Promocje czasowe - definiowanie promocji ograniczonych czasowo dla wybranych produktów\\ • Rabaty oparte na koszyku - obliczanie zniżek w oparciu o zawartość koszyka zakupowego\\ • Promocje typu buy-one-get-one - wdrażanie specjalnych reguł promocyjnych ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2ef81286193ee083e9f02e1e04e98a136f39fe97) [https://www.zarzadzajcenami.pl/](https://www.zarzadzajcenami.pl/) \\ \*\*Jak działa Silnik Cen\*\* \\ Konektor Silnik Cen pełni rolę mostu między tymi dwoma zaawansowanymi systemami, pozwalając firmom wykorzystać zaawansowane możliwości zarządzania danymi produktowymi w Ergonode oraz rozbudowany silnik cenowy. Ta integracja tworzy płynny przepływ pracy, w którym informacje o produktach zarządzane w Ergonode PIM mogą być automatycznie synchronizowane z regułami i strategiami cenowymi zarządzanymi na platformie cenowej. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/silnik-cen.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/uprawnienia-do-produktow.md). # Uprawnienia do produktów ## \*\*Przegląd\*\* Ta funkcja pozwala administratorom przydzielać uprawnienia użytkownikom do edycji lub podglądu tylko określonych kolekcji produktów, do których są przypisani. Użytkownicy mogą mieć dostęp do konkretnej grupy produktów lub do wszystkich produktów, zgodnie z definicją na poziomie administracyjnym. ## \*\*Założenia\*\* \* \*\*Uprawnienia do produktów oparte na kolekcji\*\*: Uprawnienia oparte są na produktach \[kolekcji \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje.md)do których są przypisani. \* \*\*Dostępność funkcji\*\*: Ta funkcja nie jest dostępna we wszystkich planach cenowych. \* \*\*Uprawnienia twórcy produktu\*\*: Twórca produktu zawsze ma uprawnienia do dostępu do produktu, który utworzył. \* \*\*Ergonode Transfer i Product Importer\*\*: Użytkownik, który importuje produkt, staje się jego autorem i automatycznie otrzymuje uprawnienia do zaimportowanego (utworzonego) produktu. \* \*\*Akcje masowe\*\*: Akcje masowe można uruchamiać niezależnie od uprawnień do produktów. Aplikacja powiadomi użytkowników o szczegółach akcji, jeśli nie mają określonych uprawnień (np. akcje masowe zmiany statusu). \* \*\*Użytkownicy\*\*: Uprawnienia do produktów są ustawiane indywidualnie dla użytkownika ## \*\*Szczegółowa funkcjonalność\*\* ### \*\*Widok tabeli katalogu\*\* \* Komórki w produktach bez uprawnień do edycji są wyłączone. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/52ab60e165eefdc165fe8fa46a4729f80d3fbcad) SKU EU\_54921\_AC\_36 i EU\_54921\_AC\_37 są wyłączone \* Produkty bez uprawnień do odczytu są ukryte. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/97b0ea8c658114a91b99e2c2c00b535cc4ebeb65) Ukryty produkt w menu Zarządzaj elementami atrybutu Relacja z produktem \* Kopiowanie wartości atrybutów przez przeciąganie pomija komórki, w których użytkownik ma uprawnienia tylko do odczytu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1d3cabfa1b27c8fd6ede22c3de382f1db72aea53) Kopiowanie wartości atrybutów przez przeciąganie pomija komórki, w których użytkownik ma uprawnienia tylko do odczytu \### \*\*Widok Kanban katalogu\*\* \* Przeciąganie produktów bez uprawnień do edycji (np. zmiana statusu przez przeciągnięcie elementu) jest zabronione. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1d1c6bb13eccdd7662d8a8d62bd2af773bf5566a) Produkt o SKU 40698 jest wyłączony (brak praw do edycji) \### \*\*Produkty z wariantami\*\* \* Informacja „Ograniczony widok” sugeruje, że użytkownik może nie widzieć wszystkich dodanych produktów. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/39f8cce5014d49466bfea77891988c9dd45230ab) Produkty z wariantami > Informacja o ograniczonym widoku \### \*\*Grupowanie produktów\*\* \* Informacja „Ograniczony widok” sugeruje, że użytkownik może nie widzieć wszystkich dodanych produktów. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e69a72b23444bc5efcb0337001c842c60857a25f) Grupowanie produktów > Informacja o ograniczonym widoku \### \*\*Relacja dwukierunkowa\*\* \* Użytkownicy mogą wskazać relację tylko do produktów, do których mają uprawnienia do edycji. \* Gdy użytkownik aktywuje przełącznik Relacja dwukierunkowa, a następnie wybierze produkt z dostępem tylko do odczytu, przełącznik Relacja dwukierunkowa zostaje automatycznie wyłączony, a w rogu pojawia się powiadomienie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/08ace843397573dc3036497a1609e8b035f047ad) Przełącznik relacji dwukierunkowej zostaje wyłączony i pojawia się komunikat powiadomienia \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/uprawnienia-do-produktow.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/kreator.md). # Kreator To miejsce, w którym możesz zaprojektować szablon karty produktu, korzystając w prosty sposób z metody przeciągnij-i-upuść. Szablon składa się z 3 głównych komponentów: \[Widżety\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/kreator/widzety.md), \[Sekcje\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje.md), oraz \[Atrybuty produktu\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty.md). Placeholdery mogą być wyświetlane w 3 różnych stanach, w zależności od wykonywanej akcji: ◦ \*\*szary\*\* – placeholder jest dostępny\\ ◦ \*\*jasnozielony\*\* – placeholder jest gotowy do upuszczenia atrybutu\\ ◦ \*\*ciemnozielony\*\* – placeholder jest gotowy do przyjęcia atrybutów zmienionych rozmiarem Aby ułatwić rozróżnianie typów elementów w złożonych modelach, Kreator stosuje kolor tła dla każdego elementu według typu podczas umieszczania lub przeciągania w obszarze roboczym. Kolory typów elementów:\\ • Sekcje: jasnoniebieski.\\ • Widżety: jasnopomarańczowy.\\ • Atrybuty: szary. \\ To ulepszenie jest dostępne tylko w Kreatorze dla Szablonów i Sekcji i ma na celu poprawę czytelności oraz zmniejszenie błędów przy układaniu większych layoutów. \\ Kolory uzupełniają istniejące stany placeholderów, które nadal wskazują dostępność miejsca do umieszczenia oraz zachowanie przy zmianie rozmiaru. Na atrybutach można wykonać następujące akcje: \* \*\*przenieś\*\* – przeciągnij atrybut z listy atrybutów lub z innej pozycji na macierzy i przenieś go nad dostępny placeholder atrybutu. Podczas najechania na wybrane miejsce, jeśli jest dostępne do upuszczenia, podświetli się na jasnozielono. Atrybuty pobrane z listy atrybutów po lewej nie znikają, lecz przechodzą w przygaszony szary stan. \* \*\*usuń\*\* - otwórz menu kebab (trzy kropki) i wybierz „remove”. Na liście atrybutów nazwa atrybutu i kolor ikony wrócą do czerni. \* \*\*zmień rozmiar\*\* – chwyć prawy dolny róg atrybutu, aby zmienić jego rozmiar. Dostępne placeholdery atrybutów podświetlą się na jasnozielono. Po prostu zmień rozmiar atrybutu do żądanego i upuść go, aby zakończyć. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/49460ba5b1367d9503fb4f6e076976bbd960bb94) Jeśli potrzebujesz więcej miejsca w obszarze projektanta, kliknij \*+ ADD 10 ROWS,\* a na dole obszaru roboczego zostanie dodanych 10 nowych wierszy. Możliwe jest również dodanie pojedynczego nowego wiersza w konkretnym miejscu — aby to zrobić, kliknij lewym przyciskiem myszy na kropkowanej linii, a \*+ Add row\* przycisk pojawi się. Kliknij go, aby dodać dodatkowy wiersz pod tą konkretną linią. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1914a92563bd4a469bb9cf1e418fa97940d6a850) Gdy atrybut zostanie umieszczony w obszarze projektanta, można oznaczyć go jako wymagany. Wymagane atrybuty są używane do wskazywania postępu, pokazując kompletność szablonu dla wybranego języka. Te atrybuty są oznaczone czerwonym gwiazdką. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/50f2b7f59ba2246ca15b31ff02ee58efef6713a6) Gdy sekcja zostanie upuszczona w obszarze projektanta, można przypisać do niej \[zestaw kompletności\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/zestawy-kompletnosci.md) . ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/587b2784162da6c6d98b431aa94fdf939102557a) Aby to zrobić, najedź na sekcję, a z menu trzech kropek kliknij Opcja przypisania zestawu kompletności. Aby to zadziałało, zestaw musi być wcześniej utworzony. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a152d96162f4b6e5e7054edb32312d4284240c70) Po kliknięciu pojawi się nowe okno, z którego możesz wybrać przypisanie z listy rozwijanej. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c8e65c536ae7f063cd663143bd10efe5cc1d6ade) Możliwe jest szybkie \[utworzenie nowego zestawu\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/zestawy-kompletnosci.md) z tego miejsca, po prostu klikając \*+ Add new completeness set\* z listy rozwijanej. Następnie nadaj nazwę temu nowemu zestawowi i kliknij !\[\](/files/32c8b66fe83f1bae87f4f06ca25bcc3ff96aef8d) ikonę, aby zapisać. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8f3a2d87a87f678ab382a533f1ccd8d16c8537aa) Gdy szablon będzie gotowy, kliknij \*ZAPISZ ZMIANY\*. Następnie na dole ekranu zostanie wyświetlone powiadomienie push. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/63ff2f9e82edae19c0153d3e6a72832f5300fa39) To menu ma także 2 dodatkowe opcje: \[\*Edytuj sekcję\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/ogolne.md) która otworzy tę konkretną sekcję w trybie edycji, oraz \*Usuń\* aby usunąć ją z obszaru projektanta (to samo można osiągnąć, przeciągając sekcję poza obszar). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6f195110baf933cb34e45ffb37b76799264e9a12) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/kreator.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media.md). # Media Bieżący widok jest oparty na drzewie folderów po lewej stronie i liście plików po prawej stronie, a także na kontrolkach najwyższego poziomu służących do przesyłania plików, tworzenia folderów, przełączania trybu widoku i filtrowania zawartości. Ergonode obsługuje następujące typy plików w Media: | Kategoria | Rozszerzenia | | -------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | | Formaty 3D / CAD | 3ds, dwf, dwg, dxf, fbx, glb, obj, skp, stp, igs, plt, hpgl | | Grafika wektorowa | ai, eps, svg, cdr | | Obrazy rastrowe | bmp, gif, jpeg, jpg, png, tif, tiff, webp, avif, heic, hdr | | Animacja / ruch | mkv, mov, mp4, webm, wmv, hevc | | Dokumenty | doc, docx, odt, pdf, txt | | Arkusze kalkulacyjne | csv, ods, xls, xlsx | | Prezentacje | ppt, pptx, key | | Adobe / Design Apki (Apps) | psd, indd, indt | | Pakiety specjalne | ggpkg | | Formaty archiwów | zip | | Sceny oprogramowania 3D | max, usdz, vrm | {% hint style="info" %} Maksymalny dozwolony rozmiar pliku to 100 MB {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Maksymalna długość nazwy pliku wraz z rozszerzeniem i nazwą folderu wynosi 128 znaków. {% endhint %} ## Przegląd interfejsu Ekran Media zawiera: \* Lewy panel nawigacyjny z dostępem do Folderów, atrybutów Media oraz atrybutów systemowych. \* Drzewo folderów, którego można używać do przeglądania i zarządzania strukturą mediów. \* Górny pasek akcji z opcjami takimi jak Actions, Filters, View selection, Flat mode, New folder i Upload. \* Główna lista plików pokazująca foldery i pliki w wybranej lokalizacji. Obszar treści obsługuje widok tabelaryczny z kolumnami takimi jak podgląd, nazwa, rozmiar i data utworzenia. Siatka obsługuje sortowanie kolumn (kliknij nagłówki), zmianę kolejności (przeciągnij nagłówki) oraz dodawanie i usuwanie kolumn metodą przeciągnij i upuść z atrybutów Media i atrybutów systemowych w panelu bocznym. ![Resources > Media](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/21a10a3067ab0ca28db5156c5d35026b1695f8c6) Lista plików pokazuje zarówno foldery, jak i pliki w wybranej lokalizacji, albo wszystko, gdy \*\*Tryb płaski\*\* jest WŁĄCZONY. Kontrolki paginacji u dołu listy pozwalają przechodzić między wieloma stronami wyników, a interfejs umożliwia też wybór liczby elementów wyświetlanych na stronę. ## Wyszukiwanie, filtry, widoki i działania zbiorcze. Górny pasek zawiera opcje Działania i Filtry do zarządzania wyświetlaną zawartością oraz jej zawężania. ![Rsources > Media Top bar options](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f391c05849ac3f0df232040d0cdfe83f3f894980) \### Szukaj Interfejs zawiera wiersz wyszukiwania w tabeli, który umożliwia przeszukiwanie widocznych kolumn, takich jak nazwa pliku i rozmiar (wyszukiwanie proste).
 ![Resources >Media > grid search row](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/51446bd725d4bbb68ffa713f36f3ee1de9369f06) \### Filtry \[Filtry\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/filtry-zaawansowane.md) działają tak samo jak w katalogu Products. Więcej informacji znajdziesz w odnośniku pod sekcją Filtry. ![Resources > Media > Advanced filters](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c704542b1031102449d85d7b9a7a36b4dd820d72) \### Widoki Niestandardowy \[Widok\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widoki-niestandardowe.md) Kontrolka w prawym górnym rogu umożliwia zapisywanie i przełączanie między predefiniowanymi widokami i działa dokładnie tak samo jak w katalogu Products. ![Resources > Media > Custom viewsdrop-down](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/17f95ec7dc0ae10d1f17543544b7b6327fd7cd6e) Poniższe ikony umożliwiają szybkie przełączanie między widokiem siatki a widokiem kafelków. Są one predefiniowane i nie można ich modyfikować ani usuwać. ![Resources > Media > Default views icons](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/33976f8cb2737f736c3992c611a2d3a08d2a8aa4) Dostępna jest również ikona ustawień do konfiguracji wyświetlania. ![Resources > Media > Settings modal](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d9e6e815786050ae2324ee8d84d7a13cb72c2938) \\ Akcje dla poszczególnych plików są wyświetlane po prawej stronie każdego wiersza. Obejmują one m.in.: Edytuj, Pobierz, Skopiuj link, Zastąp plik, Przenieś, Właściwości, Relacje i Usuń. Natomiast foldery wyświetlają akcje związane z folderami, takie jak Otwórz, Zmień nazwę, Przenieś i Usuń. {% hint style="info" %} Funkcja „Zastąpienie pliku” jest obsługiwana dla maksymalnie 100 relacji. Przekroczenie tego limitu spowoduje niepowodzenie procesu. {% endhint %} ### Akcje masowe {% hint style="info" %} Akcja masowa działa w tle. Gdy proces się zakończy, otrzymasz nowe powiadomienie w \[menu powiadomień\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md) (ikona dzwonka w prawym górnym rogu). {% endhint %} Dostępne akcje masowe w Media: | Akcja | Opcja | Opcje dodatkowe | Dodatkowe informacje | | --------------------- | ------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Edytuj atrybuty Media | Generuj opisy Media | | Twórz opisy Media za pomocą AI dla atrybutu textarea, używając własnego promptu i zmiennych atrybutu | | | Generuj nazwy Media | | Twórz nazwy Media za pomocą AI dla atrybutu tekstowego, używając własnego promptu i zmiennych atrybutu | | | Tłumacz treść | | Tłumacz wartości atrybutów Media za pomocą AI | | | Zmieniaj wartości | | Zmieniaj wartości atrybutów i usuwaj istniejące | | | Dodaj prefiks lub sufiks | | Dodaj tekst na początku lub na końcu wartości atrybutu | | | Dodaj wartości | | Dodaj więcej wartości atrybutu i zachowaj istniejące | | | Usuń wartości | | Usuń określone wartości atrybutu i zachowaj pozostałe | | | Wyczyść wartości | | Całkowicie wyczyść wartości atrybutu i pozostaw je puste | | Przenieś Media | | | z opcją „Duplikuj w przypadku konfliktu nazw” | | Przypisz do produktów | Zaczyna się od... | * Zastąp istniejące Media * Ponownie sortuj wszystkie wartości atrybutów według nazwy pliku | Automatycznie przypisuj Media do produktów, dopasowując nazwy plików do danych produktu, gdy warunki są spełnione. | | | Kończy się na... | * Zastąp istniejące Media * Ponownie sortuj wszystkie wartości atrybutów według nazwy pliku | | | | Jest dokładnie... | * Zastąp istniejące Media * Ponownie sortuj wszystkie wartości atrybutów według nazwy pliku | | | Usuń Media | | | Media są usuwane w tle i nie mogą mieć żadnych relacji ani być używane jako wartość atrybutu, aby mogły zostać usunięte. | \*Dostępność opcji dodatkowych zależy od typu atrybutu.\* {% hint style="info" %} Zasady dopasowania: • Możesz użyć maksymalnie jednego atrybutu. • Można używać tylko unikalnych atrybutów. • Rozszerzenia plików są ignorowane. • Dopasowanie nie rozróżnia wielkości liter. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ca8e05cd50873e896deb20e970fafed779b25a06) \## Praca z folderami {% hint style="info" %} Nie ma ograniczeń co do liczby folderów ani liczby gałęzi, jakie może mieć drzewo folderów. {% endhint %} Użyj drzewa folderów po lewej stronie, aby przeglądać strukturę Media.
 Foldery mogą być zagnieżdżone, a rozwinięte elementy w drzewie pokazują foldery podrzędne poniżej folderu nadrzędnego.
 Aby utworzyć nowy folder, użyj przycisku Nowy folder w prawym górnym rogu lub zielonego przycisku plus widocznego w pobliżu dolnej części paska bocznego. ![Resources > Media > New folder modal](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ae61c1d5901733a1182908bca39aec0f472ee996) \\ Akcje folderu pojawiają się w menu obok nazwy każdego folderu w drzewie. Obejmują otwieranie, tworzenie, zmienianie nazwy, usuwanie folderów oraz przenoszenie ich w obrębie struktury.
 Nazwy folderów muszą być unikalne na tym samym poziomie nadrzędnym, więc nie możesz mieć dwóch folderów „Watches” bezpośrednio w folderze „Main folder”, ale zagnieżdżone foldery podrzędne „Watches” są dozwolone. ![Resources > Media > Folder specific options visible](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c0b6a3708cb22c501f6211f89348b55d5f3c6aa3) \## Przesyłanie plików {% hint style="info" %} Jednocześnie możesz przesłać przez interfejs użytkownika tylko 50 plików. {% endhint %} Aby dodać nowe Media, kliknij Prześlij w prawym górnym rogu. Jeśli podczas przesyłania nie zostanie wybrany konkretny folder, pliki zostaną przesłane do folderu głównego. Po zakończeniu przesyłania zobaczysz potwierdzenie przy każdym pliku lub informację o błędach, jeśli coś poszło nie tak. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0a86792e45b71ce84c5f0fc6c502004eb30c21ba) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/aplikacja-indesign-od-univio.md). # Aplikacja Indesign od Univio ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/dc73bd7f7ce39d5d50a776937e0b076cedd157f2) \## Wprowadzenie The \*\*Indesign App by Univio\*\* wypełnia lukę między \*\*Ergondoe PIM\*\* a \*\*InDesign\*\*, umożliwiając bezproblemową wymianę danych bezpośrednio w środowisku projektowym. Zaprojektowana, aby usprawnić Twój kreatywny przepływ pracy, ta wtyczka eliminuje konieczność przełączania się między wieloma aplikacjami podczas pracy nad materiałami marketingowymi, katalogami produktów i projektami graficznymi. Projektanci graficzni mogą teraz pobierać dane produktów, obrazy, opisy i metadane bezpośrednio z Ergonode PIM, nie opuszczając Adobe InDesign. ## Kluczowe funkcje \* \*\*Bezpośrednia integracja z PIM\*\*: Połącz swoją instancję Ergonode PIM bezpośrednio z Adobe InDesign bez ręcznego eksportu/importu danych. \* \*\*Dostęp do danych produktów\*\*: Pobieraj informacje o produktach, w tym obrazy, nazwy, opisy i wartości pól własnych, bezpośrednio z systemu PIM. \* \*\*Zaawansowane wyszukiwanie i przeglądanie\*\*: Wyszukuj, filtruj i przeglądaj produkty według klasy produktu i języka, co pozwala szybko znaleźć dokładnie te pozycje, których potrzebujesz do projektów. \* \*\*Funkcja wielokrotnego wyboru\*\*: Wybieraj wiele produktów naraz i wstawiaj je wraz z powiązanymi danymi i obrazami do układów jednocześnie. \* \*\*Funkcja edycji wsadowej\*\*: Automatycznie uzupełniaj wiele pól tekstowych i obrazów w elementach projektu za pomocą funkcji Batch Edit, znacznie przyspieszając proces produkcji. \* \*\*Szczegółowy podgląd danych\*\*: Przeglądaj kompleksowe informacje o produkcie, w tym atrybuty, klasyfikacje i media, zanim wstawisz je do projektów. \* \*\*Aktualizacje treści jednym kliknięciem\*\*: Odświeżaj dane produktów w istniejących układach jednym kliknięciem, zapewniając, że projekty zawsze odzwierciedlają najnowsze informacje z PIM. \* \*\*Warianty językowe i regionalne\*\*: Obsługa wielu wersji językowych oraz wariantów promocyjnych/regionalnych produktów. \* \*\*Zarządzanie sesją:\*\* Bezpieczna autoryzacja w Ergonode PIM poprzez prosty interfejs logowania. ## \*\*Dodatkowe funkcje\*\* \* \*\*Panel szczegółowego podglądu\*\*: Przejrzyj pełne informacje o produkcie, w tym wymiary, atrybuty, klasyfikacje i dostępne zasoby multimedialne, zanim zastosujesz zmiany w projekcie. \* \*\*Zakładki atrybutów\*\*: Uzyskaj dostęp do uporządkowanych widoków atrybutów produktu, klasyfikacji i zasobów media, aby podejmować świadome decyzje projektowe. \* \*\*Obsługa wielojęzyczna\*\*: Przełączaj się między wariantami językowymi bez ponownego uruchamiania wtyczki, co pozwala bezproblemowo projektować materiały dla różnych rynków. \* \*\*Warianty regionalne\*\*: Uzyskaj dostęp do wariantów promocyjnych i regionalnych produktów, aby wspierać lokalizowane kampanie marketingowe. ## \*\*Uruchamianie wtyczki\*\* \*\*Jak połączyć Ergonode PIM z Adobe InDesign? | PIM plugin by Univio\*\* {% embed url="" %} \*\*Krok 1: Uwierzytelnianie i wstępna konfiguracja\*\* Uruchom wtyczkę Univio PIM w Adobe InDesign. Przy pierwszym użyciu zaloguj się przy użyciu danych Ergonode PIM, aby nawiązać bezpieczne połączenie między systemami. \*\*Krok 2: Wybierz klasę produktu i język\*\* Po uwierzytelnieniu wybierz: \* Klasa produktu: Wybierz kategorię produktów, nad którymi chcesz pracować \* Język: Wybierz wariant językowy dla danych produktów Te wybory określają, które dane produktów będą wyświetlane w interfejsie przeglądania. \*\*Krok 3: Wyszukiwanie i przeglądanie produktów\*\* Użyj interfejsu wyszukiwania wtyczki, aby: \* Wyszukać konkretne produkty po nazwie lub atrybutach \* Przeglądać produkty w wybranej klasie \* Wyświetlać miniatury produktów i podstawowe informacje \* Filtrować wyniki na podstawie kryteriów \*\*Krok 4 : Wybierz produkty\*\* Zaznacz pola obok produktów, które chcesz wstawić do projektu. Możesz wybrać: \* Pojedyncze produkty do celowanych wstawek \* Wiele produktów do operacji wsadowych \*\*Krok 5: Wstaw produkty do układów\*\* Po wybraniu wstaw wybrane produkty i powiązane z nimi dane do układów Adobe InDesign. Wtyczka automatycznie umieszcza: \* Obrazy produktów \* Opisy tekstowe \* Wartości pól własnych \* Dodatkowe metadane \*\*Krok 6: Edycja wsadowa (opcjonalnie)\*\* Dla efektywnego zarządzania pracą użyj funkcji Batch Edit, aby: \* Automatycznie wypełnić wiele pól tekstowych w wybranych elementach projektu \* Wstawiać lub aktualizować obrazy w wielu układach jednocześnie \* Stosować spójne formatowanie w materiałach produktowych \*\*Krok 7: Odświeżanie danych\*\* Gdy informacje o produkcie zmienią się w systemie PIM: 1. Wybierz zawartość w układzie 2. Kliknij przycisk "Refresh Data" 3. Wtyczka aktualizuje wszystkie pola zgodnie z aktualnymi informacjami z Ergonode PIM ## \*\*Znane ograniczenia aplikacji\*\* \* Architektura wtyczki: To wtyczka bezpośredniej integracji zaprojektowana do podstawowego połączenia PIM z InDesign. Dla złożonych przepływów pracy wymagających niestandardowego mapowania lub zaawansowanych transformacji mogą być zalecane profesjonalne usługi integracyjne. \* Obsługa obrazów: Upewnij się, że obrazy produktów w systemie PIM są zoptymalizowane do użytku w sieci. Bardzo duże lub nieskompresowane obrazy mogą wpływać na wydajność podczas wstawiania. \* Obsługa języków: Opcje atrybutów produktów w typach select i multi select powinny używać małych liter dla spójnego renderowania. \* Operacje wsadowe: Wydajność może się różnić w zależności od liczby przetwarzanych jednocześnie produktów. Partie powyżej 50 produktów mogą wymagać wydłużonego czasu przetwarzania. \* Czas trwania sesji: Sesje uwierzytelniania mają ograniczony czas trwania. Jeśli doświadczysz przerw w połączeniu podczas długich sesji roboczych, zaloguj się ponownie. ## \*\*Korzyści dla przepływów pracy\*\* \* Skrócony czas projektowania : Wyeliminuj ręczne wprowadzanie danych i wyszukiwanie obrazów, pobierając wszystkie informacje o produktach bezpośrednio z systemu PIM. \* Redukcja błędów : Automatyczne wypełnianie danych zmniejsza ryzyko literówek, nieaktualnych informacji lub błędnych danych produktowych w projektach. \* Zapewnienie spójności : Wszystkie informacje o produktach wyświetlane w projektach są zawsze synchronizowane ze źródłowymi danymi w Ergonode PIM. \* Wydajność zespołu : Projektanci pracują szybciej mając wszystkie niezbędne informacje w jednym miejscu, co redukuje przełączanie kontekstu i koszty komunikacji. \* Skalowalność : Obsługuj duże katalogi i wiele wariantów produktów efektywnie, bez złożonych, ręcznych procesów. \\ \*\*Dobre praktyki\*\* ------------------ 1. Weryfikuj klasy produktów: Przed rozpoczęciem projektu graficznego potwierdź, że wybrałeś poprawną klasę produktu w PIM 2. Sprawdź ustawienia języka: Podwójnie sprawdź wybór języka, aby upewnić się, że pracujesz z właściwym wariantem 3. Korzystaj z podglądu przed wstawieniem: Zawsze podglądaj dane produktu przed wstawieniem, aby zweryfikować ich poprawność 4. Wykorzystaj Batch Edit: Używaj operacji wsadowych w projektach z wieloma produktami, aby zaoszczędzić znaczną ilość czasu 5. Regularne odświeżanie danych: Aktualizuj dane produktów regularnie podczas długich sesji projektowych, aby wychwycić zmiany w PIM 6. Organizuj wybory: Pracując z wieloma produktami wybieraj je w grupy związane z ich przeznaczeniem w układzie {% hint style="info" %} Ta integracja reprezentuje nowoczesne podejście do usprawniania przepływów pracy projektantów, eliminując tradycyjną przepaść między systemami informacji o produktach a narzędziami kreacyjnymi. Dzięki utrzymaniu zespołu w środowisku projektowym, zamiast wymuszać ciągłe przełączanie kontekstu, wtyczka Univio PIM dla Adobe InDesign umożliwia szybszą, dokładniejszą i bardziej efektywną produkcję materiałów marketingowych produktów. {% endhint %} \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/aplikacja-indesign-od-univio.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/installed-apps.md). # Installed apps ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/tCAnRPKSHvHnianwEaEO) No app installed screen Once the app is installed, it will show up on the list. Click on the app to open it. If you have a ton of apps installed you may use the search icon to search for an app. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/vzafYZja9EzlNALNbivs) List of installed apps To edit or delete the app, use one of the options available in the three dots menu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ViTwekBehp298SFBUYwk) The three dots menu options {% hint style="info" %} Apps are system-wide, which means that once installed all users if they have sufficient \[privileges \](/system/user-roles/privileges.md)can see and use them. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature/installed-apps.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections/products.md). # Products {% hint style="info" %} You may also add products to the collection from a Product catalog using \[batcg action\](/products/catalog/batch-actions/edit-collections.md). {% endhint %} The advanced grid functions just like the one in the \[Product catalog\](/products/catalog.md), allowing you to apply filters in the same manner. You can also access, create, and save \[custom grid views\](/products/catalog/system-views/custom-views.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/rr63NxhekCpuzZqhZs1N) Product > Collection > Edit > Products To add a product to the collection click on \*\*\*+ Add products.\*\*\* Search for a product or products you wish to add to the collection, then tick the checkbox next to the one you want to add and click the \*\*\*Add products button\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/vpEaYp5A2USfkBC5FPrv) Add products to the collection window Confirm or cancel your choice. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Fv1Oc5jqqUClPopkA7Lv) Add product to the colection confirmation window When confirmed, products are added in the background. You will be presented with a message informing you about this fact. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/FDI9RTF07gWq9qHOYgBq) Starting of the edit collection batch action confirmation message When the action finish, you will get a notification in the \[Action center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/zzazxdlEr9UeFAFsy03D) Action center edit collection notification {% hint style="info" %} You need to refresh the page for the product to appear after being added via batch action. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/jDSzMDBCBRpD8SPqekSA) Products > Collection > Edit with added products To remove product(s) from a collection click on the \*\*\*remove icon\*\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/NSi4WF6ZBIC5Cfzl0gAY) Products > Collection > Edit > Remove a single product or tick the checkboxes next to the product you wish to delete and use the \*\*\*Action menu\*\*\* to delete those products in the background. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6hxnmlAAf08qCyBdCIJy) Products > Collection > Edit > remove multiple products in the background \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections/products.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-trees/translations.md). # Translations The translations tab allows for different tree names per language. By default only the main language translation is shown, to see more use the drop-down language menu from the upper left side. {% hint style="info" %} Keep in mind, that for a language to be available in this drop-down, it must first be activated from \[settings\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/D0hRYVgV9KvNKXvSJN5j) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-trees/translations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media-attributes.md). # Media attributes ![Resources > Media attributes](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/R4MvYroMiNG6e8fLxIz0) {% hint style="info" %} Media attributes work the same way as Category attributes and are based on regular attributes. This means you need to either create a regular attribute for this purpose or use an existing one. {% endhint %} ### What Are Media Attributes? [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media-attributes.md#what-are-media-attributes) \*\*Media Attributes\*\* are a powerful feature in Ergonode that lets you add, manage, and automate custom information about your media files, such as images, videos, documents, and more. Just like product attributes, media attributes help you organize, search, and enrich your digital assets, making your DAM (Digital Asset Management) system smarter and more flexible. With media attributes, you can: \* Tag media with attributes (e.g., copyright, photographer, usage rights, language, etc.) \* Use \[Batch actions\](/products/catalog/batch-actions.md) (like translating, clearing, or updating attribute values) just like with regular attributes in the \[Products\](/products/catalog.md) catalog \* Filter and search media based on attribute values \* Integrate media more deeply into your product workflows ### Why Use Media Attributes? [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media-attributes.md#why-use-media-attributes) \* \*\*Better Organization:\*\* Quickly find the right asset by filtering on attributes like type, language, or campaign. \* \[\*\*Automation\*\*\](/automations/about-automations.md)\*\*:\*\* Apply changes to many attributes in many files at once - add a copyright notice, translate descriptions, or clear outdated tags. \* \*\*Consistency:\*\* Ensure all your media files have the right metadata, making collaboration and compliance easier. \* \*\*Integration:\*\* Link media to products, categories, or campaigns using shared attributes. ### How to Use Media Attributes [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media-attributes.md#how-to-use-media-attributes) \#### 1. Setting Up Media Attributes [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media-attributes.md#id-1.-setting-up-media-attributes) 1\. \*\*Go to Resources Settings:\*\*\\ Navigate to the Media attributes section in your Ergonode side menu. 2. \*\*Create or Edit Attributes:\*\* \* Click “Add Attribute” to select one to be used as a Media attribute. \* Choose one or more by ticking the selection field in the first column. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4IgFvkT9e7M5rz1Gp7ii) 3. \*\*Assign Attributes to Media:\*\* \* Media attributes are automatically assigned to all media by default, which means you only add/change their value per medium (same as Category attributes). \* Go to: Resources > Media (in side panel) > find and edit resource > go to Translation page. All attributes set as Media attributes are visible there. {% hint style="info" %} To create or edit a Media attribute, go to Product design > \[Attributes\](/product-design/attributes.md) first. {% endhint %} #### 2. Using Media Attributes in Daily Work [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media-attributes.md#id-2.-using-media-attributes-in-daily-work) \* \*\*Batch Actions:\*\*\\ Select multiple media files and use batch actions to update, translate, or clear attribute values in bulk. \* \*\*Filtering & Searching:\*\*\\ Use the media grid’s filters to find assets with specific attribute values (e.g., all images tagged “Summer 2026”). \* \*\*Automation:\*\*\\ Set up rules to automatically assign or update attributes based on file type, upload folder, or other criteria. #### 3. Example Use Cases [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media-attributes.md#id-3.-example-use-cases) \* \*\*Marketing:\*\* Tag campaign images with campaign names and usage rights, then filter for “Active Campaigns” when building landing pages. \* \*\*E-commerce:\*\* Link product images to SKUs or product categories using attributes, making it easy to update galleries or automate product-media matching. \* \*\*Localization:\*\* Add language attributes to videos or documents, then use batch actions to translate descriptions or clear outdated translations. #### 4. Best Practices [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media-attributes.md#id-4.-best-practices) \* \*\*Keep It Simple:\*\* Start with a few key attributes and expand as your needs grow. \* \*\*Standardize Naming:\*\* Use consistent attribute names and values for easier searching and automation. \* \*\*Review Regularly:\*\* Periodically review and clean up unused or outdated attributes. ### FAQ [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media-attributes.md#faq) \*\*Q: Can I use media attributes for all file types?\*\*\\ A: Yes! Media attributes work with images, videos, documents, and any other supported file type in Ergonode. \*\*Q: Can I automate attribute assignment?\*\*\\ A: Absolutely. Use batch actions or set up rules to assign attributes automatically based on your workflow. \*\*Q: Are media attributes visible to all users?\*\*\\ A: Attribute visibility depends on your permissions and configuration. Admins can control which attributes are required or optional. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/resources/media-attributes.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/data-exchange/product-importer.md). # Product importer With the Product Importer, you can:\\ • \*\*Create new products\*\* – only simple products can be imported and created from scratch.\\ • \*\*Update existing products\*\* – you can update data across all product types: simple, products with variants, and grouping products. {% hint style="info" %} When the \[Auto-SKU\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~/revisions/tUY4SbgLzYvqjcmlzQ4f/system/settings/sku) option is enabled, Product Importer will obey this setting. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Please keep in mind that this is a product data importer only; in contrast to Ergonode transfer, it will not create new attributes if they do not already exist. Only products, categories, and attribute options can be created (depending on the import settings). {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} The maximum number of columns allowed per file is 1,000. Each column name can be up to 256 characters long. The maximum file size is 5 MB. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} The feature supports creating new products form tthe same template and one language at a time only. {% endhint %} {% hint style="success" %} You can use Variables in imported data (where supported). Please read \[more \](/product-design/attributes/attribute-variables.md)to get information on Variables and how to use them. {% endhint %} There are two tabs available, \[Profiles \](/data-exchange/product-importer/profiles.md)and \[History\](/data-exchange/product-importer/history.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9MQVYon6WmSSyM2sOsSi) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/data-exchange/product-importer.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature.md). # About Apps feature Default ones are written and maintained by Ergonode, but it's also possible for developers to write their own. If you are interested, documentation can be found \[here\](https://docs.ergonode.com/apps2/). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6iWwEV4lkqlboHJv1Tts) Resource > Apps - main window You can install the same app multiple times if you need it. Ex: You may use different segments to synchronize or have different export file profiles. Instructions on how to complete the installation can be found in the menu below, as every app can be different. To edit an app, click on the kebab menu and select Edit, or simply left-click on the app field. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0PI43Yu64MBTiOl6T8uX) App highlited To edit, duplicate, or uninstall an app, click on the kebab menu and select \*Delete app\*. {% hint style="info" %} The duplicate option also copies all settings of the copied app. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ARSB7463IAlK3Y2BGJZj) The next steps depend on the app, so please refer to a specific app description. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/apps/about-apps-feature.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-trees/general.md). # General The general tab displays the Category tree code, it cannot be changed if you need to do so, please delete the current one and create a new one. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/PN1UHtuCCPme74HskqvC) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-trees/general.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj/tlumaczenia.md). # Tłumaczenia Ta zakładka jest dostępna, jeśli chcesz ustawić inny \*Tytuł\* lub \*Tekst alternatywny\* dla każdego języka, a także wartości dla \[Atrybuty mediów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/atrybuty-media.md). Domyślnie wyświetlany jest tutaj tylko jeden język, więc jeśli chcesz dodać więcej, użyj rozwijanego menu Tłumaczenia w lewym górnym rogu. {% hint style="info" %} Pamiętaj, że aby język był dostępny w tym rozwijanym menu, musi najpierw zostać aktywowany w \[ustawieniach\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). {% endhint %} | Pole | Opis | | ------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Tytuł | Używane jako dymek informacyjny po najechaniu kursorem w przeglądarce | | Tekst alternatywny | Używane jako tekst alternatywny wyświetlany w przeglądarce, gdy obraz z jakiegoś powodu nie jest widoczny | | \\ | Miejsce do wprowadzenia wartości dla atrybutu mediów dla konkretnego zasobu | ![Resources > Media > > > Translation tab](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ca7b64b178faacf2a68841dd5d9aa25022674f41) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj/tlumaczenia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates.md). # Product templates With product templates, you can easily create and manage different layouts for different types of products, and ensure that they have all the necessary information and attributes. Product templates are not meant to be exported to your eCommerce platform. They are only for your internal use in Ergonode PIM, to help you organize and enrich your product data in a user-friendly way. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/43qVXktSaihgZ2f9tk2j) For that reason, we have created a tool that allows for the design of the layout of a product card in a completely innovative way. {% hint style="info" %} This product page layout will not be sent to your eCommerce. It's here to help people working in Ergonode PIM to make their work more streamlined and effortless. {% endhint %} When entering this page you will find three tabs: \* \[\*\*Main templates\*\*\](/product-design/product-templates/main-templates.md): Here you can see all the existing product templates, and create new ones by clicking on the “\*+ New template\*” button. You can also edit, or clone (the cloning option is available through three dots menu - when in edit mode) any product template by clicking on the "\*edit (pen) icon\*" next to it. Or delete it by clicking on the "\*bin icon\*". \* \[\*\*Sections\*\*\](/product-design/product-templates/sections.md): Here you can define the sections that will appear on your product cards, such as “General”, “Images”, “Specifications”, etc. You can create new sections by clicking on the “\*+ New section\*” button, and edit or delete existing ones by clicking on icons next to them. When created sections can be drag and drop to change their order on the Template designer. \* \[\*\*Completeness sets\*\*\](/product-design/product-templates/completeness-sets.md): Here you can create and manage the completeness sets that will help you track the progress of your product enrichment. A completeness set is a group of attributes that are required for a product to be considered complete. You can create new completeness sets by clicking on the “\*+ New completeness set\*” button, and edit or delete existing ones by clicking on the icons next to them. You can also assign a completeness set to a section. Product templates are a great way to make your product management easier and more efficient in Ergonode PIM. You can use them to create consistent and attractive product cards that suit your needs and preferences. {% hint style="info" %} To learn more about the features available from the product card, \[click here\](/products/catalog/template.md). {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/product-templates.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj/wlasciwosci.md). # Właściwości Karta informacji zawiera podstawowe informacje o pliku. ![Resources > Media > > > Properties tab](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ddf19e5dc7b24ac62f8657f841c16a23064c1290) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj/wlasciwosci.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories/create-a-new-category.md). # Create a new category To create a new category click on the \*+ NEW CATEGORY\* button in the top right corner. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/EyAIu9jQpCVXELOpH9Oj) Set up a category name and click on \*CREATE\* to save or \*CREATE & EDIT\* to save and open in edit mode. {% hint style="info" %} Category code can have only letters, digits, or underscore symbols. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4LtexgiriTyioXim2Gz9) If you click on \*CREATE & SAVE\*, now you will see a page with three tabs; \[General\](/product-design/categories/general.md), \[Translations\](/product-design/categories/translations.md), and \[Products\](/product-design/categories/products.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/categories/create-a-new-category.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-trees/designer.md). # Designer In this section, you can create a category tree. To do so drag a category from the left panel to the designer field. You must \[create categories\](/product-design/categories/create-a-new-category.md) before creating a tree structure. {% hint style="info" %} The system allows you to create a branch structure with up to 10 levels of depth. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/z4em7JffUWZGBdku5dQV) An alternative way to create a category is to click on the \*green plus icon\* in the category panel. The process is the same as traditional \[category creation\](/product-design/categories/create-a-new-category.md). You may move items in the tree simply by dragging them. If you run out of space, simply click on \*+ Add 10 rows.\* Rows will be added at the bottom of a designer field. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/PXi7jyzzxj7uHsghqtzx) To delete a category from a tree, drag it back to the Categories panel or click on the \*kebab menu\* and choose \*Remove\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/aBOhu3vxVrSYbIev3xow) To completely delete a category tree, click on \*REMOVE CATEGORY TREE\* in the top right corner. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fNNDsZVXzgxpzWYR7Aem) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-trees/designer.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/your-plan.md). # Your plan ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/TRp5bJ0qyGD06fQdAuBH) Plan usage \### How we count the AI usage. Any operation, based on one so-called atom, requires one credit. An atom is a single resource used. This means 1 change in 1 product, in 1 language, in 1 attribute, counts as one credit. \*\*Examples:\*\* \* Creating a description in a single attribute for one product uses 1 credit. \* Creating a description in a single attribute for two products uses 2 credits. \* Translating 10 options in a single attribute in one language uses 10 credits. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/system/your-plan.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/settings.md). # Settings This option is just a shortcut to \[System settings\](/system/settings.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/dso32BQ88czXcJRHrCeC) System Settings - Languages \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/settings.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md). # User menu and Action center \*\*User menu\*\* The user menu is available in the upper right corner. You will find three options there: \[My profile\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/my-profile.md), \[Settings\](/system/settings.md), and Log Out. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/lRP3zAPOQOZJJguFIeyz) \*\*Action center\*\* \[The action center\](/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/action-center.md) (bell icon) is a place with system notifications. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ggiOeLRnfeXbJHcJOZe2) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-trees.md). # Category trees Category trees allow to design and manage product catalogs with multiple categories arranged in a hierarchical structure. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2actfyz3v3OlhQt9rzh3) To create a new tree click on \*+ NEW TREE\*. Fill in the Category tree code (system name) for this tree and click on \*CREATE\* to save or \*CREATE & EDIT\* to save and open in edition mode. {% hint style="info" %} Category tree code can have only letters, digits, or underscore symbols. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4sViljvxXiI6Pg4Mpt4H) When opened in edition mode three tabs will be available: \[General\](/product-design/category-trees/general.md), \[Translations\](/product-design/category-trees/translations.md), and \[Designer\](/product-design/category-trees/designer.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/category-trees.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/awatar.md). # Awatar Tutaj możesz ustawić awatar użytkownika. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c3dbe4e5c8fb8fd76e09ef85d319a03eb1bdf0ec) Aby usunąć awatar, kliknij ikonę kosza. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/161b90b1c740f16c6e927ae6091b439c32d15422) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/awatar.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/samouczki-i-klipy-wideo/jak-pisac-skuteczne-prompty.md). # Jak pisać skuteczne prompty Aby tworzyć skuteczne prompty, warto przestrzegać kilku zasad, które pomogą uzyskać precyzyjne wyniki zgodne z oczekiwaniami. Oto szczegółowy przewodnik, jak pisać prompty, by osiągnąć najlepsze rezultaty: #### 1. \*\*Używaj zmiennych w swoim prompcie\*\* Użycie zmiennych w prompcie umożliwia dynamiczne wstawianie informacji o produkcie z systemu PIM do treści promptera. #### 2. \*\*Bądź precyzyjny i konkretny\*\* Im bardziej precyzyjny i szczegółowy jest prompt, tym większe prawdopodobieństwo uzyskania dokładnej odpowiedzi. Zamiast zadawać ogólne pytania, skup się na szczegółach. \* \*\*Słaby przykład\*\*: „Opisz produkt.” \* \*\*Dobry przykład\*\*: „Opisz laptopa o następujących cechach: ekran 15,6 cala Full HD, procesor Intel Core i7, 16 GB RAM, 512 GB SSD oraz Windows 11.” #### 3. \*\*Podaj kontekst\*\* Jeśli chcesz, aby odpowiedź uwzględniała określony kontekst, koniecznie zamieść go w prompcie. Może to być kontekst historyczny, geograficzny, kulturowy lub inne istotne tło. \* \*\*Słaby przykład\*\*: „Opisz smartwatch.” \* \*\*Dobry przykład\*\*: „Opisz smartwatch zaprojektowany dla entuzjastów fitnessu, wyposażony w monitorowanie tętna, GPS i śledzenie snu, idealny do sportów na świeżym powietrzu.” #### 4. \*\*Zadawaj jedno jasne pytanie naraz\*\* Jeżeli masz wiele pytań, spróbuj podzielić je na mniejsze, bardziej precyzyjne zapytania. Unikaj zbyt ogólnych, wieloaspektowych pytań. \* \*\*Słaby przykład\*\*: „Opisz telefon i jego funkcje.” \* \*\*Dobry przykład\*\*: „Opisz funkcje smartfona z ekranem OLED 6,5 cala, 128 GB pamięci i aparatem 12 MP.” #### 5. \*\*Określ format odpowiedzi\*\* Jeśli chcesz otrzymać odpowiedź w określonym formacie (np. lista, akapit, tabela), upewnij się, że zapiszesz to w prompcie. \* \*\*Słaby przykład\*\*: „Wypisz funkcje produktu.” \* \*\*Dobry przykład\*\*: „Wypisz funkcje produktu w punktach, uwzględniając rozmiar ekranu, typ procesora i czas pracy baterii.” #### 6. \*\*Zdefiniuj ton i styl\*\* Jeśli chcesz, aby odpowiedź miała określony ton (np. formalny, swobodny, profesjonalny), wskaż to w prompcie. \* \*\*Słaby przykład\*\*: „Opisz produkt.” \* \*\*Dobry przykład\*\*: „Napisz formalny opis produktu, podkreślając jego wysoką jakość wykonania, zaawansowane funkcje i wysoką wydajność.” #### 7 \*\*Używaj przykładów\*\* Jeżeli masz konkretną wizję odpowiedzi, użycie przykładów może pomóc wyjaśnić oczekiwania. \* \*\*Słaby przykład\*\*: „Opisz plecak.” \* \*\*Dobry przykład\*\*: „Opisz plecak dla podróżników, podobny do Nomatic Travel Bag, z wieloma przegrodami, wodoodpornością i ergonomicznymi szelekami.” #### 8. \*\*Określ zakres czasowy lub przestrzenny\*\* Jeżeli chcesz, aby odpowiedź dotyczyła konkretnego okresu lub kontekstu geograficznego, koniecznie to zaznacz. \* \*\*Słaby przykład\*\*: „Opisz cechy smartwatcha.” \* \*\*Dobry przykład\*\*: „Opisz cechy smartwatcha wydanego w 2023 roku, ze szczególnym uwzględnieniem funkcji związanych ze zdrowiem, takich jak EKG i pomiar saturacji krwi.” #### 9. \*\*Utrzymaj zrównoważoną długość promptu\*\* Prompt powinien być wystarczająco szczegółowy, by zawrzeć niezbędne informacje, ale na tyle zwięzły, by nie wprowadzać zamieszania. Dąż do równowagi między jasnością a zwięzłością. \* \*\*Słaby przykład\*\*: „Opisz produkt z pewnymi szczegółami.” \* \*\*Dobry przykład\*\*: „Opisz mysz bezprzewodową o ergonomicznym kształcie, regulowanym DPI, długim czasie pracy na baterii (do 12 miesięcy) oraz zgodną z Windows i macOS.” #### 10. \*\*Używaj słów kluczowych\*\* Warto wprowadzić słowa kluczowe, które określają temat lub zakres odpowiedzi. Słowa takie jak „analiza”, „porównanie” lub „przykład” mogą ukierunkować wynik. \* \*\*Słaby przykład\*\*: „Opisz aparat w telefonie.” \* \*\*Dobry przykład\*\*: „Porównaj funkcje aparatu najnowszego iPhone’a i Samsung Galaxy, podkreślając kluczowe różnice w jakości obrazu i funkcjonalności aparatu.” #### 11. \*\*Unikaj niejednoznaczności\*\* Staraj się unikać słów lub fraz, które mogą być interpretowane na różne sposoby. Często pomocne jest doprecyzowanie, o jaki aspekt tematu pytasz. \* \*\*Słaby przykład\*\*: „Opisz cechy produktu.” \* \*\*Dobry przykład\*\*: „Opisz kluczowe funkcje smartfona z obsługą sieci 5G, dużą baterią i systemem podwójnego aparatu.” #### 12. Negatywny prompt Negatywny prompt odnosi się do żądania określającego słowa lub wyrażenia, które nie powinny pojawić się w odpowiedzi. Pomaga to ukierunkować AI, aby unikało określonych terminów lub tematów, które są nieistotne, nieodpowiednie lub niepożądane w danym zadaniu. \*\*Przykład\*\*: "Opisz laptopa o następujących cechach: procesor Intel Core i7, 16 GB RAM, 512 GB SSD, ekran 15,6 cala, Windows 11. Unikaj używania słów takich jak 'drogi', 'wolny' i 'słaba jakość'." \*\*Dodatkowe wskazówki:\*\* \* \*\*Iteruj swoje prompty:\*\* Nie oczekuj perfekcji za pierwszym razem. Analizuj odpowiedzi AI i dopracowuj sformułowania. \* \*\*Wypróbuj różne sformułowania:\*\* Niewielkie zmiany w treści mogą dać znacznie różne wyniki. Eksperymentuj z różnymi formułowaniami. \* \*\*Korzystaj z narzędzi do inżynierii promptów:\*\* Wykorzystaj dostępne zasoby online, które oferują szablony i porady dotyczące tworzenia skutecznych promptów. \* \*\*Dołącz do społeczności AI:\*\* Łącz się z innymi użytkownikami, aby wymieniać wskazówki, dobre praktyki i uczyć się z doświadczeń innych. #### Podsumowanie: Pisanie skutecznych promptów polega na byciu konkretnym, jasnym i szczegółowym. Im dokładniej określisz swoje potrzeby, tym większe prawdopodobieństwo satysfakcjonującej odpowiedzi. Przy tworzeniu opisów produktów lub innych zapytań dopasuj ton, format i zakres do swoich potrzeb. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/samouczki-i-klipy-wideo/jak-pisac-skuteczne-prompty.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/kreator.md). # Kreator {% hint style="info" %} Możliwe jest posiadanie różnych Przepływów pracy dla każdego aktywnego języka, jednak tylko jednego dla każdego z nich. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2f5d24f72c249535156795ad6c9fe1f163009e8f) Ten widok wyświetli podstawową siatkę ze statusami u góry kolumn.\\ \\ Aby ukończyć nowy przepływ pracy, musisz także zdefiniować przejścia między statusami. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/00c16460d0443db343c59dfcd545daecde4afc45) {% hint style="info" %} Kolejność statusów wyświetlanych w powyższym widoku możesz zmienić, przeciągając je i upuszczając w żądanych pozycjach. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/64ff3c6b6294a96d9525c2f3e49b640018d66e77) Zanim potwierdzisz punkt końcowy przejścia, zostanie wyświetlona zielona kropkowana linia wskazująca, czy to przejście jest możliwe. Jeśli przejście, które próbujesz utworzyć, już istnieje, linia będzie widoczna, ale zakończy się strzałką, a nie zielonym ikoną plusa wskazującą możliwe połączenie. Aby skonfigurować nowe przejście, najedź na kolumnę reprezentującą status, który ma być punktem początkowym przejścia, kliknij zielony ikonę plusa, która wtedy się pojawi, i przesuń kursor do żądanego statusu końcowego. Zanim klikniesz, aby zakończyć przejście, pojawi się zielona kropkowana linia, jeśli to przejście jest możliwe. Kliknij, aby potwierdzić przejście. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9a49b860ee6ec29f581f3effa8dce0b52556e32f) Najazd kursora na linie wskazujące przejścia wyświetli ikony umożliwiające edycję i usunięcie przejść. Po utworzeniu przejścia możesz je edytować, najeżdżając kursorem na linię oznaczającą przejście. Pojawią się wtedy dwie ikony – zielona ikona pióra, która po kliknięciu przeniesie Cię do widoku edycji przejścia, oraz białe „X” na czerwonym tle, służące do usuwania przejść. Kliknięcie ikony edycji przeniesie Cię do nowego okna, w którym będą dostępne dwie karty; \[Ogólne \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/kreator/ogolne.md)i \[Warunki\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/kreator/warunki.md). {% hint style="info" %} Plany \*\*Darmowy\*\* i \*\*Essential Ergonode\*\* plany oferują 6 predefiniowanych statusów produktów bez funkcjonalności niestandardowych Przepływów pracy. Domyślne przejścia między statusami dla tych planów: New → Draft\\ Draft → To approve\\ To approve → Ready to publish\\ To approve → To correct\\ To correct → Draft\\ Ready to publish → Published\\ Published → New {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/kreator.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/ograniczenia-jezykowe.md). # Ograniczenia językowe Każdy użytkownik po utworzeniu będzie miał pełne uprawnienia do odczytu i edycji (zapis) dla każdego języka, który jest już aktywowany w systemie. Jeśli jednak nowy język zostanie aktywowany po utworzeniu użytkownika, należy ręcznie skonfigurować ograniczenia dostępu dla tego języka dla każdego takiego użytkownika. Oznacza to, że jeśli nie chcesz, aby nowo utworzony użytkownik miał dostęp do niektórych z już aktywnych języków, musisz to również zrobić ręcznie po utworzeniu użytkownika. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0c4746c98303c52c3de2fe974406daba4ca53674) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/ograniczenia-jezykowe.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/zmien-haslo-uzytkownika.md). # Zmień hasło użytkownika Aby zmienić hasło do konta, użytkownik musi skorzystać z opcji \*Forgot password\*, na ekranie logowania. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/330b0320a7525b40c666747e4c1736136b0135f8) Wpisz adres e‑mail powiązany z kontem i kliknij \*RECOVER PASSWORD\*. {% hint style="info" %} Jeśli użytkownik nie pamięta, jaki adres e‑mail jest powiązany z kontem, może to sprawdzić każda osoba mająca dostęp do \[the main user page\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy.md) w Ergonode. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/85c7a1b35b66cff080db74e0cd2e3eccd4e92890) Postępuj zgodnie z instrukcjami w wiadomości e‑mail, którą otrzymasz — zostaniesz przekierowany na stronę, gdzie ustawisz nowe hasło. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/aa7313438e7133daadafe75ceb0761df7c481010) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/zmien-haslo-uzytkownika.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/ogolne.md). # Ogólne Ta karta pozwala zmienić podstawowe informacje o użytkowniku, takie jak rola lub język. Pamiętaj, aby kliknąć \*ZAPISZ ZMIANY\* gdy zakończysz. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a09f20bd9ce94baaff93064bce06e04347118dcb) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/eksporty/tworzenie-nowego-eksportu.md). # Tworzenie nowego eksportu To jedna z najczęściej używanych opcji eksportu danych z Ergonode do systemów zewnętrznych. Tworzy plik ZIP zawierający pliki CSV. Wypełnij wszystkie wymagane pola i kliknij \*CREATE\* aby zapisać lub \*CREATE & EDIT\* aby zapisać i uruchomić ten eksport. | Wysłane | Opis | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Nazwa eksportu | Może być dowolna, jeśli jest unikalna | | Dołącz do eksportu | Tutaj możesz wybrać, jaki rodzaj danych chcesz eksportować — możesz wybrać niektóre z nich lub wszystkie | | Język | Wybierz język eksportowanych danych. Nie będzie on automatycznie tłumaczył danych. | | Separator | Wybierz znak, który oznacza koniec kolumny w pliku | | Typ eksportu | Może być pełny lub przyrostowy | | Segment | Wybierz \[segment \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty.md)który chcesz eksportować lub pozostaw puste, aby eksportować wszystkie produkty | | Zachowanie dla \[zmiennych\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog#attribute-variables) | Wybierz, czy chcesz zastąpić zmienne tłumaczeniami, czy pozostawić je jako kod | | Zachowaj nazwy plików multimediów | Wybierz, aby zachować oryginalną nazwę pliku po eksporcie | {% hint style="info" %} Po wybraniu segmentu w konfiguracji nie można go zmienić. Jeśli potrzebujesz wybrać inny segment, utwórz nowy eksport z odpowiednią konfiguracją. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/54f059e754eee3606d39da8ad2836509dad33c65) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/eksporty/tworzenie-nowego-eksportu.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/kreator.md). # Kreator To miejsce, w którym możesz zaprojektować stronę katalogu produktów, używając prostego przeciągania i upuszczania. Szablon składa się z 3 głównych komponentów: \[Widżety\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/kreator/widzety.md), \[Atrybuty produktu\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty.md). Placeholdery mogą być wyświetlane w 3 różnych stanach, w zależności od wykonywanej akcji: ◦ \*\*szary\*\* – placeholder jest dostępny \\ ◦ \*\*jasnozielony\*\* – placeholder gotowy do upuszczenia atrybutu \\ ◦ \*\*ciemnozielony\*\* – placeholder jest gotowy do przyjęcia atrybutów zmienionych rozmiarem Kodowanie kolorami typów elementów. Aby poprawić czytelność przy bardziej złożonych projektach sekcji, Kreator pokazuje różne kolory tła w zależności od typu elementu podczas układania zawartości. \\ • Widżety: jasny pomarańcz.\\ • Atrybuty: szary. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/541659978aadc7f879b8dbcf7c215f969980c22d) \\ Ta funkcja jest dostępna tylko w Kreatorze dla Szablonów i Sekcji i ma ułatwić szybkie rozpoznawanie typów elementów. \\ Wskaźniki kolorów współdziałają z istniejącymi stanami placeholderów, sygnalizując, kiedy pozycje są dostępne lub mogą przyjąć zmieniony rozmiar elementów. Na atrybutach można wykonać następujące akcje: • \*\*przenieś\*\* – przeciągnij atrybut z listy atrybutów lub z innej pozycji na macierzy i przenieś go nad dostępny placeholder atrybutu. Podczas najechania na wybrane miejsce, jeśli jest dostępne do upuszczenia, podświetli się na jasnozielono. Atrybuty pobrane z listy atrybutów po lewej nie znikają, lecz przechodzą w przygaszony szary stan. • \*\*usuń\*\* - otwórz menu kebab (trzy kropki) i wybierz „remove”. Na liście atrybutów nazwa atrybutu i kolor ikony wrócą do czerni. • \*\*zmień rozmiar\*\* – chwyć prawy dolny róg atrybutu, aby zmienić jego rozmiar. Dostępne placeholdery atrybutów podświetlą się na jasnozielono. Po prostu zmień rozmiar atrybutu do żądanego i upuść go, aby zakończyć. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6b2feaafa5d3deef94586747fdd6520a736d6b71) Jeśli potrzebujesz więcej miejsca w obszarze projektanta, kliknij \*+ DODAJ WIERSZ,\* a nowy wiersz zostanie dodany na dole obszaru roboczego. Możesz dodać nowy wiersz w określonym miejscu. Aby to zrobić, kliknij lewym przyciskiem myszy na przerywaną linię, a \*+ Add row\* przycisk pojawi się. Kliknij go, aby dodać dodatkowy wiersz pod tą konkretną linią. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1914a92563bd4a469bb9cf1e418fa97940d6a850) Możesz go także usunąć, wybierając -Usuń wiersz na jasno czerwonym pustym obszarze. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1ad486b435f0c36cfcf6c4ef96f24457fdf25754) Gdy atrybut zostanie umieszczony w obszarze roboczym kreatora, można ustawić go jako obowiązkowy. Atrybuty obowiązkowe służą do wskazywania postępu, pokazując kompletność szablonu dla wybranego języka. Te atrybuty są oznaczone czerwonym gwiazdką. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c1e7ddf123f025ae6ca8a040d3e20cbda85b1458) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/kreator.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy.md). # Użytkownicy {% hint style="info" %} Proszę pamiętać, że utworzonego użytkownika nie można usunąć — można go tylko dezaktywować. Użytkownicy dezaktywowani oraz użytkownicy w domenie ergonode.com nie są wliczani do Twojej licencji. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/53bc0443217f9741848fdab78acf9e928233df88) Aby utworzyć nowego użytkownika, kliknij \\\*\\\*NEW USER\\\*\\\* w prawym górnym rogu. Jeśli ikona jest szara, oznacza to, że wykorzystałeś już wszystkie konta dostępne w Twojej licencji. Jeśli potrzebujesz więcej użytkowników, skontaktuj się z nami bezpośrednio. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/68ac6c1d2204da4599fb79aef76d7f817792bad5) {% hint style="info" %} Wszystkie konta muszą być aktywowane w momencie tworzenia. Użytkownik otrzyma e-mail z linkiem aktywacyjnym. Po kliknięciu linku użytkownik zostanie poproszony o utworzenie własnego hasła. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Jeśli użytkownik został utworzony jako nieaktywny, kliknięcie linku z e-maila wysłanego przy tworzeniu nie aktywuje konta automatycznie. Aktywację należy wykonać ręcznie. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/df20e46916b52621757bec7e23d5b55e98c77fb2) Wypełnij wszystkie wymagane pola i kliknij \*CREATE & EDIT\* aby otworzyć użytkownika w \[trybie edycji\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/ogolne.md). Aby edytować użytkownika, kliknij ikonę edycji (długopis). Dla nowo utworzonego użytkownika dostępna jest opcja ponownego wysłania e-maila potwierdzającego (ikona koperty). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0a729fea5f626ca2e9924f8570e501e0b4bac85f) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje.md). # Sekcje Możesz tworzyć sekcje do różnych celów, takich jak SEO, dane techniczne, informacje marketingowe czy kanały sprzedaży. Następnie możesz używać tych sekcji w swoich głównych szablonach produktów lub w warunkach Przepływu pracy (jeśli połączone z Zestawem kompletności). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f96c49fce05ed9f367bcda085092ba61959773b5) Sekcje służą wyłącznie do użytku wewnętrznego w Ergonode PIM. Nie są przeznaczone do eksportu na platformę e-commerce. Mają pomóc w zorganizowaniu i wzbogaceniu danych produktowych w sposób przyjazny dla użytkownika. Aby tworzyć i zarządzać sekcjami, możesz skorzystać z następujących opcji: \* \[\*\*Utwórz nową sekcję\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/utworz-nowa-sekcje.md): Aby utworzyć nową sekcję, kliknij przycisk „\*+ Nowa sekcja\*” w lewym górnym rogu ekranu. Otworzy się okno, w którym należy wpisać kod (nazwę) sekcji. Nazwa powinna być opisowa i unikalna. Następnie kliknij przycisk „\*Create\*” aby potwierdzić utworzenie sekcji. Lub "\*Create & Edit\*" aby utworzyć nową sekcję i otworzyć ją w trybie edycji. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8d80f12bf5a26c87bd295449467cc8b0725a6edd) \* \*\*Edytuj istniejącą sekcję\*\*: Aby edytować istniejącą sekcję, kliknij ikonę "\*edit (pen) icon"\* obok nazwy sekcji. Zostaniesz przeniesiony na stronę z trzema kartami: „General”, „Translations” i „Designer”. \* \[\*Ogólne\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/ogolne.md) - tutaj zobaczysz kod (nazwę) sekcji. Nie można zmienić tego kodu; jeśli trzeba to zrobić, sklonuj sekcję pod nową nazwą i usuń starą. \* \[\*Translations\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/tlumaczenia.md) - tutaj możesz przetłumaczyć nazwę sekcji na różne języki. \* \[\*Designer\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/kreator.md) - tutaj możesz dodawać, usuwać lub zmieniać kolejność atrybutów należących do sekcji. Możesz też ustawić atrybut jako obowiązkowy. \* \*\*Usuń sekcję\*\*: Aby usunąć sekcję, kliknij ikonę kosza obok nazwy sekcji. Otworzy się okno potwierdzenia, w którym musisz kliknąć przycisk „Delete”, aby potwierdzić usunięcie sekcji. Sekcję można usunąć tylko wtedy, gdy nie jest używana w żadnym szablonie produktu. Jeśli sekcja jest używana w szablonie produktu, najpierw usuń ją z szablonu, a dopiero potem ją usuń. \* \*\*Zmień ustawienia wyświetlania\*\*: Aby zmienić ustawienia wyświetlania sekcji, kliknij ikonę koła zębatego w prawym górnym rogu ekranu. Otworzy się okno, w którym możesz zmienić rozmiar tabeli (siatki). {% hint style="info" %} Sekcję można usunąć tylko wtedy, gdy nie jest używana w żadnym szablonie. {% endhint %} Sekcje to prosty sposób na ułatwienie i usprawnienie zarządzania produktami w Ergonode PIM. Użyj ich do tworzenia spójnych i przejrzystych kart produktów dopasowanych do Twoich potrzeb. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/79a4ddc9cfa4c5358230e24cf87f64499271c6a2) {% hint style="info" %} Liczba obok ikony edit (pen) icon wskazuje liczbę atrybutów w danej sekcji. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci/magento-2-stara-wersja.md). # Magento 2 (stara wersja) {% embed url="" %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci/magento-2-stara-wersja.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia.md). # Ustawienia Są tutaj cztery karty: \[Języki\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md), \[Jednostki\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jednostki.md), \[Klucze API\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/klucze-api.md), oraz \[SKU\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/sku.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/587fc1d4aea26435475c5ce37a29ac311036668d) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/baselinker.md). # Baselinker ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/19fac666c1d21d870d5ac2bff3e402d986a42ec8) Zainstalowana aplikacja baselinker \## Wprowadzenie The \*\*Aplikacja Baselinker\*\* wypełnia lukę między \*\*Ergonode PIM\*\* a \*\*Baselinker\*\*, umożliwiając wymianę danych przez API. Zaprojektowana, aby usprawnić Twój przepływ pracy, ta aplikacja upraszcza konfigurację i synchronizację. {% hint style="info" %} Należy pamiętać, że API Base (dawniej Baselinker) ogranicza liczbę żądań do x na minutę (zależnie od pakietu). Jeśli wystąpi błąd synchronizacji, sprawdź zużycie API zanim zgłosisz nam błąd. Aby to zrobić, przejdź do . Jeśli limit zostanie przekroczony, poczekaj aż ograniczenia zostaną zniesione i ponownie zsynchronizuj aplikację. {% endhint %} {% hint style="warning" %} Base (dawniej Baselinker) dopuszcza maksymalny rozmiar obrazu 2MB, ale aby hostować plik, należy przesłać go w formacie binarnym (base64). Ta konwersja zwiększa objętość danych obrazu o około 30–40%. Jeśli podczas synchronizacji otrzymasz błąd dotyczący rozmiaru pliku, to jest tego przyczyna. Bezpieczny rozmiar obrazu do wysłania powinien wynosić około 1,3MB. {% endhint %} {% hint style="danger" %} Base (dawniej Baselinker) pozwala, aby wiele produktów miało ten sam SKU. Ergonode PIM nie obsługuje jednak zduplikowanych SKU. Jeśli na koncie Base znajdują się produkty i/lub zestawy z identycznymi SKU, aplikacja synchronizująca nie będzie w stanie przetworzyć tych produktów. Aby zapewnić prawidłową synchronizację, upewnij się, że wszystkie produkty i/lub w Base mają unikalne SKU. {% endhint %} ## Kluczowe funkcje \* \*\*Możliwość dostosowania nazwy aplikacji\*\*: Spersonalizuj instancję aplikacji, nadając jej unikalną nazwę. \* \*\*Wybór segmentu\*\*: Wybierz odpowiedni segment z menu rozwijanego. Odsyłamy do osobnej strony \[Segments\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty.md) z szczegółowymi informacjami na temat segmentów. \* \*\*Kreator konfiguracji.\*\* {% hint style="success" %} Jeśli produkt o tym samym SKU istnieje w Baselinker i Ergonode PIM, zostanie dopasowany podczas synchronizacji, a odwzorowane atrybuty tego produktu zostaną zaktualizowane w Baselinker. {% endhint %} ## \*\*Dodatkowe funkcje\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/75165e77c11eec92ae1b8339296b53b98603b3c1) \* \*\*Uruchom synchronizację\*\* – Ręcznie wyzwól synchronizację przyrostową. \* \*\*Uruchom pełną synchronizację\*\* – Ręcznie wyzwól pełną synchronizację. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/86e8a083bf75018b2adc3877f23c8757628c9215) \* \*\*Wyczyść pamięć podręczną\*\* – Użyj tej opcji, aby \*\*wywołać pierwszą pełną synchronizację podczas następnej synchronizacji\*\* (wydłużony proces). Po aktywowaniu umożliwia też modyfikację wybranego segmentu w \*\*Opcje\*\* zakładce. {% hint style="warning" %} Zmiana segmentu po początkowej synchronizacji może spowodować utratę danych w Baselinker i nie jest zalecana. {% endhint %} \* \*\*Usuń aplikację\*\* – Użyj tej opcji, aby \*\*odinstaluj aplikację\*\* a \*\*usuń wszystkie konfiguracje\*\* na stałe. Ta akcja \*\*nie może być cofnięta\*\*, dlatego postępuj ostrożnie. ## Uruchamianie aplikacji \*\*Krok 1: Konfiguracja\*\* Rozpocznij od przejścia do sekcji \[\*\*Opcje\*\* \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/baselinker/opcje.md)a \[\*\*Konfiguracja\*\* \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/baselinker/konfiguracja.md)aby dostosować ustawienia aplikacji do swoich potrzeb. Szczegółowe wyjaśnienia dla każdej opcji i konfiguracji znajdziesz na powiązanych stronach. \*\*Krok 2: Uruchomienie aplikacji\*\* Gdy ustawisz preferencje, kliknij przycisk \*\*\*Uruchom synchronizację\*\*\* w prawym górnym rogu, aby rozpocząć procesy synchronizacji. \*\*Krok 3: Historia\*\* Po zainicjowaniu synchronizacji aplikacja zapisze wpis w \[\*\*Historii\*\* \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/baselinker/historia.md)zakładce. ## Znane ograniczenia aplikacji \* Limity API Baselinker mogą powodować błędy synchronizacji. Jeśli tak się stanie, poczekaj aż ograniczenia zostaną zniesione i ponownie zsynchronizuj aplikację. \* Obecnie nie ma możliwości ograniczenia kategorii wysyłanych do Baselinker (wysyłane są wszystkie kategorie z Ergonode PIM). \* W typach atrybutów Pole wyboru i Lista wyboru, tłumaczenia opcji muszą być zapisane małymi literami. \* Ponieważ SKU jest głównym identyfikatorem w Ergonode PIM, jego wartość nie będzie wysyłana do odwzorowanego atrybutu w Baselinker (zawsze będzie wysyłana jako SKU). \* Atrybuty typu jednostka można mapować tylko z atrybutami tego samego typu po stronie Baselinker (waga, wysokość, szerokość, długość) i tylko jeśli jednostki atrybutów w Ergonode odpowiadają tym w Baselinker. \* \*\*Maksymalny rozmiar obrazu\*\*: Poprawny limit rozmiaru obrazu w Baselinker to \*\*2MB.\*\* \* Aplikacja nie obsługuje niestandardowych parametrów utworzonych ręcznie w Twoim koncie BaseLinker. {% hint style="info" %} Ponieważ jest to podstawowy konektor, może nie spełniać wszystkich potrzeb. W takim przypadku możemy skontaktować Cię z jednym z naszych partnerów w celu uzyskania bardziej dopasowanych rozwiązań. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/dostepne-aplikacje/baselinker.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). # Języki Możesz aktywować lub dezaktywować dostępy język lub utworzyć własny (\*\*Content languages\*\* funkcja) i użyć go jako kanału dla informacji o produkcie. {% hint style="info" %} \*\*Content languages\*\* to funkcja, która nie jest dostępna we wszystkich planach cenowych. {% endhint %} Aby to zrobić, kliknij suwak po lewej stronie paska języka. {% hint style="info" %} Pamiętaj, że aktywacja nowego języka nie wystarcza — musi być on także aktywowany dla wszystkich użytkowników, którzy mają mieć do niego dostęp. Opis, jak to zrobić, jest dostępny \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/ograniczenia-jezykowe.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0ea49ea479eea036131166292c23b258aff426ab) Content languages - lista języków Powiązanie języka z \[Workflow\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje.md) . Możesz użyć innego Workflow dla każdego aktywowanego języka. Aby to zrobić, kliknij \*\*\*edytuj\*\*\* ikonę. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d0033d624240f3940c1d3f54b8f84b66fa58d81b) Content languages - edytuj język Przypisz Workflow, wybierając go z listy. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ac618ec34b1cfce4d1c2ad4e976632bbc2512e12) Content languages - wybierz Workflow Zapisz zmiany. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/action-center.md). # Action center Every new notification will show up as a red icon with number of unread notifications. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/sK4sL25krBkRcMgffCuU) To mark them as read click on the three dots (\*kebab) menu\* and choose \*Mark all as read\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/isJcEUeNtMcKJJ9bZwmX) Some notifications will have an extra option when you hover over them. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4PIZA6pzSsT4Gb0IAZEc) In the details of the notification, you will see an error message if anything goes wrong. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/vFDjCq6Kb95eJYfBvUSD) You can cancel the action using the Stop action in the menu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/az4JdUzu1jH4ur1TNWiC) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard/user-menu-and-action-center/action-center.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty-kategorii.md). # Atrybuty kategorii Niektóre systemy pozwalają opisywać lub rozszerzać kategorie za pomocą atrybutów. Tutaj możesz ustawić istniejące już atrybuty, aby były traktowane w ten sposób. {% hint style="info" %} Aby dodać atrybut jako atrybut kategorii, atrybut musi już istnieć. Aby dowiedzieć się, jak go utworzyć, kliknij \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty.md). Wybierzesz z listy atrybutów służących do opisywania produktów — jednej puli atrybutów — dla różnych zastosowań. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a0de0f3b6fa8511871c712d1e2578f7d821065da) Aby usunąć atrybut z listy atrybutów kategorii, kliknij ikonę „x”. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0d088be7444ae8a6f0782aabae28c8f3da2691ff) Potwierdź wybór lub anuluj go. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e4cba160b469a7f5c0024fc42cf974bc63d829a6) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty-kategorii.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/ogolne.md). # Ogólne Po ustawieniu kodu kategorii nie można go zmienić. Jeśli musisz to zrobić, usuń kategorię, klikając \*USUŃ KATEGORIĘ\* w prawym górnym rogu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f9731db4c001c8de84febf83dac6afd1cd0f9d9e) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/walidacja.md). # Walidacja {% hint style="warning" %} Możesz ustawić walidator dla już istniejących atrybutów, jednak aby zapisać zmianę, wartość tego atrybutu we wszystkich produktach MUSI spełniać parametry walidacji. Jeśli tak nie jest, zostanie wyświetlony komunikat o błędzie. {% endhint %} ## Wprowadzenie Walidatory pomagają chronić integralność danych, zapewniając, że tylko dane spełniające określone warunki są akceptowane w systemie. Na przykład przy atrybutach typu tekstowego możesz użyć wyrażeń regularnych (regex). Wyobraź sobie regex jako wzorzec sprawdzający, czy wartość atrybutu jest poprawna — na przykład czy adres e‑mail zawiera znak "@". To pomaga utrzymać dokładność i zapobiega błędom. Różne typy atrybutów wymagają różnych reguł walidacji. Liczba może wymagać znajdowania się w określonym zakresie, natomiast obraz może mieć określone ograniczenia wymiarów lub rozmiaru. Walidatory pomagają więc utrzymać spójność pól danych. \*\*W Ergonode możesz ustawić walidację dla następujących typów atrybutów:\*\* | Typ atrybutu | Dostępne walidatory | | ------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Plik | * Minimalna liczba plików * Maksymalna liczba plików * Maksymalny rozmiar pliku * Dozwolone rozszerzenia | | Galeria | * Minimalna liczba obrazów * Maksymalna liczba obrazów * Maksymalny rozmiar pliku * Dozwolone rozszerzenia | | Obraz | * Maksymalny rozmiar pliku * Dozwolone rozszerzenia | | Numeryczny | * Wartość minimalna * Wartość maksymalna | | Cena | * Wartość minimalna * Wartość maksymalna | | Tekst | * Wyrażenie regularne (regex) z przykładami | | Pole tekstowe | * Lista zabronionych słów (limit 1000 znaków) | | Jednostka | * Wartość minimalna * Wartość maksymalna | ## O regex (dostępne tylko w atrybucie tekstowym) {% hint style="info" %} W systemie możesz używać niektórych wstępnie zdefiniowanych wzorców regex, ale możliwe jest też użycie własnych. Aby użyć wzorców wstępnie zdefiniowanych, kliknij "Copy from regex templates". {% endhint %} Wyrażenia regularne, czyli regex, to zaawansowane narzędzia walidacji dla tekstu. Używają one określonej sekwencji znaków do zdefiniowania wzorca. Można je traktować jak rozbudowane „znajdź”, ale z większą precyzją i elastycznością. Oto jak używać regex do walidacji: 1. \*\*Podstawowa walidacja\*\*: \* Załóżmy, że chcesz zwalidować dowolne trzyznakowe słowa. Użyjesz wzorca \`\\b\\w{3}\\b\`. W tym wzorcu \`\\b\` oznacza granice słowa, a \`\\w{3}\` określa dokładnie trzy znaki słowa. 2. \*\*Walidacja cyfr\*\*: \* Aby zwalidować dowolną sekwencję cyfr w tekście, użyj wzorca \`\\d\`. Tutaj \`\\d\` oznacza dowolną cyfrę, więc dopasuje dowolny ciąg zawierający pojedynczą cyfrę, np. 123, 4aa lub 678aaa9. Jeśli chcesz zwalidować ciąg kończący się cyfrą, użyj\`\\d$\`, np.: something1. 3. \*\*Walidacja adresów e‑mail\*\*: \* Jeśli walidujesz adresy e‑mail, możesz użyć czegoś takiego: \`\\b\[A-Za-z0-9.\_%+-\]+@\[A-Za-z0-9.-\]+\\.\[A-Z|a-z\]{2,}\\b\`. Ten wzorzec sprawdza typową strukturę e‑mail, weryfikując znaki alfanumeryczne przed i po znaku "@". 4. \*\*Walidacja dat\*\*: \* Aby zwalidować daty w formacie DD/MM/YYYY, możesz użyć \`\\b\\d{2}\\/\\d{2}\\/\\d{4}\\b\`. Tutaj \`\\d{2}\` znajduje dokładnie dwie cyfry, \`/\` to dosłowny ukośnik, a \`\\d{4}\` szuka czterech cyfr. 5. \*\*Elastyczna walidacja\*\*: \* Czasami możesz chcieć zwalidować słowa zaczynające się od określonej litery. Na przykład, aby znaleźć słowa zaczynające się na „a”, użyj \`\\ba\\w\*\\b\`. To szuka granic słowa (\`\\b\`), litery "a" oraz dowolnej liczby znaków słowa (\`\\w\*\`). Regex daje możliwość szybkiego wyszukiwania wzorców i wyodrębniania istotnych informacji z tekstu bez ręcznego przeszukiwania. Na początku mogą wydawać się skomplikowane, ale z praktyką stają się niezwykle przydatne do walidacji danych i przetwarzania tekstu. Zanurz się i odkrywaj nieograniczone możliwości! ## Dostępne szablony regex W Ergonode znajdziesz kilka powszechnych wzorców regex już dostępnych dla twojej wygody. \*\*Oto lista:\*\* \* EAN-13 \* EAN-8 \* Adres URL \* Ścieżka pliku \* Alfanumeryczne (bez spacji) \* Alfanumeryczne (ze spacją) \* Numeryczne (liczby całkowite) \* Numeryczne (oddzielane kropką) \* Numeryczne (oddzielane przecinkiem) Aby z nich skorzystać kliknij \*\*\*Copy from regex templates\*\*\* i wybierz jeden z listy. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/35c162fb8c3b07608b942196dbb226820133eb39) \## Niestandardowy komunikat o błędzie walidacji regex Możesz ustawić niestandardowy komunikat o błędzie walidacji dla użytkownika. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d9495818cd745e4a4193edd082a0268d0445a830) Karta walidacji atrybutu tekstowego Komunikat zostanie wyświetlony w polu walidacji ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0ef2748406c39521910fe595bed290eb715e7e8e) Karta walidacji atrybutu tekstowego - niestandardowy komunikat o błędzie walidacji w dymku narzędzia na \[Katalog produktów (siatka produktów)\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog.md) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b4e6549c006bb6d88105822d8405d1dc34abb654) Katalog produktów - niestandardowy komunikat o błędzie walidacji w \[Atrybut kategorii\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty-kategorii.md) (jeśli atrybut jest ustawiony jako jeden) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2742f42617c6c9bdcdeaf621add435cbfdfc0cd8) w \[Akcja masowa\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa.md) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5aced49f34b12627b6f182d67436f2de64d98633) i na karcie produktu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b80aaf26e3bc07a5ecadb52dc148d24b4b56ed6e) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/walidacja.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/pola-wlasne/pola-wlasne-ergonode-transfer.md). # Pola własne - Ergonode Transfer Najpierw utwórz właściwy \[import\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/import.md) lub \[export \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer.md)profil. W zależności od przypadku może być wymagany jeden lub więcej plików importu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5cb89de10a1278e82114fa0db6a877b243b8a32c) Pobierz custom\\\_fields\\\_et\\\_import\\\_example.zip i zapoznaj się z plikami w nim zawartymi. {% file src="/files/03fa0c1ebc4ca17024c3c1c5b74f2fa5db5af165" %} Plik ZIP zawiera \[attributes.csv\](https://docs.ergonode.com/ergonode-transfer/overview/files-format/attributes.csv) , \[custom\\\_fields.csv\](https://docs.ergonode.com/ergonode-transfer/overview/files-format/custom\_fields.csv) , \[multimedia.csv\](https://docs.ergonode.com/ergonode-transfer/overview/files-format/multimedia.csv) , oraz \[options.csv\](https://docs.ergonode.com/ergonode-transfer/overview/files-format/options.csv) pliki niezbędne do zaimportowania i utworzenia wszystkiego, co potrzebne do używania pól własnych. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bdacdb4e9fa38561e4f2d1e60350064f440a730c) | attributes.csv | custom\\\_fields.csv | multimedia.csv | options.csv | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Ten plik może utworzyć nowy atrybut — konieczny tylko wtedy, gdy atrybut, w którym chcemy użyć pól własnych, nie istnieje. | Ten plik tworzy nowe pola własne w wybranych atrybutach. | Ten plik importuje obrazy do Ergonode — konieczny tylko wtedy, gdy obrazy przypisane do pola własnego nie zostały jeszcze przesłane do Ergonode. | Ten plik tworzy/aktualizuje wartości wybranych pól własnych. | | | | | Jeśli pole własne ma typ IMAGE, jego wartość MUSI mieć postać \\, a plik musi być już przesłany do Ergonode. Jeśli obraz nie jest przesłany, należy dołączyć plik multimedia.csv do archiwum ZIP z importem. | --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/pola-wlasne/pola-wlasne-ergonode-transfer.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty-kategorii/dodaj-atrybut.md). # Dodaj atrybut Aby dodać atrybut jako atrybut kategorii, kliknij \*+ DODAJ ATRYBUT.\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5ecd9d0c50c4ae3b6ce0e894e95a045ef7402b09) Otworzy się nowe okno z wszystkimi atrybutami utworzonymi do tej pory. Zaznacz te, które chcesz użyć jako atrybuty kategorii. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d5a627fe61de7f8f0f5feacf7d7926f16d3181a0) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty-kategorii/dodaj-atrybut.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie.md). # Kategorie Tutaj możesz tworzyć i zarządzać kategoriami. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/48e91945ec9eb565561c127e439e08b22a32ace4) Aby edytować kategorię, kliknij na \[edytuj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/ogolne.md) \*ikonę (pen).\*. Aby usunąć kategorię, kliknij na \*ikonę kosza\*. Aby usunąć jednocześnie więcej niż jedną kategorię, zaznacz pole wyboru obok kategorii, które chcesz usunąć, a następnie z \*Menu akcji\* wybierz \*Usuń kategorie\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a34437bfb78abdfa8f5f4f1eea41b399dfc26589) Potwierdź lub anuluj swój wybór. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/23ca9f5b32a90b02cf065bfb40417996a28370d2) Ta funkcja działa w tle; zostaniesz o niej powiadomiony w \[Centrum akcji.\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fe90eccc5261b101a083ca36aabcfc1464283e30) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/twoj-plan.md). # Twój plan ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/edb0506b8104a8f5692e2588aaf519e81992e7f8) Wykorzystanie planu \### Jak liczymy wykorzystanie AI. Każda operacja oparta na tzw. atomie wymaga jednego kredytu. Atom to pojedyncze użyte zasoby. Oznacza to, że 1 zmiana w 1 produkcie, w 1 języku, w 1 atrybucie, liczy się jako jeden kredyt. \*\*Przykłady:\*\* \* Utworzenie opisu w jednym atrybucie dla jednego produktu zużywa 1 kredyt. \* Utworzenie opisu w jednym atrybucie dla dwóch produktów zużywa 2 kredyty. \* Przetłumaczenie 10 opcji w jednym atrybucie w jednym języku zużywa 10 kredytów. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/twoj-plan.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/utworz-nowa-kategorie.md). # Utwórz nową kategorię Aby utworzyć nową kategorię, kliknij \*+ NEW CATEGORY\* przycisk w prawym górnym rogu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bfcbb50938cd86698371cee41679ffc383dcbf08) Ustaw nazwę kategorii i kliknij \*CREATE\* aby zapisać lub \*CREATE & EDIT\* aby zapisać i otworzyć w trybie edycji. {% hint style="info" %} Kod kategorii może zawierać wyłącznie litery, cyfry lub znak podkreślenia. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0c988464f0dc46c04b9f1f7e94c2e18f4f7601f5) Jeśli klikniesz \*CREATE & SAVE\*, zobaczysz teraz stronę z trzema kartami; \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/ogolne.md), \[Translations\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/tlumaczenia.md), oraz \[Produkty\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/produkty.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/utworz-nowa-kategorie.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/samouczki-i-klipy-wideo/jak-pracowac-z-encjami.md). # Jak pracować z encjami {% embed url="" %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/samouczki-i-klipy-wideo/jak-pracowac-z-encjami.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/samouczki-i-klipy-wideo/korzystanie-z-systemu-zgloszen.md). # Korzystanie z systemu zgłoszeń {% hint style="info" %} System wsparcia znajduje się \[tutaj\](http://issues.ergonode.com/) lub \[tutaj\](https://ergonode.atlassian.net/servicedesk/customer/portal/2) (to samo miejsce - dwa linki). {% endhint %} Członek zespołu wsparcia w Ergonode tworzy konto dla użytkownika (na podstawie adresu e‑mail), a następnie do skrzynki przychodzi link aktywacyjny. ## 1. Link rejestracyjny Otrzymasz wiadomość aktywacyjną podobną do zrzutu ekranu poniżej (jeśli jej nie widzisz, sprawdź folder SPAM). Kliknij link oznaczony na niebiesko (link rejestracyjny). Zostaniesz przekierowany na stronę rejestracji w systemie zgłoszeń. {% hint style="info" %} Link aktywacyjny jest ważny przez 7 dni od wysłania. {% endhint %} ![](https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/SfeciZAlBDXgq5t2LhpuKLEDwztTt9FnEgtM94MZgffXuQP1zT5KBf8SDVUnQy0OkvPa7qw0O5kdgQPx6iBtM019uXd6ZXY8z64D6GHDhLlgxcb8gTOdltFphsuZp92q54v2DnG9rsYG3rpKyay7ehQ) E-mail powitalny \## 2. Rejestracja Na stronie rejestracji zostaniesz poproszony o podanie pełnego imienia i nazwiska oraz ustawienie hasła do konta. Ta nazwa będzie widoczna w Twoich zgłoszeniach, więc wpisz prawdziwe dane. ![](https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/L5VkhrTDciI_4I2G4T--T8DUpLVz4WWWBd206a6yRNqdwbO324VzjsVkqkheRmnWn24qlVQfkzpNlLKHWIdPgoUsr63atinZxgoFYSOh-c9Uy8QlMZL4lwwsUDtPK9YfkTeQWZDexol6EyKKYB88D1w) Ekran rejestracji \## 3. Wygasły link zaproszenia Może się zdarzyć, że wysłany link wygasł. Nie ma problemu — kliknij zielony link "Zaloguj się" który znajduje się w powiadomieniu. ![](https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/66EqxsYRzVew6rwGASdvS5SJgZc-VgwfVZEwPmx9H3DhoQsV_8YsA-ExE9sY9iZ-5eZfjevecKAFbIGOSqm7rT4i4wiNXZVUorFdChkVFxrV7MeV3pjlb53nZduQyhJxr4ldXsIRVivJVLLf-q_FCr4) Powiadomienie o wygasłym linku Zostaniesz przekierowany na stronę logowania. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/045de8a50870c42c06de349fcbce907c142ffc87) Strona logowania Wpisz swój adres e‑mail i kliknij przycisk „Dalej”. Na następnym ekranie kliknij zielony przycisk "Zapomniałeś hasła?". ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ccc1ff801f90d4a31efb3b4c9efebcbacdbfd9d6) Strona logowania 2 System wyśle Ci link do zresetowania (w tym przypadku utworzenia) hasła. Kliknij „Zresetuj moje hasło” i ustaw nowe hasło. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/805ac0586ffcfe9f802c4261fc7c386899b2a978) E-mail resetujący hasło \## 4. Baza wiedzy Zanim utworzysz zgłoszenie, możesz poszukać rozwiązania w naszej bazie wiedzy. Zacznij wpisywać zapytanie w polu 'Szukaj pomocy...'. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f5a629e8a7511d2749e1cdbcccb0da14e27b5a24) Pole wyszukiwania w bazie wiedzy Kliknij jedno z odnalezionych artykułów, aby zobaczyć pełną wersję. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b7d5483a863de6723d3d56325b9ab0bc859d848a) Wyniki wyszukiwania w bazie wiedzy \## 5. Powiązane zasoby W naszym Centrum Pomocy znajdziesz bezpośredni dostęp do Podręcznika użytkownika, Changelog, Dokumentacji technicznej, Roadmap oraz Centrum Wideo z naszym kanałem na YouTube. Regularnie publikujemy tam tutoriale i praktyczne wskazówki, które pomogą Ci wykorzystać pełen potencjał Ergonode w Twojej firmie. ![](https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/8AqUzYLPneeBFqfz4ytMxZBaGEryhAWf0M5zkKuxyt39eE9KlLOUBI0_T6s4IdJwftgDa-3okTnX1IDZSqpheXd9tKxTb2kjjlQ-GAmT5vi0qDCkaBLhfd8BZDIP5E7buwiMGfWRQXTpzazFt0s-nEg) Powiązane zasoby \## 6. Praca ze zgłoszeniami ### - Typy zgłoszeń {% hint style="info" %} Możesz zmienić typ zgłoszenia podczas jego tworzenia, klikając na typ zapytania. Zostanie wyświetlona lista opcji do wyboru. {% endhint %} Po pomyślnej rejestracji możesz utworzyć pierwsze zgłoszenie. Wybierz odpowiedni typ zgłoszenia. Możesz wybierać spośród następujących: \* Zgłoś błąd / Wsparcie techniczne \* Pytania dotyczące licencji i rozliczeń \* Zaproponuj ulepszenie \* Inne ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6f433cff69151a82cf1360c27d3f60f3ab1472e2) Typy zgłoszeń \### - Dodawanie nowego zgłoszenia Kliknij jeden z typów zgłoszeń, aby utworzyć nowe zgłoszenie (w zależności od wybranego typu problemu ekran może się nieco różnić). {% hint style="success" %} Im więcej informacji zamieścisz w opisie początkowym, tym szybciej będziemy mogli Ci pomóc. Jeśli Twoje zgłoszenie dotyczy błędu, dołączenie jasnych kroków reprodukcji bardzo ułatwi pracę zespołowi. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Zanim zgłosisz błąd, wyczyść pamięć podręczną przeglądarki i spróbuj ponownie. Wystarczy usunąć pliki cookie oraz pamięć podręczną obrazów i plików. Instrukcję czyszczenia cache znajdziesz tutaj > Akceptujemy tylko błędy występujące w przeglądarce Google Chrome, ponieważ jest to jedyna wspierana przeglądarka. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Wpisanie w polu "Podsumowanie" spowoduje wyświetlenie sugerowanych artykułów z naszej bazy wiedzy. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b84c0cbea707303c021bc249e7e317877b37638f) Ekran tworzenia nowego zgłoszenia Po otrzymaniu Twojego zgłoszenia zostanie wysłany e‑mail potwierdzający. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0f033d39b181731b12423af785d8ea7c33afb8b0) E-mail potwierdzający \### - Odpowiadanie na zgłoszenie przez e‑mail Aby odpowiedzieć/dodać komentarz do zgłoszenia, możesz odpowiedzieć na wiadomość powiadamiającą. Pamiętaj, aby umieścić odpowiedź powyżej linii. ### - Odpowiadanie na zgłoszenie przez system zgłoszeń Możesz też odpowiedzieć na zgłoszenie z poziomu systemu, klikając !\[number of active requests\](/files/943099a4ddf5830c4e19702f0a8ac51ca5cca4e0) przycisk znajdujący się w prawym górnym rogu. Liczba wskazuje, ile aktywnych zapytań posiadasz. Możesz wybrać "Utworzone przeze mnie" lub "Wszystkie". Wszystkie oznacza wszystkie zgłoszenia utworzone przez członków Twojej organizacji, które nie zostały ustawione jako udostępnione organizacji (domyślnie). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3c62a0327e8f8f841786a1a8cdee69c513af4ad9) Filtr zgłoszeń Teraz zostanie wyświetlona lista zgłoszeń. Możesz użyć filtrów lub paska wyszukiwania, aby je przeglądać. Kliknij numer referencyjny lub Podsumowanie, aby otworzyć zgłoszenie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/507279c25a8babc0c7f0c0478e659a62fd6e518d) Lista zgłoszeń Dodaj komentarz do zgłoszenia w polu "Aktywność". ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6d4e2ea38716b22ce1a191aeb8ded3a9509d3f45) Ekran zgłoszenia \## 7. Zarządzanie kontem Kliknij swój avatar w prawym górnym rogu, a następnie wybierz "Profil", aby edytować ustawienia konta. ![](https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/odyet6H6k-s8I3B9J7OAsw2OotbLEVDLsiBnkYLtKz9KoPw9bW5qt205TWbT9edDt-pEalRC-ps9JVt6qP43dfeCVyGOQssSGa-PRVv8RV6StrQZX1ID5E6HvIExbIlGOrjcezjHzBFvtdR6Mp39r7Q) Edytuj profil Pojawi się nowy ekran. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/142621d59541dbdf83cfb033c71e0cb3c4f64c56) Strona profilu {% hint style="info" %} System potrzebuje do 5 minut, aby wprowadzone zmiany zaczęły obowiązywać. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/455d72e4207f083fe7665188717fbe1bbe3256f8) Komunikat potwierdzający \## 8. Wylogowywanie Aby się wylogować, kliknij swój avatar i wybierz opcję "Wyloguj się". ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3e17473839039aeb9731674cafa6ef937a38dde2) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/samouczki-i-klipy-wideo/korzystanie-z-systemu-zgloszen.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/drzewa-kategorii.md). # Drzewa kategorii Drzewo kategorii pozwala projektować i zarządzać katalogami produktów z wieloma kategoriami ułożonymi w strukturę hierarchiczną. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/51754e6f5bc7ab259bd10d623189b372d438b6d8) Aby utworzyć nowe drzewo, kliknij \*+ NEW TREE\*. Wprowadź kod drzewa kategorii (nazwa systemowa) dla tego drzewa i kliknij \*CREATE\* aby zapisać lub \*CREATE & EDIT\* aby zapisać i otworzyć w trybie edycji. {% hint style="info" %} Kod drzewa kategorii może zawierać tylko litery, cyfry lub znaki podkreślenia. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5d22e95dbe47ace509c06a7391d69ad1310df9b7) Po otwarciu w trybie edycji dostępne będą trzy zakładki: \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/drzewa-kategorii/ogolne.md), \[Translations\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/drzewa-kategorii/tlumaczenia.md), oraz \[Designer\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/drzewa-kategorii/kreator.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/drzewa-kategorii.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/uprawnienia-atrybutow.md). # Uprawnienia atrybutów #### Uprawnienia do atrybutów {% hint style="info" %} Funkcja ta nie jest dostępna we wszystkich planach cenowych. {% endhint %} Uprawnienia do atrybutów — pomyśl o tym jak o ekskluzywnym klubie, do którego można dołączyć tylko będąc na liście. Zaimplementowaliśmy tę koncepcję w naszym systemie PIM. Teraz możesz ograniczyć, kto i co może widzieć lub robić w systemie. Na przykład chcesz, aby zespół SEO miał dostęp tylko do określonych atrybutów, albo osoba z działu marketingu mogła zmieniać opisy produktów, ale nie miała możliwości modyfikowania już wykonanej pracy SEO. Teraz wszystko to jest możliwe dzięki uprawnieniom do atrybutów. Jak to działa? Pierwsza rzecz, którą musisz wiedzieć, to że od teraz wszystkie atrybuty muszą być przypisane do \[grupy atrybutów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow.md). Jeden atrybut może być przypisany tylko do jednej grupy atrybutów. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0593dc97269bc9bff08041a56c3d6cc61f386ad1) Drugą rzeczą jest konieczność skonfigurowania ról użytkowników i dodania do nich osób. Łatwiej jest przyznać prawa roli niż konfigurować je dla każdego użytkownika z osobna. ![](https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/diIVtXneH9CgJEo1XQnHMwvEz62ffJlXCgGu68zyrDJN_WvpVnGCWYnOvBNoSaE8ogc9U5iNQJHOu5Rj2sqKYSV4d5SI7PK9PTQwy1XLdt4wpBYW3LG_WRgxjVNOm6zF-j8fCg36HlCvCzoy9JYjkOs) Tutaj możesz przypisać prawa do edycji i/lub odczytu dla grupy atrybutów. Oznacza to, że możesz dać niektórym użytkownikom prawo do edytowania lub uzupełniania pewnych atrybutów, a innym ustawić dostęp tylko do odczytu. Oczywiście możesz też ustawić role bez żadnych uprawnień — w takim przypadku po prostu odznacz oba pola. Użytkownicy z takimi rolami zobaczą coś takiego po otwarciu \[Katalogu produktów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog.md). ![](https://lh6.googleusercontent.com/qAELVMgnVxecemVyOAzvYu9sn7SOZ_pf754pBumRPtAcAChT5hVQrJzOSwqtnshDXlurofI5gwqa47Q-_AADPtFHQrQ3z9ov-8W8X5SQ9zfo1Za-7Yy16m9sXp0W9BMODS5fEuLZA7VBOm697BQlYsw) Jest też opcja „Privileges to all attribute groups”. Jeśli ją włączysz, dana rola użytkownika otrzyma natychmiastowe uprawnienia do odczytu i zapisu dla wszystkich atrybutów, nawet tych tworzonych w przyszłości. Jeśli ta opcja pozostanie wyłączona (domyślnie), będziesz musiał ustawić uprawnienia dla wszystkich nowo tworzonych \[grup atrybutów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow.md) ręcznie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0d5050d023be2c5530139028c8ba0e0510b06386) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/uprawnienia-atrybutow.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-szablon.md). # Edytuj szablon {% hint style="info" %} Akcje masowe działają w tle; po ich pełnym wykonaniu zobaczysz potwierdzenie w \[Action center\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md) oraz nowy wpis w \[Activities\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/akcja-masowa.md). {% endhint %} Wybierz szablon produktu z listy i kliknij \*Zmień szablon.\* Aby przerwać operację, kliknij \*Anuluj\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/542391dee4e49150cd3da990e3ceff1e4a62c0c2) Kliknij \*Przetwórz x produktów\* aby rozpocząć akcję masową lub \*Anuluj\* aby przerwać. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/40abe704c6616c7d041177a83bf88f6e9d5d4376) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-szablon.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wymiana-danych/importer-produktow.md). # Importer produktów W Importerze produktów możesz:\\ • \*\*Tworzyć nowe produkty\*\* – można importować i tworzyć od podstaw tylko produkty proste.\\ • \*\*Aktualizować istniejące produkty\*\* – możesz aktualizować dane we wszystkich typach produktów: prostych, produktów z wariantami oraz produktów grupujących. {% hint style="info" %} Gdy \[Auto-SKU\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/~/revisions/tUY4SbgLzYvqjcmlzQ4f/system/settings/sku) jest włączona, Importer produktów będzie stosować to ustawienie. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Pamiętaj, że jest to wyłącznie importer danych produktów; w przeciwieństwie do Ergonode transfer nie utworzy nowych atrybutów, jeśli jeszcze nie istnieją. Można tworzyć tylko produkty, kategorie i opcje atrybutów (w zależności od ustawień importu). {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Maksymalna liczba kolumn dozwolona w jednym pliku to 1 000. Nazwa każdej kolumny może mieć maksymalnie 256 znaków. Maksymalny rozmiar pliku to 5 MB. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Funkcja obsługuje tworzenie nowych produktów z tego samego szablonu i tylko w jednym języku naraz. {% endhint %} {% hint style="success" %} Możesz używać zmiennych w importowanych danych (tam, gdzie jest to obsługiwane). Przeczytaj \[więcej \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/zmienne-atrybutow.md)aby uzyskać informacje o zmiennych i sposobie ich użycia. {% endhint %} Dostępne są dwie zakładki, \[Profile \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wymiana-danych/importer-produktow/profile.md)i \[Historia\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wymiana-danych/importer-produktow/historia.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ef73f94a243a898ca421458c1d7a99326b1464be) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wymiana-danych/importer-produktow.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/atrybuty-media.md). # Atrybuty Media ![Resources > Media attributes](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a2f8897f60624cb178c12880d4fc8e169396d555) {% hint style="info" %} Atrybuty mediów działają tak samo jak atrybuty kategorii i opierają się na zwykłych atrybutach. Oznacza to, że musisz albo utworzyć zwykły atrybut do tego celu, albo użyć już istniejącego. {% endhint %} ### Czym są atrybuty mediów? [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/atrybuty-media.md#what-are-media-attributes) \*\*Atrybuty mediów\*\* to zaawansowana funkcja w Ergonode, która pozwala dodawać, zarządzać i automatyzować niestandardowe informacje o plikach multimedialnych, takich jak obrazy, filmy, dokumenty i inne. Podobnie jak atrybuty produktów, atrybuty mediów pomagają organizować, wyszukiwać i wzbogacać zasoby cyfrowe, dzięki czemu system DAM (Digital Asset Management) staje się bardziej inteligentny i elastyczny. Dzięki atrybutom mediów możesz: \* Oznaczać media atrybutami (np. prawa autorskie, fotograf, prawa użytkowania, język itp.) \* Używać \[Akcji masowych\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa.md) (takich jak tłumaczenie, czyszczenie lub aktualizacja wartości atrybutów) tak jak w przypadku zwykłych atrybutów w \[Produkty\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog.md) katalogu \* Filtrować i wyszukiwać media na podstawie wartości atrybutów \* Głębiej integrować media z przepływami pracy produktów ### Dlaczego warto używać atrybutów mediów? [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/atrybuty-media.md#why-use-media-attributes) \* \*\*Lepsza organizacja:\*\* Szybko znajdź odpowiedni zasób, filtrując według atrybutów takich jak typ, język czy kampania. \* \[\*\*Automatyzacja\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/automatyzacje/o-automatyzacje.md)\*\*:\*\* Zastosuj zmiany do wielu atrybutów w wielu plikach jednocześnie — dodaj informacje o prawach autorskich, przetłumacz opisy lub usuń przestarzałe tagi. \* \*\*Spójność:\*\* Zapewnij, że wszystkie pliki multimedialne mają poprawne metadane, co ułatwia współpracę i zachowanie zgodności. \* \*\*Integracja:\*\* Powiąż media z produktami, kategoriami lub kampaniami za pomocą wspólnych atrybutów. ### Jak korzystać z atrybutów mediów [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/atrybuty-media.md#how-to-use-media-attributes) \#### 1. Konfiguracja atrybutów mediów [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/atrybuty-media.md#id-1.-setting-up-media-attributes) 1\. \*\*Przejdź do Ustawień zasobów:\*\*\\ Przejdź do sekcji Atrybuty mediów w bocznym menu Ergonode. 2. \*\*Utwórz lub edytuj atrybuty:\*\* \* Kliknij „Add Attribute”, aby wybrać atrybut, który ma być używany jako atrybut mediów. \* Wybierz jeden lub więcej, zaznaczając pole wyboru w pierwszej kolumnie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8a535105cd1315015e1efd6fcf3374c6234c1bd4) 3. \*\*Przypisz atrybuty do mediów:\*\* \* Atrybuty mediów są domyślnie automatycznie przypisywane do wszystkich mediów, co oznacza, że dodajesz/zmieniasz ich wartości tylko dla konkretnego pliku (tak jak w przypadku atrybutów kategorii). \* Przejdź do: Resources > Media (w panelu bocznym) > znajdź i edytuj zasób > przejdź na stronę Tłumaczenia. Wszystkie atrybuty ustawione jako atrybuty mediów są tam widoczne. {% hint style="info" %} Aby utworzyć lub edytować atrybut mediów, przejdź do Product design > \[Attributes\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty.md) najpierw. {% endhint %} #### 2. Korzystanie z atrybutów mediów w codziennej pracy [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/atrybuty-media.md#id-2.-using-media-attributes-in-daily-work) \* \*\*Akcje masowe:\*\*\\ Zaznacz wiele plików multimedialnych i użyj akcji masowych, aby zbiorczo zaktualizować, przetłumaczyć lub wyczyścić wartości atrybutów. \* \*\*Filtrowanie i wyszukiwanie:\*\*\\ Użyj filtrów w siatce mediów, aby znaleźć zasoby z konkretnymi wartościami atrybutów (np. wszystkie obrazy oznaczone „Summer 2026”). \* \*\*Automatyzacja:\*\*\\ Skonfiguruj reguły, które automatycznie przypiszą lub zaktualizują atrybuty na podstawie typu pliku, folderu przesyłania lub innych kryteriów. #### 3. Przykładowe zastosowania [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/atrybuty-media.md#id-3.-example-use-cases) \* \*\*Marketing:\*\* Oznacz obrazy kampanii nazwami kampanii i prawami użytkowania, a następnie filtruj według „Active Campaigns” podczas tworzenia stron docelowych. \* \*\*E‑commerce:\*\* Powiąż zdjęcia produktów z numerami SKU lub kategoriami produktów za pomocą atrybutów, co ułatwia aktualizację galerii lub automatyzację dopasowywania mediów do produktów. \* \*\*Lokalizacja:\*\* Dodaj atrybuty językowe do filmów lub dokumentów, a następnie użyj akcji masowych, aby przetłumaczyć opisy lub usunąć przestarzałe tłumaczenia. #### 4. Najlepsze praktyki [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/atrybuty-media.md#id-4.-best-practices) \* \*\*Utrzymuj prostotę:\*\* Zacznij od kilku kluczowych atrybutów i rozszerzaj ich liczbę w miarę rozwoju potrzeb. \* \*\*Standaryzuj nazewnictwo:\*\* Stosuj spójne nazwy atrybutów i wartości, aby ułatwić wyszukiwanie i automatyzację. \* \*\*Regularnie przeglądaj:\*\* Okresowo przeglądaj i porządkuj nieużywane lub przestarzałe atrybuty. ### FAQ [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/atrybuty-media.md#faq) \*\*P: Czy mogę używać atrybutów mediów dla wszystkich typów plików?\*\*\\ O: Tak! Atrybuty mediów działają z obrazami, filmami, dokumentami i każdym innym obsługiwanym typem pliku w Ergonode. \*\*P: Czy mogę automatyzować przypisywanie atrybutów?\*\*\\ O: Oczywiście. Użyj akcji masowych lub skonfiguruj reguły, aby przypisywać atrybuty automatycznie zgodnie z Twoim przepływem pracy. \*\*P: Czy atrybuty mediów są widoczne dla wszystkich użytkowników?\*\*\\ O: Widoczność atrybutów zależy od uprawnień i konfiguracji. Administratorzy mogą kontrolować, które atrybuty są wymagane lub opcjonalne. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/atrybuty-media.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps.md). # O funkcji Apki (Apps) Domyślne są tworzone i utrzymywane przez Ergonode, ale deweloperzy mogą też napisać własne. Jeśli jesteś zainteresowany, dokumentację znajdziesz \[tutaj\](https://docs.ergonode.com/apps2/). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/785478a9326575fbf1240974aa2f522a5d5e0d4d) Zasób > Apki - okno główne Możesz zainstalować tę samą aplikację wielokrotnie, jeśli jej potrzebujesz. Na przykład: możesz używać różnych segmentów do synchronizacji lub mieć różne profile plików eksportu. Instrukcje dotyczące ukończenia instalacji znajdziesz w menu poniżej, ponieważ każda aplikacja może działać inaczej. Aby edytować aplikację, kliknij menu z trzema kropkami i wybierz opcję Edit albo po prostu kliknij lewym przyciskiem myszy pole aplikacji. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a89e0d216144e5d45c98d3fe1ed5712740ef7284) Aplikacja podświetlona Aby edytować, zduplikować lub odinstalować aplikację, kliknij menu kebab i wybierz Pole wyboru \*Usuń aplikację\*. {% hint style="info" %} Opcja duplikowania kopiuje również wszystkie ustawienia skopiowanej aplikacji. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5e170fe5f1bc7970415c77da4ec17f7eceb26aab) Następne kroki zależą od aplikacji, dlatego zapoznaj się z opisem konkretnej aplikacji. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/samouczki-i-klipy-wideo/kanal-youtube.md). # Kanał YouTube Poniżej znajdują się krótkie klipy wideo, które mogą Cię zainteresować. Aby zobaczyć pełne materiały, przejdź na nasz kanał YouTube >> {% embed url="" %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5e8ca23563627a12f106cdd7b8bf976866e0e216) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/samouczki-i-klipy-wideo/kanal-youtube.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/utworz-nowa-sekcje.md). # Utwórz nową sekcję Aby utworzyć nową sekcję, kliknij \*+ NEW SECTION\*. Wprowadź kod (nazwę) sekcji oraz obraz (opcjonalnie), a następnie kliknij \*CREATE\* aby zapisać lub \*CREATE & EDIT\* aby zapisać i otworzyć w trybie edycji. {% hint style="info" %} Obraz sekcji jest używany tylko w siatce sekcji (\[Main template\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony.md)) aby ułatwić przeglądanie użytkownikowi. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/105c61a673ea5dc5d970d99e42bde6c7e1cbd2eb) Jeżeli otworzysz w trybie edycji, dostępne będą trzy karty: \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/ogolne.md), \[Translations\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/tlumaczenia.md), oraz \[Designer\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/kreator.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/utworz-nowa-sekcje.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/o-wtyczkach.md). # O wtyczkach Istnieje kilka wtyczek umożliwiających połączenie Ergonode PIM z Twoim e‑commerce. Większość z nich oferuje podstawową komunikację, a ponieważ udostępniamy je bezpłatnie na licencji open‑source, możesz dowolnie je modyfikować. Wtyczki dostępne do użycia z: \* \[Magento 2\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci/magento-2-nowa-wtyczka.md) \* \[PrestaShop\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci/prestashop.md) \* \[Shopware\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci/shopware.md) \* \[WooCommerce\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/oswiadczenie-o-zastrzezeniu-odpowiedzialnosci/woocommerce.md) {% hint style="info" %} Komunikacja między wtyczką a e‑commerce jest jednokierunkowa — z Ergonode do e‑commerce. {% endhint %} Nieustannie ulepszamy nasze oprogramowanie, dlatego od czasu do czasu sprawdź, czy nie pojawiły się nowe wtyczki. W przeciwieństwie do wtyczek open‑source oferujemy także tzw. apps, o których możesz przeczytać nieco więcej \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps.md). Główna różnica między app a wtyczką polega na tym, że apps są oprogramowaniem własnościowym; ich licencja nie zezwala na wprowadzanie zmian, aktualizacje są bezproblemowe dla użytkownika, ponieważ wykonujemy je my i są wdrażane wewnątrz interfejsu Ergonode PIM, podczas gdy wtyczki muszą być zainstalowane po stronie e‑commerce i aktualizowane przez użytkownika. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wtyczki/o-wtyczkach.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/tlumaczenia.md). # Tłumaczenia Na tej stronie możesz ustawić przetłumaczoną nazwę kategorii dla każdego języka. Domyślnie widoczny jest tylko Twój główny język, ale możesz to zmienić za pomocą menu rozwijanego Translation. {% hint style="info" %} Pamiętaj, że aby język był dostępny w tym menu rozwijanym, musi najpierw zostać aktywowany w \[ustawieniach\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7e35eeee21848ccba7bd8533c7d0f33e4d9dbb21) Jeśli ustawisz dowolny atrybut jako \[atrybut kategorii\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty-kategorii.md), to tutaj możesz przypisać mu wartość. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4a19851b635a68470e69e23270197e2f9403ed23) Pamiętaj, aby kliknąć \*ZAPISZ ZMIANY\* jeśli wprowadzisz jakiekolwiek zmiany. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/60670db120c885630ff43cabe3c2155f06968623) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/tlumaczenia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/drzewa-kategorii/kreator.md). # Kreator W tej sekcji możesz utworzyć drzewo kategorii. Aby to zrobić, przeciągnij kategorię z lewego panelu na pole kreatora. Musisz \[utworzyć kategorie\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/utworz-nowa-kategorie.md) zanim utworzysz strukturę drzewa. {% hint style="info" %} System pozwala utworzyć strukturę gałęzi o głębokości do 10 poziomów. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3f801b6da63716b3b8c4a88c47334f785ee5e9e9) Alternatywnym sposobem utworzenia kategorii jest kliknięcie \*zielonej ikony plusa\* w panelu kategorii. Proces jest taki sam jak przy tradycyjnym \[tworzeniu kategorii\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/utworz-nowa-kategorie.md). Pozycje w drzewie możesz przesuwać po prostu przeciągając je. Jeśli zabraknie miejsca, po prostu kliknij \*+ Dodaj 10 wierszy.\* Wiersze zostaną dodane na dole pola kreatora. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/08f147cb12fdd64cdf5b7999ff44ebc53276cfeb) Aby usunąć kategorię z drzewa, przeciągnij ją z powrotem do panelu Kategorii lub kliknij \*menu kebab\* i wybierz \*Usuń\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/20e55973234ae94a15b3967ec4778bcce027eaa4) Aby całkowicie usunąć drzewo kategorii, kliknij \*USUŃ DRZEWO KATEGORII\* w prawym górnym rogu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/46a7c6e039153c3b3033622fde4d98c954534a2d) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/drzewa-kategorii/kreator.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje.md). # Informacje {% embed url="" %} Przepływ pracy (Workflow) jest kluczowy w pracy z PIM — przekazywanie danych między użytkownikami i innymi systemami leży u podstaw jego działania. Przepływ pracy pomaga regulować i kontrolować transfer danych oraz określać etap postępu wzbogacania produktów o dane. Teraz można zdefiniować wiele przepływów, z których każdy przypisany jest do języka wcześniej wybranego w Ustawienia -> Przypisanie języka. Możliwy jest tylko jeden workflow na język, jednak jeden workflow może być przypisany do wielu języków. Aby utworzyć przepływ pracy, przejdź do sekcji Workflow w menu bocznym, a następnie kliknij przycisk Nowy workflow w prawym górnym rogu nowej strony. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9df2e0097ce5a42afc695eb01c84f7e5f736b9fd) Pojawi się okno, w którym należy podać nazwę systemową nowego workflow (musi być unikalna) oraz ustawić domyślny status, jaki będą przyjmować produkty utworzone w tym workflow. Możesz wybrać dowolny status obecny obecnie w systemie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/657927e0c606ee417e055dcb7f06d32ff771caf6) Po ustawieniu kodu Workflow (nazwy systemowej) i domyślnego statusu dla nowych produktów możesz po prostu UTWORZYĆ workflow i przejść do innego zadania albo kliknąć UTWÓRZ I EDYTUJ, aby przejść do widoku edycji. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fe2bf740a03523d9709a7a44501527084c38da06) Aby edytować workflow, kliknij ikonę edycji; aby je usunąć, kliknij ikonę kosza. Po kliknięciu ikony edycji lub po wybraniu UTWÓRZ I EDYTUJ podczas tworzenia workflow przejdziesz do trybu edycji workflow, gdzie znajdziesz dwie zakładki: \[Ogólne \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/ogolne.md)oraz \[Designer\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/kreator.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cfac476794659fd3c37bf4ee5f0e0bca92e97c88) Workflow może być używany w \[trybie kanban \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-kanban.md)widoku systemowym na stronie produktu. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/klonowanie-sekcji.md). # Klonowanie sekcji Możesz użyć tej funkcji, aby zaoszczędzić czas i uniknąć powtarzania tych samych kroków podczas tworzenia podobnych sekcji. Aby użyć funkcji „\*Klonuj sekcję\*”, wykonaj następujące kroki: \* Przejdź do zakładki „\*Sekcje\*kartę i kliknij \*ikonę edycji (pióro)\* obok nazwy sekcji, którą chcesz sklonować. To otworzy sekcję w trybie edycji. \* Kliknij „\*trzema kropkami\*w prawym górnym rogu ekranu. Pojawią się dwie opcje: \*Klonuj sekcję\*” oraz „\*Usuń sekcję\*”. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6e18aae9f44827a98c806d3f4891fc808d425405) \* Kliknij opcję „\*Klonuj sekcję\*opcję. Otworzy się nowe okno, w którym musisz wpisać kod (nazwę) dla nowej sekcji. Nazwa musi być unikalna i różna od oryginalnej sekcji. Dozwolone są tylko litery, cyfry i znak podkreślenia. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5f8a23fe44385e00126983a53cc786832a09e8a8) \* Kliknij opcję „\*Clone\*przycisk, aby utworzyć nową sekcję. To skopiuje wszystkie ustawienia i atrybuty oryginalnej sekcji i przeniesie cię z powrotem do zakładki, w której byłeś. Nową sekcję zobaczysz w tabeli (siatce) w \*Sekcje\*zakładce, z nazwą, którą wpisałeś. \* Alternatywnie możesz kliknąć przycisk „\*Clone & Edit\*przycisk, aby utworzyć nową sekcję i otworzyć ją w trybie edycji. Umożliwi to wprowadzenie zmian w nowej sekcji, takich jak dodawanie lub usuwanie atrybutów albo zmiana kolejności atrybutów. Możesz użyć funkcji „\*Klonuj sekcję\*funkcję do tworzenia wielu sekcji o podobnym układzie i funkcjonalnościach. Pomoże to usprawnić zarządzanie sekcjami i proces wzbogacania w Ergonode PIM. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/klonowanie-sekcji.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard.md). # Dashboard The dashboard is divided into three sections: Products, Completeness, and Statuses (with language switch). Its purpose is to deliver basic overview about your products. ## \*\*Products\*\* This section provides an overview of your product inventory, detailing the quantities of simple, grouped, and variant products. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/Yog8V5PIOlhJ3hk77dSu) \## \*\*Completeness\*\* Completeness shows % of products fulfilled at 100% (number of products fulfilled at 100% divided by the total number of all products in the system, divided by language). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/JNlCTPjT4A9sXSncjUCJ) \## \*\*Statuses\*\* Statuses will inform you about the number of products in all available workflow statuses, categorized by language as well. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/x5argfW9kyQ1FUboVjBk) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/dashboard/dashboard.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections/translations.md). # Translations Here you may set or change the collection displayed name, it can be different per every language. By default, only the main language is displayed but you may change it from the \*drop-down Translations menu\*. {% hint style="info" %} Keep in mind, that for a language to be available in this drop-down, it must first be activated from \[settings\](/system/settings/languages.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/IWAIhGCfJW0FgoNY7yFv) Collection edit screen / translations \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/collections/translations.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci.md). # Aktywności To jest miejsce w systemie, gdzie użytkownicy (z odpowiednimi \[uprawnieniami\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/uprawnienia.md) ) mogą sprawdzić, co zostało zmienione w systemie i jaki był wynik \[akcje masowe\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa.md). Dostępne są dwie zakładki \[Dziennik aktywności\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/dzienniki-aktywnosci.md) oraz \[Akcje masowe\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/akcja-masowa.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/ogolne.md). # Ogólne Tutaj możesz zmienić nazwę roli i opis. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ae1965e3a60a47760563fd6aaeb680ae3813c40e) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/tlumaczenia.md). # Tłumaczenia Tutaj możesz ustawić lub zmienić wyświetlaną nazwę szablonu; może ona różnić się w zależności od języka. Domyślnie wyświetlany jest tylko język główny, ale możesz to zmienić z poziomu \*menu rozwijanego Translations\*. {% hint style="info" %} Pamiętaj, że aby język był dostępny w tym menu rozwijanym, musi najpierw zostać aktywowany w \[ustawieniach\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/930587ed924e2801ebb0c656ef676a88eb611c16) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/tlumaczenia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/uprawnienia.md). # Uprawnienia Uprawnienia To jest proste, podobne w wielu aspektach do odpowiadających sekcji w innych systemach lub aplikacjach z rolami użytkowników, z tą różnicą, że Ergonode umożliwia bardzo precyzyjne dostosowanie tych ról. Każdy szczegół można dopracować według potrzeb – od importów, atrybutów, kategorii i produktów, po ustawienia, multimedia i użytkowników oraz wszystko pomiędzy. Dostęp do każdego obszaru można dodatkowo określić na czterech podstawowych poziomach — tworzenie, odczyt, aktualizacja i usuwanie. Wszystko to łączy się, umożliwiając zdefiniowanie bardzo szczegółowych ról użytkowników, co ogranicza możliwość popełniania błędów przez użytkowników lub dostępu do elementów wykraczających poza ich zakres. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/85b201383e16501be58ec0adefb162fe4d1e0512) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/uprawnienia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj.md). # Edytuj Okno edycji jest podzielone na cztery karty: \[General\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj/ogolne.md), \[Translations\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj/tlumaczenia.md), \[Properties\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj/wlasciwosci.md), oraz \[Relations\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj/relacje.md). Stąd możesz również usunąć plik (opcja Delete w prawym górnym rogu), jeśli nie ma aktywnych relacji. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/de682a6a89c9ba694c5b9c3a09ba31c66f9ec380) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/ogolne.md). # Ogólne ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a15ed3012cc1ca04859b7c696c966e61b9bf8328) Z tego ekranu możesz zmienić domyślny status dla przepływu pracy. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/24dc5a5b6a232da437e479c7017a104847dacba1) Możesz także tworzyć nowe statusy lub usuwać edytowany przepływ pracy. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/akcja-masowa.md). # Akcja masowa Tutaj możesz sprawdzić (dostępne dla \[autoryzowanych\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/uprawnienia.md) użytkowników), jakie akcje masowe zostały wykonane w systemie. Możesz także filtrować tę siatkę za pomocą list lub pól tekstowych w górnej kolumnie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/55979ecf8d15bf7bddb1c92dab4bdc163a25d313) Aby zobaczyć więcej szczegółów, kliknij \*ikonę oka\* ikonę. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0f61a1a22a56dee526356413ce9576431021e36b) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/akcja-masowa.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/format-plikow.md). # Format plików Aby uzyskać więcej informacji, kliknij poniższy link. {% embed url="" fullWidth="false" %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/format-plikow.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty-kategorii/uzupelnij-wartosc-atrybutu-kategorii.md). # Uzupełnij wartość atrybutu kategorii Aby wypełnić wartość atrybutu kategorii, musisz przejść do \[Translation \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/tlumaczenia.md)karty w trybie edycji kategorii. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ac73145a5d96cdefe131fe1da6e100adae1a029d) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty-kategorii/uzupelnij-wartosc-atrybutu-kategorii.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow.md). # Role użytkowników \[Użytkownicy \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy.md)muszą być przypisani do określonej roli podczas tworzenia. Role można tutaj tworzyć i edytować. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d1aecc8f6f4a59acf3f0b47b7cc87bf7b8cac54c) Aby utworzyć nową, kliknij \*NOWA ROLA\* w prawym górnym rogu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b2b53bfb085fb14431e6f8ada3840dfa395a283c) Wprowadź nazwę roli (pole wymagane) oraz opis roli, jeśli chcesz. Kliknij \*CREATE & EDIT\* aby edytować tę rolę i ją skonfigurować. Teraz zobaczysz trzy zakładki: \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/ogolne.md), \[Uprawnienia\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/uprawnienia.md), oraz \[Uprawnienia do atrybutów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/uprawnienia-atrybutow.md) (dostępne w wyższych pakietach licencyjnych). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/produkty.md). # Produkty {% hint style="success" %} PORADA: Kolejność, w jakiej kategorie są wybierane / przypinane do produktu, determinuje kolejność ich pojawiania się w API. {% endhint %} Na tej stronie możesz zarządzać produktami przypisanymi do kategorii. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3043bbbfeebdecb0696556a3d2170f860337d58c) W menu bocznym masz dostęp do listy atrybutów, możesz ich używać z \*\*Filtrami\*\* aby ograniczyć produkty wyświetlane w siatce. Po prostu przeciągnij jeden lub więcej do menu, aby z nich korzystać. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d92282d19d039e4052b7973af335a125fddd5220) Następnie kliknij samo menu, aby je rozwinąć — w zależności od typu atrybutu możliwa będzie dodatkowa konfiguracja filtra. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/752e210e02ca57ecc38ecd85b3947bf247c798dd) Aby usunąć filtry, kliknij \*\*Usuń filtry\*\* przycisk. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/353992dcee50f980eec21c0b564690d47b41946a) Przypisanie produktu do kategorii można wykonać klasycznie z \[zakładki ogólne \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/ogolne.md)na stronie edycji produktu, lub klikając \*\*+ Dodaj produkty\*\* przycisk tutaj. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f36263cc4403fb16e977d6f52aa623b84135c5fd) Następnie zaznacz wszystkie produkty, które chcesz dodać do kategorii i kliknij \*\*Dodaj produkty\*\* przycisk. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c3b8e26a0090ef1465fa79fdb3e13142cf4010d1) Aby usunąć produkt z kategorii, kliknij \*\*X\*\* ikonę po prawej stronie siatki ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c9c33338d8fc56bc2f58fbdfd2119ca33450eb40) lub zaznacz pole (jedno lub więcej) po lewej stronie siatki, ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6cda6ba88309e2b7b9dbaadc6eea914af46e0728) i użyj akcji masowej, aby je usunąć. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7ee3d6756608036803308a99e30bc256a7a2a145) Możesz tworzyć i zapisywać własne widoki siatki. Aby dowiedzieć się, jak to zrobić, otwórz proszę ten \[link\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widoki-niestandardowe.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8c30ac94d297da75aefd7d0440d350513a44b912) Dostępne są dwa widoki systemowe \[Widok siatki\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-tabeli-widok-siatki.md) oraz \[Widok kafelkowy\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-kafelkowy-widok-galerii.md), oba działają dokładnie tak samo, jak opisano w podanych linkach. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c770b8a5f87136f495e9a2e3b058b5753768d2f6) Możesz również zmodyfikować ustawienia wyświetlania. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c97d05274adf416d9e993a64f31950f4d1fd4b5d) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/79fc8f377432e808a75512f535006726d91943b0) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/kategorie/produkty.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wymiana-danych/importer-produktow/historia.md). # Historia Karta „history” to funkcja umożliwiająca przeglądanie szczegółów poprzednich importów produktów do systemu PIM. Użytkownicy mogą importować produkty za pomocą plików xls lub xlsx, a karta „history” pokaże dla każdego importu następujące informacje: \* \*\*Nazwa pliku\*\*: Nazwa pliku użytego do importu. \* \*\*Started on\*\*: Data i godzina rozpoczęcia procesu importu. \* \*\*Ended at\*\*: Data i godzina zakończenia procesu importu. \* \*\*Profil\*\*: Nazwa profilu importu wybranego dla importu. \* \*\*Status\*\*: Wynik procesu importu, taki jak „Finished”, „Processing” lub „Error”. \* \*\*Wiersze\*\*: Liczba wierszy przetworzonych w pliku. \* \*\*Errors\*\*: Liczba wierszy, które napotkały błędy podczas procesu importu. \* \*\*Rozmiar\*\*: Rozmiar pliku w kilobajtach. \* \*\*Użytkownik\*\*: Nazwa użytkownika, który zainicjował import. Karta „history” pozwala także sortować tabelę według dowolnej kolumny, rosnąco lub malejąco, klikając nagłówek kolumny. Użytkownik może także wyszukiwać konkretne wartości w dowolnej kolumnie, wpisując je w pierwszym wierszu tabeli, który działa jako filtr. Tabela pokaże tylko wiersze pasujące do kryteriów wyszukiwania. Te funkcje pomagają szybko i łatwo znaleźć potrzebne informacje. Aby zapisać użyte ustawienia jako profil, kliknij \*trzema kropkami\* i wybierz "Save import profile". ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7b731c34f1d71144ac1bc91dc5028c04c895663c) Następnie wybierz nazwę profilu i zapisz. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d2f6fe0ab692c3538c382bdafb8b66916d8e7df1) Aby wyświetlić szczegóły importu, kliknij \*trzema kropkami\* i wybierz \*Pokaż szczegóły\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2c4c70d89d3dc888234a3d8780ddb5fe72ff183e) Tabela pokazuje wyniki każdego importu produktów wykonanego przez użytkownika. Tabela ma sześć kolumn: \* \*\*Rekord\*\*: Numer wiersza w pliku importu odpowiadający produktowi. \* \*\*SKU\*\*: Jednostka magazynowa produktu (SKU), będąca unikalnym identyfikatorem. \* \*\*Akcja\*\*: Typ akcji wykonanej na produkcie, na przykład create, update lub delete. \* \*\*Status\*\*: Wynik procesu importu, taki jak „Success”, „Skipped”, "Warning" lub „Error”. Statusy są wyjaśnione na obrazku poniżej. \* \*\*Problemy\*\*: Liczba błędów napotkanych przez system podczas akcji, takich jak nieprawidłowe dane, brakujące pola, zduplikowane produkty itp. \* \*\*Opis\*\*: Krótkie wyjaśnienie problemów, jeśli występują, lub opis zmian wprowadzonych w produkcie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d9e19aed4d74f9bc4266ee73285a502061ecbf45) Użytkownik może sortować tabelę według dowolnej kolumny, rosnąco lub malejąco, klikając nagłówek kolumny. Użytkownik może także wyszukiwać konkretne wartości w dowolnej kolumnie, wpisując je w pierwszym wierszu tabeli, który działa jako filtr. Tabela pokaże tylko wiersze pasujące do kryteriów wyszukiwania. Funkcje te pomagają przejrzeć szczegóły importu produktów i naprawić ewentualne problemy. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0e94a8825724249a5c4733bd376372f1eb54facb) Lewa sekcja strony ze szczegółami importu zawiera przegląd procesu importu produktów i jego wyników. Ma trzy podsekcje: \*\*Informacje ogólne\*\*: Ta podsekcja pokazuje podstawowe informacje o imporcie produktów, takie jak: \* \*\*Nazwa pliku\*\*: Nazwa pliku użytego do importu. \* \*\*Profil\*\*: Nazwa profilu importu wybranego dla importu. \* \*\*Rozmiar pliku\*\*: Rozmiar pliku w kilobajtach. \* \*\*Started on\*\*: Data i godzina rozpoczęcia procesu importu. \* \*\*Zakończono\*\*: Data i godzina zakończenia procesu importu. \* \*\*Wiersze\*\*: Liczba wierszy przetworzonych w pliku. \* \*\*Errors\*\*: Liczba wierszy, które napotkały błędy podczas procesu importu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7952aa7b58ee12301689060077d857a1d375bdb4) \*\*Aktywności dotyczące produktów\*\*: Ta podsekcja pokazuje statystyki akcji na produktach wykonanych podczas procesu importu, takie jak: \* \*\*Utworzone\*\*: Liczba produktów utworzonych w systemie PIM. \* \*\*Zaktualizowane\*\*: Liczba produktów zaktualizowanych w systemie PIM. \* \*\*Błąd tworzenia\*\*: Liczba produktów, które nie zostały utworzone w systemie PIM z powodu błędów. \* \*\*Błąd aktualizacji\*\*: Liczba produktów, które nie zostały zaktualizowane w systemie PIM z powodu błędów. \* \*\*Pominięcie tworzenia\*\*: Liczba produktów pominiętych przy tworzeniu w systemie PIM z różnych powodów, takich jak duplikaty, brak wymaganych pól lub nieprawidłowe dane. \* \*\*Pominięcie aktualizacji\*\*: Liczba produktów pominiętych przy aktualizacji w systemie PIM z różnych powodów, takich jak brak zmian, brak wymaganych pól lub nieprawidłowe dane. \* \*\*Ostrzeżenia przy tworzeniu\*\*: Liczba produktów utworzonych w systemie PIM z pewnymi ostrzeżeniami, takimi jak nieznane atrybuty, nieprawidłowe wartości lub obcięte dane. \* \*\*Ostrzeżenia przy aktualizacji\*\*: Liczba produktów zaktualizowanych w systemie PIM z pewnymi ostrzeżeniami, takimi jak nieznane atrybuty, nieprawidłowe wartości lub obcięte dane. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9fbb7b6c87e5a0cef3804c5caaf07392f4352fcb) \*\*Powiązane zmiany\*\*: Ta podsekcja pokazuje statystyki zmian wprowadzonych w powiązanych encjach produktów, takie jak: \* \*\*Opcje atrybutu\*\*: Liczba opcji atrybutów utworzonych, zaktualizowanych lub usuniętych podczas procesu importu. \* \*\*Kategorie\*\*: Liczba kategorii utworzonych, zaktualizowanych lub usuniętych podczas procesu importu. \* \*\*Media\*\*: Liczba plików multimedialnych przesłanych, zaktualizowanych lub usuniętych podczas procesu importu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a05d0debead036db20a6dd5781fdde2f10c2262b) W przypadku błędu zostanie wyświetlona wiadomość ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1e89534896e77e683cd8377f4db5d06636225f4d) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wymiana-danych/importer-produktow/historia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj/relacje.md). # Relacje Ta karta przedstawia listę aktywnych relacji dla tego konkretnego pliku. ![Resources > Media > > > Relations tab](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/15c9cea062bae4b916af77453c1f721f277d095b) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj/relacje.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/kreator/ogolne.md). # Ogólne Po kliknięciu przycisku edycji przejścia zostaniesz przeniesiony do nowego widoku, który pokaże, gdzie przejście się zaczyna i kończy, oraz pozwoli określić, jakie role użytkowników lub którzy użytkownicy zostaną powiadomieni, gdy produkt wykona to przejście. Powiadomienia są wysyłane w aplikacji w panelu Notification. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/53e541884d598e7e638bdaedcba1a9d98f1530eb) {% hint style="info" %} Aby usunąć przejście, kliknij DELETE TRANSITION w prawym górnym rogu. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/kreator/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj/ogolne.md). # Ogólne {% hint style="info" %} Podgląd dostępny jest tylko dla plików graficznych. {% endhint %} Ta karta jest dostępna, jeśli chcesz zmienić nazwę pliku lub pobrać plik na swoje urządzenie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1d9d257caaabe0d53ef2616d7b38c37fb40cef85) Jeśli zmieniasz nazwę, nie zapomnij \*ZAPISZ ZMIANY\*. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/zasoby/media/edytuj/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer.md). # Ergonode transfer To jest miejsce do importowania danych do Ergonode lub eksportowania ich z Ergonode za pomocą plików CSV. {% hint style="info" %} Informacje techniczne dotyczące wymagań dla plików są dostępne \[tutaj\](https://docs.ergonode.com/ergonode-transfer/). {% endhint %} {% hint style="warning" %} Pamiętaj, że jeśli dokumentacja techniczna wskazuje, że niektóre wartości są ZAPISANE WIELKIMI LITERAMI, to w pliku CSV muszą one być również zapisane wielkimi literami. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Przecinek jest separatorem wewnątrz komórki, dlatego jest traktowany właśnie w ten sposób — dzieli wartość na kilka części. To samo dotyczy SKU w relacjach produktów oraz opcji na liście wyboru wielokrotnego. Jest to ograniczenie Ergonode transfer i nie jest obsługiwane. Oznacza to na przykład, że nazwy plików multimedialnych nie mogą zawierać przecinków. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Do importu użyj kodowania CSV UTF-8, ponieważ poprawnie koduje ono znaki spoza alfabetu angielskiego. Pamiętaj też, że dokumenty importu muszą być rozdzielone przecinkami lub średnikami; inne separatory spowodują niepowodzenie importu. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Ważne jest, aby przeczytać te informacje techniczne przed wykonaniem pierwszego importu, ponieważ plik ZIP i pliki CSV muszą być skonfigurowane zgodnie z zasadami. {% endhint %} {% hint style="warning" %} Ustalono, że domyślne narzędzie kompresji w macOS tworzy ukryty folder wewnątrz archiwum skompresowanego, co powoduje niepowodzenie importu. Miej to na uwadze podczas tworzenia archiwum .zip na potrzeby importu danych. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Instancje demo są ograniczone do maksymalnie 10 tys. wierszy na plik w imporcie. {% endhint %} {% hint style="danger" %} SKU zawierające przecinki nie są obecnie obsługiwane przez Ergonode transfer, chociaż ich tworzenie w interfejsie użytkownika jest możliwe. {% endhint %} {% hint style="success" %} W importowanych danych możesz używać Variables (tam, gdzie są obsługiwane). Przeczytaj \[ten artykuł \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/zmienne-atrybutow.md)aby uzyskać więcej informacji o Variables i o tym, jak ich używać. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/tlumaczenia.md). # Tłumaczenia Tutaj możesz ustawić lub zmienić wyświetlaną nazwę atrybutu — może się różnić dla każdego języka. Domyślnie wyświetlany jest tylko język główny, ale możesz go zmienić z rozwijanego menu Translations. Jeśli edytujesz atrybut z opcjami, możesz je również przetłumaczyć tutaj. {% hint style="info" %} Informacje o tym, jak dodać nowy język do listy, można znaleźć \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fd4a9b5442795760a9167bdc38a9d40513343498) \*\*Podpowiedź dla wprowadzających dane\*\* – to pole można wykorzystać do zamieszczenia krótkich wskazówek dla użytkowników, których rolą będzie wprowadzanie wartości atrybutu. Na przykład: dla atrybutu: materiał podeszwy buta, podpowiedź dla wprowadzających dane może zawierać: „Sprawdź rodzaj materiału podeszwy na etykiecie partii. RB – guma. LE – skóra”. Jeśli tworzysz atrybut z opcjami (Pole wyboru, Lista wyboru), pojawi się dodatkowa karta Opcje, na której możesz dodać, ustawić i przetłumaczyć te opcje. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/tlumaczenia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/kreator/warunki.md). # Warunki Ta karta pozwala wybrać warunki, które muszą być spełnione, zanim produkt może przejść dalej. Warunki te pochodzą z listy zdefiniowanej wcześniej. Jeśli dodasz więcej niż jeden warunek, będą one połączone operatorem logicznym AND, co oznacza, że wszystkie obecne warunki muszą być spełnione, aby produkt mógł przejść. Obecnie nie są dostępne inne operatory. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/41c017e99fb9ec80c7544f88a3b19ee9c4efe6b7) Możesz wybrać spośród 6 warunków lub pozostawić przejście bez żadnego z nich. Dostępne warunki: \* \*\*Atrybut ma wartość\*\* - sprawdza, czy określony atrybut zawiera jakąkolwiek wartość. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ab1f3495d099f9c8ad5b98ce15823bc3b8ea3c93) \* \*\*Kategoria produktu\*\* - sprawdza, czy produkt jest przypisany do co najmniej jednej kategorii. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e86e1888700912bae23882a8abe91e14a0e49c7a) \* \*\*Kompletność produktu\*\* - sprawdza kompletność zawartości w określonym języku. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4785000ab119c034edf47bc250ca6c47a6ecf735) {% hint style="info" %} Podczas pracy z produktem i zmian statusów, ustawienie tego warunku oznacza, że każdy język będzie traktowany oddzielnie. \*\*Przykład:\*\*\\ \\ W systemie aktywne są dwa języki — angielski i włoski — przypisane do tego samego Workflow.\\ W tym Workflow, na końcowym etapie, zdefiniowane są dwa statusy: \*\*zatwierdzony → opublikowany\*\*.\\ Warunkiem przejścia jest tylko jeden - \*\*Zestaw kompletności produktu\*\*. Produkt \*\*SKU\\\_01\*\* w angielskiej wersji osiągnął już pełną kompletność (100% wymaganych atrybutów jest wypełnionych) – status może zostać zmieniony na \*\*opublikowany\*\*.\\ \\ Ten sam produkt \*\*SKU\\\_01\*\* we włoskiej wersji osiągnął tylko 80% kompletności – dla włoskiej wersji status nie może zostać zmieniony na \*\*opublikowany\*\*ponieważ warunek kompletności produktu w tym języku nie został spełniony. {% endhint %} \* \*\*Zestaw kompletności produktu\*\* - sprawdza, czy wymagane atrybuty zdefiniowane w przypisanym Zestawie kompletności są wypełnione w określonej sekcji szablonu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/50977448f806cc6dc3947dac4ec046cd774b2e4b) {% hint style="info" %} Podczas konfigurowania warunku „Zestaw kompletności produktu” masz opcję wybrania „Jest ukończony lub nie ma zastosowania”. Wybierając tę opcję zapewniasz, że przejście będzie dostępne w dwóch sytuacjach: 1. Jeśli konkretny zestaw kompletności jest obecny w szablonie produktu i jest w 100% wypełniony. 2. Jeśli zestaw kompletności \*\*nie\*\* jest obecny w szablonie produktu, co oznacza, że produkt nadal kwalifikuje się do przejścia. {% endhint %} \* \*\*Użytkownik\*\* - umożliwia zdefiniowanie, który użytkownik lub użytkownicy mogą zmieniać status (można wybrać więcej niż jednego użytkownika z listy). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a0463c11a46ceb1f6f03c66a92c40b0c0ecb32c0) \* \*\*Rola użytkownika\*\* - umożliwia zdefiniowanie, które role użytkowników mogą zmieniać status (można wybrać więcej niż jedną rolę z listy). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e9e77b2bcb20d2a64223e45785b8867d68117f63) Gdy skonfigurujesz wszystkie statusy i przejścia między nimi zgodnie z potrzebami, workflow jest gotowy, ale zanim stanie się użyteczny, musi zostać powiązany z językiem. Można to zrobić w System -> Settings -> \[Język\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/kreator/warunki.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-kolekcje.md). # Edytuj kolekcje {% hint style="info" %} Akcje masowe działają w tle; po ich pełnym wykonaniu zobaczysz potwierdzenie w \[Action center\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md) oraz nowy wpis w \[Activities\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/akcja-masowa.md). {% endhint %} Masz tutaj 2 możliwe akcje: ## Dodaj do kolekcji Produkty wybrane w katalogu produktów (siatka) zostaną dodane do kolekcji. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d2b347132533dcbc29b9e2d1ecb7307c57faf643) Akcje masowe > Okno Edytuj kolekcje Kolejnym krokiem jest wybór kolekcji z listy rozwijanej, do której produkty zostaną dodane. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/de2921fef85296e58c65bdfc79546efe584c2cff) Akcje masowe > Edytuj kolekcje > Okno Dodaj do kolekcji \## Usuń z kolekcji Produkty wybrane w katalogu produktów (siatka) zostaną usunięte z kolekcji. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/39f0011de28d56e3c6cf5f4a2266e8f78db8fb63) Akcje masowe > Okno Edytuj kolekcje ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5bee861987a59c31e1fa161e1b3e98a6c675e2b8) Akcje masowe > Edytuj kolekcje > Okno Usuń z kolekcji Kolejnym krokiem jest wybór kolekcji z listy rozwijanej, z której produkty zostaną usunięte. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-kolekcje.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/utworz-nowy-atrybut.md). # Utwórz nowy atrybut {% hint style="info" %} Atrybuty można tworzyć ręcznie, przez \[import\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer.md), lub za pomocą \[API\](https://docs.ergonode.com/v/graphql-api/). {% endhint %} Aby ręcznie utworzyć atrybut, kliknij \*+ NOWY ATRIBUT\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5ff2de9e1824d30b84b5b574a280fd30450482e3) Pierwszą rzeczą, którą musisz zrobić, jest zdecydowanie o typie atrybutu, który chcesz utworzyć. {% hint style="info" %} Więcej informacji o typach atrybutów znajdziesz \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty.md). {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Po utworzeniu atrybutu jego typ (lub unikalność, jeśli dostępna) nie może być zmieniona. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/708ac938889f9fc188b1f0466a50c78cf070cb7f) Po wybraniu typu zobaczysz inne opcje konfiguracji — większość opcji jest wspólna dla wszystkich typów, ale niektóre mają dodatkowe ustawienia. #### Opcje wspólne dla wszystkich typów atrybutów | Opcja | Opis | | ------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Kod atrybutu | Zarządzanie dużą ilością danych wymaga precyzji, dlatego każdy atrybut ma swój unikalny kod systemowy. To jest nazwa systemowa i dzięki swojej unikalnej wartości Ergonode rozpoznaje atrybut i wykonuje ograniczone do niego operacje. Możesz utworzyć bardziej intuicyjną nazwę atrybutu w zakładce \[Translations \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/tlumaczenia.md)ta nie może być zmieniona po utworzeniu atrybutu | | Zakres | Masz do wyboru dwie opcje. Globalny oznacza, że wartość atrybutu będzie taka sama dla wszystkich języków. Lokalny oznacza, że wartość atrybutu może się różnić w zależności od języka. Pamiętaj, że tego parametru nie można zmienić po utworzeniu atrybutu. | | Grupy | Aby skutecznie zarządzać atrybutami używanymi w podobnych kontekstach lub przez użytkowników o podobnych wymaganiach, atrybuty można grupować. Na przykład użytkownik pracujący wyłącznie z produktami audio do samochodów będzie potrzebował tylko atrybutów opisujących specyfikacje techniczne. Dlatego pomocne będzie utworzenie grupy atrybutów technicznych, takich jak moc wyjściowa, typ wyświetlacza, wejście aux czy wymiary. Grupy można też użyć do ustawienia \[\*\*Uprawnienia do atrybutów\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/uprawnienia-atrybutow.md)\*\*,\*\* co oznacza, że możesz przyznać uprawnienia do edycji, odczytu lub tylko do odczytu dla użytkowników (dostępne w wyższych pakietach licencyjnych). | | Przycisk Utwórz | Po kliknięciu tego przycisku atrybut zostanie utworzony, ale użytkownik nie zostanie przeniesiony na stronę edycji | | Przycisk Utwórz i edytuj | Po kliknięciu ten przycisk utworzy atrybut i przeniesie użytkownika na stronę edycji nowego atrybutu | #### Opcje specyficzne dla typu atrybutu | Typ | Opcja | Opis | | ------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Data | Format | Ta opcja pozwala wybrać format daty. Dostępne opcje to: YYYY-MM-DD, YY-MM-DD, DD.MM.YYYY, DD.MM.YY, DD/MM/YY, DD/MM/YYYY, Month DD, YYYY, DD Month YYYY, DD Mon YYYY | | Numeryczny | Wymagaj unikalnej wartości atrybutu | Dostępne tylko dla \*\*global\*\* zakresu. Pozwala na zapewnienie unikalności wartości atrybutu w całym systemie. Konfiguracji nie da się zmienić po utworzeniu atrybutu. | | Lista wyboru | \*Szczegóły można znaleźć w zakładce Opcje dostępnej po utworzeniu atrybutu\* | \*Szczegóły można znaleźć w zakładce Opcje dostępnej po utworzeniu atrybutu\* | | Cena | Waluta | To pozwala na wybór waluty. Nowych walut nie można tworzyć — możesz wybierać tylko spośród dostępnych. | | Pole wyboru | \*Szczegóły można znaleźć w zakładce Opcje dostępnej po utworzeniu atrybutu\* | _Szczegóły można znaleźć w zakładce Opcje dostępnej po utworzeniu atrybutu_ | | Tekst | Wymagaj unikalnej wartości atrybutu | Dostępne tylko dla \*\*global\*\* zakresu. Pozwala na zapewnienie unikalności wartości atrybutu w całym systemie. Konfiguracji nie da się zmienić po utworzeniu atrybutu. | | Tekst | Maksymalna długość | 255 znaków | | Pole tekstowe | Włączona zawartość sformatowanego tekstu | To włączy edytor RTE, dzięki czemu możesz używać niektórych tagów HTML | | Jednostka | Jednostka | To pozwala na wybór jednostki. Nową jednostkę można utworzyć z poziomu \[Ustawienia\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jednostki.md) | {% hint style="info" %} Edytor RTE nie obsługuje wszystkich opcji formatowania, np. pogrubienia z czcionek internetowych z parametrem font-weight (Google Docs). {% endhint %} {% hint style="success" %} WSKAZÓWKA: Kolejność, w jakiej wartości atrybutów z listy wielokrotnego wyboru są zaznaczane na szablonie produktu, określa kolejność tych wartości w API. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4f2fd3fa560d3548982deeaec7b6cbeda14afea6) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/utworz-nowy-atrybut.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa.md). # Akcja masowa Akcja masowa umożliwia jednoczesną modyfikację danych wielu atrybutów w wielu produktach. Aby to zrobić, najpierw zaznacz produkty, które chcesz edytować za pomocą akcji masowych. {% hint style="info" %} Jeśli musisz użyć akcji masowych dla większej liczby produktów niż te wyświetlane na jednej stronie, pamiętaj, że zaznaczenie zostaje zapamiętane. Oznacza to, że możesz zaznaczyć potrzebne produkty na pierwszej stronie, a następnie przejść do drugiej strony, aby zaznaczyć dodatkowe produkty. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/76cc0d29960c510d9f5155afd90cd2fdf05df107) Siatka produktów {% hint style="info" %} Możesz wykonać akcję masową dla dowolnej liczby produktów, zaznaczając te, które widzisz na stronie (zobacz obraz powyżej) lub zaznaczając wszystkie produkty widoczne w danym momencie, w zależności od użytych filtrów. (zobacz obraz poniżej) {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/44f75934b3068bc2c596cda300587a58f5bc8dc4) Następnie kliknij \*AKCJE\* i wybierz akcję, którą chcesz wykonać. Możesz wybrać: \[Edytuj wartości atrybutów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-wartosci-atrybutow.md), \[Edytuj kategorie\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-kategorie.md), \[Edytuj nazwy multimediów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-nazwy-media.md), \[Edytuj szablon\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-szablon.md), \[Edytuj status\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-status.md), \[Eksportuj do pliku\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/eksportuj-do-pliku.md), lub \[Usuń produkt\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/usun-produkty.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/54fec1363daaa6ef31661caf306dad50a34a354f) Menu akcji masowych \## Anulowanie akcji masowej. Każdą akcję masową można anulować albo z okna postępu ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d438311bb37a908e0b2f7496e1a56f840d2c2228) lub z \[Centrum akcji\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji/centrum-akcji.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c85c8ee26d2dc95375580b4a51662b238f855aa3) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty.md). # Atrybuty {% hint style="info" %} Pojedynczy atrybut typu Galeria, Plik lub Lista wyboru jest ograniczony do maksymalnie 100 elementów (opcji) przypisanych do niego {% endhint %} Zarządzanie atrybutami jest fundamentem efektywnego wzbogacania katalogu produktów i jego dystrybucji. Na poniższych stronach przedstawimy naszą koncepcję roli atrybutów w systemie Ergonode PIM. ## Czym jest atrybut? Zdjęcia, filmy, dane techniczne, numery dokumentów, informacje o cenie i wysyłce oraz opisy produktów we właściwym kontekście stają się kluczowymi narzędziami pomagającymi klientom podejmować decyzje zakupowe w internecie. Pozwalają opisać i odwzorować dane produktowe w świecie cyfrowym. Ten zestaw narzędzi nazywamy informacją o produkcie — to kompleksowy zbiór wszystkich informacji opisujących produkt. Ilustracja poniżej pokazuje przykładowe atrybuty zaprojektowane dla asortymentu żarówek: \* obraz (do przesyłania zdjęć np. JPG, PNG) \* jednostka (do opisu wysokości, średnicy i jasności) \* pole wyboru (do wyboru wariantów kolorystycznych żarówki) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/042a17a61604eeb99135bfdf2ab37a7a75d5f34d) \## Różne typy atrybutów w Ergonode W Ergonode występuje 12 typów atrybutów. | Atrybut | Opis | | ------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Tekst | Ten atrybut to pole z pojedynczym wierszem tekstu. | | Pole tekstowe | To atrybut będący wielowierszowym polem tekstowym z możliwością włączenia funkcji rich-text, z wbudowanym edytorem JS, umożliwiającym edycję blokowych modułów treści, w tym akapitów, nagłówków, obrazów, list i innych. | | Jednostka | Służy do prezentacji jednostek zgodnych z systemem SI (np. 200hz lub 3m) oraz w pełni spersonalizowanych jednostek (np. specjalne jednostki opakowaniowe). Po użyciu pojawia się selektor jednostki. Jednostka będzie wyświetlana wraz z wprowadzoną wartością atrybutu. | | Obraz | Służy do prezentacji zdjęć w najpopularniejszych formatach, na przykład jako główne zdjęcie produktu lub zdjęcie kontekstowe produktu. | | Galeria | Atrybut służący do prezentacji wielu zdjęć w najpopularniejszych formatach. Użytkownicy mogą przeglądać obrazy w trybie „slider”. Atrybut Galeria jest powiązany bezpośrednio z zasobami — dowolny obraz przesłany do katalogu mediów można do niego przypisać. | | Plik | Dzięki temu atrybutowi możesz powiązać dowolny plik przesłany do katalogu zasobów (np. dokumenty, arkusze, prezentacje, obrazy, archiwa zip). | | Numeryczny | Służy wyłącznie do prezentacji liczb, na przykład liczby produktów na stanie. Liczba nie może zaczynać się od 0 (zero). Przykład: 01 zostanie skrócone do 1. Aby przechować liczbę zaczynającą się od 0, użyj atrybutu typu tekstowego. | | Pole wyboru | Używane, gdy z wielu opcji można wybrać tylko jedną, np. kraj pochodzenia. Po wybraniu tego atrybutu pojawia się dodatkowy poziom wyboru umożliwiający podanie kodu opcji. Aby dodać kod opcji, naciśnij „+Add Option”; można to także zrobić bezpośrednio z karty produktu (zobacz zrzut ekranu poniżej). Aby usunąć opcję, kliknij ikonę kosza. Opcje można także ustawić w żądanej kolejności, przeciągając je i upuszczając. | | Lista wyboru | Służy do prezentacji wielu opcji, z których można wybrać jedną lub więcej, np. kolory roweru lub składniki materiału użytego do produkcji elementu garderoby. Aby dodać kod opcji, naciśnij „+Add Option”; można to także zrobić bezpośrednio z karty produktu (zobacz zrzut ekranu poniżej). Aby usunąć opcję, kliknij ikonę kosza. Opcje można także ustawić w żądanej kolejności, przeciągając je i upuszczając. | | Data | Służy do określenia daty w wybranym formacie, na przykład daty przydatności produktu. | | Cena | Służy do określania cen w wybranych walutach. Podczas tworzenia tego atrybutu pojawi się selektor waluty. | | Relacje produktowe | Służy do oznaczania powiązań między dwoma różnymi produktami w celu cross-sellingu lub upsellingu. Relacje dwukierunkowe można tworzyć, edytując atrybut relacji produktowej na karcie \[zakładki szablonu produktu\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/szablon.md). | {% hint style="info" %} Limit liczby produktów powiązanych z jednym produktem za pomocą atrybutu relacji produktowej wynosi 100 {% endhint %} {% hint style="success" %} Informacje o pracy z siatką można znaleźć \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-tabeli-widok-siatki.md) {% endhint %} Aby edytować atrybut, kliknij \*edytuj - ikona długopisu\*. W trybie edycji są trzy zakładki \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/ogolne.md), \[Translations\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/tlumaczenia.md), oraz \[Metadane\](https://app.gitbook.com/o/-MYEHeJzjM7kDdfKkmLk/s/M9BbYBbDPiJapb75xJ2k/~/changes/130/product-design/attributes/metadata). {% hint style="info" %} Może istnieć 4. i 5. zakładka o nazwie \[Opcje \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/opcje.md)oraz \[Pola własne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/pola-wlasne.md) jeśli edytujesz atrybuty z opcjami, np. pole wyboru lub lista wyboru. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5f6782a5b874788d3c9e1d40e17cb73a3415c741) Aby usunąć atrybut, kliknij \*ikonę kosza\*. {% hint style="info" %} Aby atrybut mógł zostać usunięty, nie może mieć żadnych powiązań. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/81d5ec8ba050715d91a8ae29b57ca82153a81e7f) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-status.md). # Edytuj status {% hint style="info" %} Akcje masowe działają w tle; po ich pełnym wykonaniu zobaczysz potwierdzenie w \[Action center\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md) oraz nowy wpis w \[Activities\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/akcja-masowa.md). {% endhint %} Wybierz status i język do ustawienia dla wcześniej wybranych produktów, a następnie kliknij \*\*Zmień status\*\* przycisk. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f3dc05d501685a5128c45dc1b3756568187de167) Potwierdź swoją decyzję lub anuluj ją. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3ffcf2f67cf5922ac90b0b6639ef9a00eda4c551) Po potwierdzeniu pojawi się powiadomienie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f6f3bb6316c4f58c84b98c4d13f0f95b26526cf2) Po zakończeniu zmiany zostanie to pokazane w \[Notification center\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/55f42957f34309f02a39afa212c87b15ae6dd329) Aby zobaczyć szczegóły tej akcji, podświetl wpis powiadomienia i kliknij w menu trzech kropek, następnie wybierz \*\*Zobacz szczegóły\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/effeb31e86cc16990b3fbb0c56a04fca6b05e20a) Zostaną wyświetlone szczegóły akcji. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ca336a03e786f305e5c8d694c0dfe1704442ac89) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-status.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-kategorie.md). # Edytuj kategorie {% hint style="info" %} Akcje masowe działają w tle; po ich pełnym wykonaniu zobaczysz potwierdzenie w \[Action center\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md) oraz nowy wpis w \[Activities\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/akcja-masowa.md). {% endhint %} Tutaj możesz wykonać trzy akcje: ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a7e66bdaf1e0bc22ce5474cbc2e6cbfaaaa08bc3) \#### Dodaj do kategorii Ta akcja przypisuje produkty do wybranych kategorii i zachowuje istniejące przypisania. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f7cb49451155c831c8c6321600c4ba3ea973d802) 1\. To jest jedynie ikona służąca do wizualnego wskazania, jakiego typu akcję reprezentuje. 2. To przefiltruje listę kategorii \\\[5\] do konkretnego drzewa kategorii. 3. To przefiltruje listę \\\[5\], aby wyświetlić tylko te kategorie, które są zaznaczone. 4. To zaznaczy wszystkie kategorie wyświetlone na liście \\\[5\]. 5. To jest lista kategorii. 6. To rozwinie listę kategorii \\\[5\]. Kliknij Dodaj do kategorii, aby kontynuować, lub Anuluj, aby przerwać. Jeśli potwierdzisz, pojawi się okno z ostatecznym potwierdzeniem. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e3d4e20625e3a47d0237048e9ec4a04aaed71563) \#### Zmień kategorie To będzie działać dokładnie jak \[#add-to-categories\](#add-to-categories "mention") ale zmieni kategorie produktów i usunie istniejące przypisania. #### Usuń z kategorii To będzie działać dokładnie jak \[#add-to-categories\](#add-to-categories "mention") ale usunie produkty z wybranych kategorii --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-kategorie.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/drzewa-kategorii/ogolne.md). # Ogólne Karta „General” wyświetla kod drzewa kategorii; nie można go zmienić. Jeśli musisz to zrobić, usuń istniejący kod i utwórz nowy. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d974ca4685ffdcab2d11675de3de189deceb5979) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/drzewa-kategorii/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/usun-produkty.md). # Usuń produkty {% hint style="info" %} Akcje masowe działają w tle; gdy zostaną w pełni wykonane, zobaczysz potwierdzenie w \[Action center\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md) i nowy wpis w \[Activities\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/akcja-masowa.md). {% endhint %} {% hint style="warning" %} Aby usunąć produkt, najpierw musisz usunąć wszystkie jego powiązania z innymi produktami. Przeczytaj więcej o tym, jak to zrobić \[HERE\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/usun-produkty/identyfikacja-powiazanych-produktow.md). {% endhint %} To spowoduje całkowite usunięcie zaznaczonych produktów. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/be0c3ee7e1544e6849a7e625a157f3ff36eefcc3) Po kliknięciu zobaczysz okno końcowego potwierdzenia, w którym możesz potwierdzić lub anulować operację. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f239efcf137412d509d1316bcb5831cd0a60693d) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/usun-produkty.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/metadane.md). # Metadane ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2c782c4c28775e009afcb2ff47a506494f8ffc5b) {% hint style="info" %} Metadane są przypisywane do atrybutu, a nie do produktu, więc jeśli używasz tego samego atrybutu w wielu produktach, te same metadane będą wysyłane z każdym produktem, który korzysta z tego atrybutu. {% endhint %} Metadane to funkcja pozwalająca na opis atrybutu w postaci listy Klucz > Wartość, więc można jej używać w różnych przypadkach; to od użytkownika zależy, jak je zastosuje. Analogią do tego byłby produkt opisywany listą atrybutów: kod atrybutu > wartość atrybutu. Przykładowe zastosowanie to możliwość odzwierciedlenia relacji jeden-do-wielu atrybutów Magento 2 do grup. magento\\\_groups -> group1,group2 lub magento\\\_group1 -> group1 magento\\\_group2 -> group2 Jednak NIE jest to specyficznie powiązane z żadnymi funkcjami Magento, takimi jak grupy atrybutów. W zasadzie są to dane umożliwiające pewien opis atrybutów. Technicznie rzecz biorąc, to po prostu kolejny typ danych atrybutu --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/metadane.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/zestawy-kompletnosci/ogolne.md). # Ogólne Gdy nazwa zostanie ustawiona, nie można jej zmienić. Jeśli musisz ją zaktualizować, usuń ten zestaw i utwórz nowy. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/102271b402a1317e053f636c57461f601d32f53c) Aby to zrobić, kliknij \*\*USUŃ ZESTAW KOMPLETNOŚCI\*\* w prawym górnym rogu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d68aa6dccfd390e254cd5e648347bfcc60c3a2c8) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/zestawy-kompletnosci/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-nazwy-media.md). # Edytuj nazwy Media {% hint style="info" %} Akcje masowe działają w tle; po ich pełnym wykonaniu zobaczysz potwierdzenie w \[Action center\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md) oraz nowy wpis w \[Activities\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/akcja-masowa.md). {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} \*\*Dodatkowe informacje:\*\* \* Obsługiwane są tylko atrybuty typu global. \* Obsługiwane typy atrybutów są takie same jak w przypadku zmiennych w atrybutach typu TEXT\\\_AREA, listę można znaleźć tutaj: \[LINK\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/zmienne-atrybutow.md) \* Medium musi być powiązane tylko z jednym produktem. \* Jeśli pojedyncze medium jest używane w wielu atrybutach w obrębie produktu, system zmieni jego nazwę tylko raz, w pierwszym atrybucie. \* Jeśli zmienna ma pustą wartość, to w efekcie będzie pusta w nazwie pliku. \* Przyrostek licznika (…01, …02…) jest zawsze dodawany w kontekście produktu. \* Limit długości nazwy pliku wynosi 128 znaków. \* Ukośnik "/" nie jest dozwolony w nazwie medium. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/33d89461bdf7a618a9785d4bebdcba1c522c2b87) \## Atrybuty zawierające media Rozpocznij od wybrania atrybutów, w których chcesz zmienić nazwy mediów. {% hint style="info" %} Przyrostek nazwy (01, 02, 03 itd.) będzie przypisywany w kolejności wybranych atrybutów. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/256a77f7533461894c1c617232db6fd3e7dc3ea6) Wybierz metodę nazewnictwa dla formatu nazwy mediów. ## Format nazwy mediów - Metoda nazewnictwa ### Na podstawie wartości atrybutów Korzystając z tej metody możesz użyć niestandardowego ciągu i/lub zmiennej. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/064fdbc8d73f8f9033be30e46be5e3b78f26b8fe) Następnym krokiem jest wybór języka, z którego mają być pobierane wartości zmiennych. Jest to wymagane, nawet jeśli zmienne nie są używane do tworzenia nowej nazwy medium. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/194482d0614b14375487e44a03e9e29456b9ce7e) Kliknij \*Edytuj nazwy mediów\* aby rozpocząć proces zmiany nazw. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/755d0cc3a43b4c4e2a7a618be87e5aea19f52b2e) Po zakończeniu system wyśle powiadomienie przez Action center. \*\*Przykładowa konfiguracja:\*\* \* Format nazwy mediów \`#name-#type-#color-\` \* Język zmiennych \`English (United Kingdom)\` \* Atrybuty z mediami do zmiany nazwy \`Główne zdjęcie, Galeria\` \*\*Przykładowy efekt dla pojedynczego produktu:\*\* \* Przyjmijmy, że produkt ma następujące wartości:\\ \`#name: "Adidas Shoes"\`\\ \`#type: "Casual"\`\\ \`#color: "Black"\` \* Wartość \`image1.jpg\` w atrybucie \`Główne zdjęcie\` zmień jego nazwę na \`Adidas Shoes-Casual-Black-01.jpg\` \* Wartość \`gallery\_image001.jpg\` w atrybucie \`Galeria\` zmień jego nazwę na \`Adidas Shoes-Casual-Black-02.jpg\` \* Wartość \`gallery\_image002.jpg\` w atrybucie \`Galeria\` zmień jego nazwę na \`Adidas Shoes-Casual-Black-03.jpg\` \* Wartość \`gallery\_image003.jpg\` w atrybucie \`Galeria\` zmień jego nazwę na \`Adidas Shoes-Casual-Black-04.jpg\` ### Na podstawie SKU produktu Ta metoda nie wymaga dodatkowej konfiguracji. \*\*Przykładowa konfiguracja:\*\* \* Przyjmijmy, że produkt ma następujące wartości: \`#SKU: "001"\` \`#łączna liczba plików w wybranych atrybutach: 4\` {% hint style="info" %} Kolejność, w jakiej wybierane są atrybuty, definiuje kolejność inkrementacji. Jeśli „Główne zdjęcie” zostało wybrane jako pierwsze, pierwszy plik w tym atrybucie rozpocznie proces, następnie system przejdzie do pozostałych plików w tym atrybucie, a potem zacznie zmieniać nazwy plików w atrybucie „Galeria”. {% endhint %} Atrybuty z mediami do zmiany nazwy \`Główne zdjęcie, Galeria\` \*\*Przykładowy efekt dla pojedynczego produktu:\*\* \* Wartość \`image1.jpg\` w atrybucie \`Główne zdjęcie\` zmień jego nazwę na \`001-01.jpg\` \* Wartość \`gallery\_image001.jpg\` w atrybucie \`Galeria\` zmień jego nazwę na \`001-02.jpg\` \* Wartość \`gallery\_image002.jpg\` w atrybucie \`Galeria\` zmień jego nazwę na \`001-03.jpg\` \* Wartość \`gallery\_image003.jpg\` w atrybucie \`Galeria\` zmień jego nazwę na \`001-04.jpg\` --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-nazwy-media.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow/tlumaczenia.md). # Tłumaczenia Tutaj możesz ustawić lub zmienić wyświetlaną nazwę grupy; może się ona różnić w zależności od języka. Domyślnie wyświetlany jest tylko główny język, ale możesz zmienić to z poziomu \*menu rozwijanego Translations\*. {% hint style="info" %} Pamiętaj, że aby język był dostępny w tym menu rozwijanym, musi najpierw zostać aktywowany w \[ustawieniach\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e3f1aa1193e3072651840e723978606eb689e219) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow/tlumaczenia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/eksportuj-do-pliku.md). # Eksportuj do pliku Zacznij od \[filtrowania\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/filtry-zaawansowane.md) wyklucz wszystkie produkty, które chcesz wyeksportować do pliku Excel. Wszystkie kolumny widoczne obecnie w siatce zostaną wyeksportowane do pliku, więc jeśli nie potrzebujesz informacji ze wszystkich kolumn, najpierw ustaw \[widok\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widoki-niestandardowe.md) pierw. {% hint style="info" %} Istnieje maksymalne ograniczenie do 100 kolumn i 1 500 000 komórek. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Widoki niestandardowe można zapisać i udostępnić. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Wygenerowany plik będzie w formacie .xlsx. {% endhint %} Następnie przejdź do Akcji i kliknij „\*Eksportuj do pliku\*". ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0da55fd1aefdef7c41abbbb4f39758ea527ba5fd) Jeśli akcja zakończy się powodzeniem, zobaczysz potwierdzenie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1cbcab15ec11247f9e095322abc6f591eba75b14) W zależności od ilości informacji eksport może potrwać. Po zakończeniu zobaczysz powiadomienie w \[Action Center\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md). To także miejsce, z którego możesz pobrać plik. Aby to zrobić, kliknij przycisk „\*Pobierz plik\*”. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/138ed7d3634bd48471ee03b0e1faf5373d4b68b5) Aby przejść do szczegółów (lub/sprawdzić błędy) kliknij „\*Trzy kropki"\* w menu i wybierz „\*Zobacz szczegóły"\* opcję. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9f28b1b2b58903e23e4e3f422f57f2e248ac1fa6) Sprawdź szczegóły Akcji, aby upewnić się, że wszystkie produkty zostały poprawnie wyeksportowane. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/90d69c20c0557acb4051b3fd43fa05efd9149b58) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/eksportuj-do-pliku.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/drzewa-kategorii/tlumaczenia.md). # Tłumaczenia Zakładka tłumaczeń pozwala na różne nazwy drzew dla każdego języka. Domyślnie wyświetlany jest tylko przekład dla języka głównego — aby zobaczyć więcej, użyj menu rozwijanego języków w górnym lewym rogu. {% hint style="info" %} Pamiętaj, że aby język był dostępny w tym menu rozwijanym, musi najpierw zostać aktywowany w \[ustawieniach\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/45d37925d99b9945a44d717437d81c5d7fba7735) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/drzewa-kategorii/tlumaczenia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/dzienniki-aktywnosci.md). # Dzienniki aktywności Tutaj możesz sprawdzić (dostępne dla użytkowników z odpowiednimi \[uprawnieniami \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/uprawnienia.md)) jakie zmiany zostały wprowadzone w systemie. Możesz także filtrować tę siatkę za pomocą list lub pól tekstowych w górnej kolumnie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4d298440e24ab6810a14869cdbde3fb3b59a0ce6) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/aktywnosci/dzienniki-aktywnosci.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/zainstalowane-apki-apps.md). # Zainstalowane Apki (Apps) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/215bf56cd4f6f3cd4d84b54bfe861e1c8d0fb605) Ekran bez zainstalowanej apki Po zainstalowaniu apka pojawi się na liście. Kliknij apę, aby ją otworzyć. Jeśli masz wiele zainstalowanych aplikacji, użyj ikony wyszukiwania, aby znaleźć konkretną apkę. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/baafa2a5d5997ebfc9a3c027cdba02343a5f8a8a) Lista zainstalowanych aplikacji Aby edytować lub usunąć apkę, użyj jednej z opcji dostępnych w menu trzech kropek. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a0f66a8e4329edb943ccbe1410c0fa7a9abb8060) Opcje menu trzech kropek {% hint style="info" %} Apki są systemowe, co oznacza, że po zainstalowaniu wszyscy użytkownicy, jeśli mają odpowiednie \[uprawnienia \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/uprawnienia.md)mogą je zobaczyć i używać. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps/zainstalowane-apki-apps.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/pola-wlasne.md). # Pola własne ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cecf5dbb5f1c181df3af216ad6444f5b1c27e44d) \*\*Kluczowe funkcje:\*\* \* Personalizacja: Spersonalizuj swoje atrybuty, dodając do dziesięciu dodatkowych pól, wybierając między polem wyboru (Select) a listą wyboru (Multi select). \* Zaawansowane opcje: Wzbogacaj swoje atrybuty o ikony i opisy, aby wyjść poza podstawową kategoryzację. \* Elastyczność: Ulepsz swoje przepływy pracy dzięki atrybutom, które są szczegółowe, kompleksowe i w pełni dopasowane do Twoich potrzeb. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1e4553435a1a0fd9730a4d3c2a8b966dfa04eb68) \*\*Korzyści:\*\* \* Personalizacja: Twórz atrybuty dopasowane do unikalnych potrzeb i wizji Twojej firmy. \* Więcej informacji: Dostarczaj bogatsze, bardziej kontekstowe szczegóły dla każdego atrybutu, poprawiając jakość danych produktowych. \* Lepsza organizacja: Uzyskaj bardziej zniuansowaną i efektywną strukturę zarządzania danymi dzięki konfigurowalnym ustawieniom atrybutów. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c8be40d152fe83102084585fc64ab8bcd2177b3a) Dostęp do Pola własne uzyskasz przez \[\*\*GraphQL API\*\*\](https://docs.ergonode.com/v/graphql-api/) \*\*i / lub\*\* \[\*\*Ergonode transfer\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer.md)\*\*.\*\* \*\*Pola własne\*\* \*\*nie są obecnie obsługiwane w\*\* \[\*\*Importerze produktów\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/wymiana-danych/importer-produktow.md) \*\*oraz\*\* \[\*\*Apki (Apps)\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/apki-apps/o-funkcji-apki-apps.md) \*\*.\*\* --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/pola-wlasne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/opcje.md). # Opcje ### Opis {% hint style="info" %} Widoczne tylko wtedy, gdy edytujesz typ atrybutu, który ma opcje (SELECT, MULTI SELECT) {% endhint %} Tutaj możesz dodawać i tłumaczyć opcje dla atrybutu. Aby zmienić, jakie języki są wyświetlane w siatce, przejdź do listy Languages w lewym górnym rogu ekranu i wybierz żądane. {% hint style="info" %} Informacje o tym, jak dodać nowy język do listy, można znaleźć \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0bca5eeab63ec6cf4432731fb2f8087c33489d8a) Aby dodać nową opcję wpisz jej nazwę i kliknij \*+ Dodaj\* lub po prostu naciśnij ENTER na klawiaturze. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d99054e56f1886cd883061545a21ffe05024e13c) Po dodaniu opcji możesz je tłumaczyć. Możesz użyć klawisza TAB na klawiaturze, aby przejść do następnego pola. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cae2a46723415f0c6871eaaeb348e8f515d40c17) Jak zapewne zauważyłeś, edytowane pola są teraz zielone — oznacza to, że zostały pomyślnie zmodyfikowane, ale pamiętaj, aby kliknąć \*ZAPISZ ZMIANY\* przycisk, aby je zapisać po zakończeniu. Aby zmienić pozycję opcji, kliknij dwukrotnie liczbę w kolumnie Pozycja i wpisz nową wartość. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1f0860fd41d1a468a572684c016467dff0d90d08) Naciśnij zieloną ikonę lub naciśnij ENTER na klawiaturze, aby potwierdzić zmianę. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8ff366a2e37d95753d7ad8e0266f53f1181ac1e8) Aby usunąć opcję kliknij ikonę kosza. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e6f27c8261f4bcd05b92e56dea029407959f1a82) Jeśli chcesz zmienić rozmiar siatki, naciśnij ikonę zębatki !\[\](/files/40909b2e910a8cffc5929a6363ffc73399414367) po prawej stronie ekranu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/72d880ed4fb1111d1be59968c8a588bbb2c1c1e4) Możliwe jest zmienianie sortowania w siatce — kliknij ikonę sortowania w kolumnie, której chcesz użyć. {% hint style="info" %} To zmieni wyłącznie pozycję w siatce. Nie zmienia pozycji wyświetlania. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e36ba2c8e92a0cbf8dfb911fcc2a3f30cf579706) Jeśli masz wiele opcji, możesz potrzebować wyszukiwania: kliknij dwukrotnie pierwszy wiersz siatki w kolumnie, której chcesz użyć, wpisz poszukiwany tekst i naciśnij ENTER na klawiaturze. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/57bce24583f3f8430c40014db570b76fe8aaf648) \### Kopiuj opcje {% hint style="info" %} Możesz anulować tę akcję. przeczytaj, jak to zrobić \[tutaj\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions#canceling-the-batch-action). {% endhint %} Możesz łatwo kopiować opcje atrybutu między językami. Aby to zrobić, wybierz opcje, które chcesz skopiować. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/974ed9b5e40cbba3345fb78783c332a20789d13f) Następnie wybierz \*\*Kopiuj opcje\*\* z listy \*\*Akcje\*\* menu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/06d1445f1571d56cb886875a43cd0d8915250494) Teraz zdecyduj, co chcesz skopiować i dokąd. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bb5b35696d53127a2c5b820626e06c2c27413cd2) Potwierdź swoje wybory. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5484e12aff521a3bf256f1a42522a71d451ebefc) \### Przetłumacz opcję za pomocą AI {% hint style="info" %} Możesz anulować tę akcję. przeczytaj, jak to zrobić \[tutaj\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/batch-actions#canceling-the-batch-action). {% endhint %} Wybierz opcje, które chcesz przetłumaczyć za pomocą AI. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9aac567fc51bf6c57847eebcbabc8b01330709d0) Wybierz \*\*Tłumacz nazwy opcji.\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6833a06c897c8ec6287257f059d2e9eedd897ea6) Wybierz język źródłowy i docelowy, a następnie kliknij \*\*Tłumacz nazwy opcji\*\* przycisk. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2e36c5ba58473cd6c61a61d93b4fb758a1545612) Potwierdź swoje wybory. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bb75203a391908849a94aa3e2b720573bdd283f5) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/opcje.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow.md). # Szablony produktów Dzięki szablonom produktów możesz z łatwością tworzyć i zarządzać różnymi układami dla różnych typów produktów oraz zapewnić, że mają one wszystkie niezbędne informacje i atrybuty. Szablony produktów nie są przeznaczone do eksportu na platformę eCommerce. Służą wyłącznie do użytku wewnętrznego w Ergonode PIM, aby pomóc w organizacji i wzbogacaniu danych produktowych w sposób przyjazny dla użytkownika. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b4c93f4aec9c41c0634134f180da4ab36bf9a2cc) Z tego powodu stworzyliśmy narzędzie, które pozwala na projektowanie układu karty produktu w całkowicie innowacyjny sposób. {% hint style="info" %} Ten układ strony produktu nie zostanie wysłany do Twojego eCommerce. Ma on pomóc osobom pracującym w Ergonode PIM uczynić pracę bardziej płynną i bezwysiłkową. {% endhint %} Po wejściu na tę stronę znajdziesz trzy zakładki: \* \[\*\*Główne szablony\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony.md): Tutaj zobaczysz wszystkie istniejące szablony produktów i możesz tworzyć nowe, klikając przycisk „\*+ Nowy szablon\*”. Możesz też edytować lub klonować (opcja klonowania jest dostępna w menu trzech kropek — gdy jesteś w trybie edycji) dowolny szablon produktu, klikając „\*ikonę edycji (pióro)\*” obok niego. Możesz go także usunąć, klikając „\*ikonę kosza\*". \* \[\*\*Sekcje\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje.md): Tutaj możesz zdefiniować sekcje, które będą pojawiać się na kartach produktów, takie jak „Ogólne”, „Obrazy”, „Specyfikacje” itp. Nowe sekcje możesz tworzyć, klikając przycisk „\*+ Nowa sekcja\*”. Istniejące sekcje możesz edytować lub usuwać, klikając ikony obok nich. Utworzone sekcje można przeciągać i upuszczać, aby zmienić ich kolejność w Kreatorze szablonów. \* \[\*\*Zestawy kompletności\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/zestawy-kompletnosci.md): Tutaj możesz tworzyć i zarządzać zestawami kompletności, które pomogą Ci śledzić postęp wzbogacania produktów. Zestaw kompletności to grupa atrybutów wymaganych, aby produkt został uznany za kompletny. Nowe zestawy kompletności możesz tworzyć, klikając przycisk „\*+ Nowy zestaw kompletności\*”. Istniejące zestawy możesz edytować lub usuwać, klikając ikony obok nich. Możesz też przypisać zestaw kompletności do sekcji. Szablony produktów to świetny sposób na ułatwienie i usprawnienie zarządzania produktami w Ergonode PIM. Możesz dzięki nim tworzyć spójne i atrakcyjne karty produktów dostosowane do Twoich potrzeb i preferencji. {% hint style="info" %} Aby dowiedzieć się więcej o funkcjach dostępnych na karcie produktu, \[kliknij tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/szablon.md). {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/pola-wlasne/pola-wlasne-przyklady-uzycia.md). # Pola własne - Przykłady użycia W szybko zmieniającym się świecie e‑commerce zdolność do precyzyjnego i atrakcyjnego przedstawiania informacji o produkcie może przesądzić o sukcesie. Funkcja Custom Fields w Ergonode daje firmom e‑commerce narzędzia do wzbogacania ofert produktowych, poprawiając doświadczenie klienta i potencjalnie zwiększając sprzedaż. ### Niektóre z możliwych z\*\*astosowań to:\*\* #### Regulacja GPSR {% hint style="info" %} Czytaj więcej o GPSR na naszym blogu \[tutaj\](https://www.ergonode.com/blog/eu-general-product-safety-regulation-gpsr-guide). {% endhint %} Dzięki polom własnym możesz tworzyć opisy producentów i marek lub udostępniać szczegółowe informacje o osobie kontaktowej, co pozwala przechowywać istotne dane, np. z perspektywy regulacji GPSR. Przykładowy atrybut: gpsr\\\_responsible\\\_person ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d8829b8612bfa7387d8a6d573bc697d72a661186) Pola własne - gpsr\_responsible\_person Możesz też podać informacje o zagrożeniach związanych ze składem produktu poprzez opisy lub symboliczne ikony. Przykładowy atrybut: gpsr\\\_risk\\\_warning ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/797144d907a664d70ed0ab4f4e16ab7c38ead3a6) Pola własne - gpsr\_risk\_warning Dzięki polom własnym możesz łatwo przechowywać także informacje o producencie, takie jak logo, dane kontaktowe, kraj czy opis. Przykładowy atrybut: gpsr\\\_producer ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/786bb51cc910b12d5fa26b2792378818894ef409) Pola własne - gpsr\_producer Inne możliwe zastosowania pól własnych obejmują, ale nie ograniczają się do: #### Szczegółowa kategoryzacja produktów: Pola własne pozwalają platformom e‑commerce wyjść poza podstawowe kategorie. Wyobraź sobie możliwość przypisywania konkretnych ikon, kodów kolorów i szczegółowych opisów do każdego atrybutu produktu. Taki poziom szczegółowości pomaga klientom lepiej zrozumieć produkty, czyniąc zakupy bardziej intuicyjnymi i satysfakcjonującymi. #### Atrakcyjność wizualna i przejrzystość: Dzięki użyciu ikon i pól kolorów produkty można przedstawiać wizualnie, co ułatwia klientom szybkie rozpoznanie kluczowych cech. Na przykład ikona może oznaczać produkt przyjazny dla środowiska, a pole kolorów szybko poinformuje o dostępnych opcjach kolorystycznych. #### Ulepszone możliwości wyszukiwania i filtrowania: Pola własne mogą poprawić działanie opcji wyszukiwania i filtrowania na stronach e‑commerce. Przy bardziej szczegółowych atrybutach klienci mogą skuteczniej filtrować produkty i szybciej znaleźć to, czego potrzebują. Taka precyzja upraszcza proces zakupowy, zmniejszając współczynnik odrzuceń i zwiększając szansę na zakup. #### Dopasowane rekomendacje produktowe: Dzięki bogatszym danym atrybutowym serwisy e‑commerce mogą oferować dokładniejsze rekomendacje produktów. Rozumiejąc drobne szczegóły każdego produktu, algorytmy rekomendacyjne mogą lepiej odpowiadać preferencjom użytkowników i historii przeglądania, zwiększając zaangażowanie i możliwości cross‑/upsellu. #### Usprawnione zarządzanie zapasami: Dla firm e‑commerce te szczegółowe atrybuty ułatwiają śledzenie i zarządzanie zapasami. Mając pełny obraz specyfikacji produktów, firmy mogą efektywniej zarządzać stanami magazynowymi, planować przyszłe potrzeby i prognozować trendy na podstawie szczegółowych analiz atrybutów. #### Przewaga konkurencyjna: Na rynku, gdzie wyróżnienie się jest kluczowe, możliwość prezentowania produktów z dodatkowymi szczegółami i elementami wizualnymi może odróżnić platformę e‑commerce. Taki poziom szczegółowości w zarządzaniu informacją o produkcie nie tylko przyciąga klientów, ale też buduje zaufanie i lojalność wobec marki. \\ \\ \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/pola-wlasne/pola-wlasne-przyklady-uzycia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow/ogolne.md). # Ogólne W tej części zakres możliwości jest ograniczony. Nazwy systemowej nie można zmienić bezpośrednio. Jeśli musisz ją zaktualizować, usuń istniejącą grupę i utwórz nową. {% hint style="info" %} Grupa musi być pusta, aby można ją było usunąć. {% endhint %} Aby usunąć atrybut z grupy, przejdź do \[Atrybuty\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty.md), następnie edytuj potrzebny atrybut, a zostaniesz przeniesiony do \[Ogólne \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/opcje.md)karty. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5dbcd406dba8f3fb94cb639eb8c7de33d1001ba4) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty/tlumaczenia.md). # Tłumaczenia Tutaj możesz ustawić lub zmienić wyświetlaną nazwę atrybutu; może być ona inna dla każdego języka. Domyślnie wyświetlany jest tylko główny język, jednak możesz to zmienić z menu rozwijanego Translations. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c5b6fb7d343ba9ddbebe37663b2f768cd8067a99) {% hint style="info" %} Pamiętaj, że aby język był dostępny w tym menu rozwijanym, musi najpierw zostać aktywowany w \[ustawieniach\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty/tlumaczenia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/zestawy-kompletnosci.md). # Zestawy kompletności Zestawy kompletności można przypisać do \[sekcji\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje.md) i mogą być również używane jako \[warunki przejścia\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/kreator/warunki.md) w obrębie \[Workflow\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje.md). {% hint style="info" %} Przykłady użycia w praktyce: utworzenie zestawu kompletności wyłącznie dla sekcji SEO w celu wizualnego potwierdzenia, że wszystkie wymagane dane SEO są uzupełnione, lub użycie go jako warunku przejścia, aby nikt nie mógł pominąć tego kroku. {% endhint %} Aby utworzyć nowy, kliknij \*+ NEW COMPLETENESS SET\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/87b4a311fed5f7980d33decdf53756fdfbd3f044) Nadaj mu nazwę i kliknij \*CREATE\* aby zapisać lub \*CREATE & EDIT\* aby otworzyć go w \[trybie edycji\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/zestawy-kompletnosci/ogolne.md). {% hint style="info" %} Kod może zawierać tylko litery, cyfry lub znak podkreślenia. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/63a2166f27f8ca09cc4ea3d08733fbd87f4a8a8e) Aby usunąć zestaw kompletności, kliknij ikonę kosza. {% hint style="info" %} Usunięcie zestawu kompletności jest możliwe tylko wtedy, gdy nie jest używany w żadnym szablonie. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/501c6bf7b705f54527ab983220426c66bc08cf99) Aby zmienić podstawowe ustawienia wyświetlania, kliknij ikonę koła zębatego. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c1496f9aecebfcd02abead5190dcdb643eea5859) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/zestawy-kompletnosci.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/ogolne.md). # Ogólne Tutaj możesz sprawdzić kod kolekcji. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/92546e12db903e2d38b9353e20d4f0f3ab77492c) Ekran edycji kolekcji / karta Ogólne \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje.md). # Kolekcje ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6a95fd6949fb24fb14331dda365f2dc4e23779f7) Kolekcje działają bardziej jak wirtualne kategorie. Nie muszą dotyczyć tylko oczywistych rzeczy, takich jak „Kolekcja zimowa”; można ich używać także dla elementów typu „Wyprzedaż” lub „Promocja”. Ogólnie rzecz biorąc, warto stosować kolekcje do grupowania produktów powiązanych w jakiś sposób wykraczający poza proste kategorie. Kolekcje są również używane z \[\*\*Product privileges\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/uzytkownicy/uprawnienia-do-produktow.md) funkcją. {% hint style="info" %} Kolekcje są statyczne, co oznacza, że po ich utworzeniu nie zmieniają się, chyba że zmienisz je ręcznie. {% endhint %} Po utworzeniu kolekcje pojawią się na siatce. {% hint style="info" %} Informacje o pracy z siatką można znaleźć \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-tabeli-widok-siatki.md) {% endhint %} Aby edytować kolekcję, kliknij \*ikonę edycji (pióro)\*. Zostaniesz przeniesiony na stronę z trzema kartami: \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/ogolne.md), \[Translations\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/tlumaczenia.md), oraz \[Produkty\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/produkty.md)Aby usunąć kolekcję, kliknij \*ikonę kosza\*. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/tlumaczenia.md). # Tłumaczenia Tutaj możesz ustawić lub zmienić wyświetlaną nazwę kolekcji; może być ona różna dla każdego języka. Domyślnie wyświetlany jest tylko język główny, ale możesz go zmienić z poziomu \*menu rozwijanego Translations\*. {% hint style="info" %} Pamiętaj, że aby język był dostępny w tym menu rozwijanym, musi najpierw zostać aktywowany w \[ustawieniach\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bf16032ff3f89e51383743eb7c8c648375e5fb36) Ekran edycji kolekcji / tłumaczenia \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/tlumaczenia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/utworz-nowa-kolekcje.md). # Utwórz nową kolekcję Aby utworzyć nową kolekcję kliknij \*+ NEW COLLECTION\* w prawym górnym rogu. {% hint style="info" %} Kolekcje są statyczne, co oznacza, że po ich utworzeniu nie będą się zmieniać, chyba że zmienisz je ręcznie. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/be86b4d41e501c876740846f87fe031683c8d1b8) Product > Collection > New Collection Pojawi się nowe okno. Nadaj nazwę kolekcji. {% hint style="info" %} Kod kolekcji może zawierać tylko litery, cyfry lub podkreślniki. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6af270049949a28c19918633058db570ac8a0b44) Kliknij \*CREATE\* aby zapisać lub \*CREATE & EDIT\* aby zapisać i otworzyć w trybie edycji. W tym trybie dostępne są trzy zakładki: \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/ogolne.md), \[Translations\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/tlumaczenia.md), oraz \[Produkty\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/produkty.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/utworz-nowa-kolekcje.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/automatyzacje/o-automatyzacje/faq-automatyzacje.md). # FAQ Automatyzacje Jak uniknąć nieskończonej pętli System nie uruchamia dalszych Automatyzacji z poziomu jednej Automatyzacji, dzięki czemu zapobiegane są techniczne pętle nieskończone. Jednak przy użyciu akcji AI (np. generowanie treści) wygenerowany wynik może za każdym razem się różnić, co może powodować powtarzające się nadpisywanie, jeśli nie zostanie odpowiednio sparametryzowane. Aby uniknąć wielokrotnego nadpisywania istniejącej zawartości, dodaj warunek zapobiegający ciągłym pętlom. Przykład: ustaw operator na "is empty". ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/08124e1ffef2b8bb4f954957eb2fee194170149c) Czy mogę używać zmiennych w akcji edycji wartości atrybutu dla pola tekstowego (text area)? Tak. \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/automatyzacje/o-automatyzacje/faq-automatyzacje.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/zestawy-kompletnosci/tlumaczenia.md). # Tłumaczenia Tutaj możesz ustawić różne nazwy wyświetlane dla każdego języka. Domyślnie wyświetlany jest tylko język główny — aby go zmienić, kliknij \*rozwijaną listę Translations\*. {% hint style="info" %} Pamiętaj, że aby język był dostępny w tym menu rozwijanym, musi najpierw zostać aktywowany w \[ustawieniach\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f5d12626ccb35e328e029258b1ad86a819349192) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/zestawy-kompletnosci/tlumaczenia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/produkty.md). # Produkty {% hint style="info" %} Możesz również dodać produkty do kolekcji z katalogu produktów za pomocą \[akcji masowej\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa/edytuj-kolekcje.md). {% endhint %} Zaawansowana siatka działa tak samo jak ta w \[Katalogu produktów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog.md), umożliwiając stosowanie filtrów w ten sam sposób. Możesz także uzyskać dostęp, tworzyć i zapisywać \[niestandardowe widoki siatki\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widoki-niestandardowe.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ab63c1043395cdb6c9919f349ceca340038c3038) Produkt > Kolekcja > Edytuj > Produkty Aby dodać produkt do kolekcji kliknij \*\*\*+ Dodaj produkty.\*\*\* Wyszukaj produkt lub produkty, które chcesz dodać do kolekcji, zaznacz pole wyboru obok produktu, który chcesz dodać, i kliknij \*\*\*przycisk Dodaj produkty\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0d2379416fd875e3e6206a155cd83b073792efdb) Okno Dodaj produkty do kolekcji Potwierdź lub anuluj swój wybór. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0f3ffdaff15c960d6cf0ae26b2c5b590309560eb) Okno potwierdzenia dodania produktu do kolekcji Po potwierdzeniu produkty są dodawane w tle. Zostanie wyświetlony komunikat informujący o tym fakcie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/dc5a50e02badec3014693879d5477d0e10842306) Komunikat potwierdzający rozpoczęcie akcji masowej edycji kolekcji Po zakończeniu akcji otrzymasz powiadomienie w \[Action center\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/dashboard/dashboard/menu-uzytkownika-i-centrum-akcji.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a6c358ca43315a4f033a687737025c63734f0058) Centrum akcji — powiadomienie o edycji kolekcji {% hint style="info" %} Aby produkt pojawił się po dodaniu za pomocą akcji masowej, musisz odświeżyć stronę. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/80c1b28f9b44a5365767e385c372219959d51da2) Produkty > Kolekcja > Edytuj z dodanymi produktami Aby usunąć produkt(y) z kolekcji kliknij \*\*\*ikonę usuwania\*\*\* ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0fbf2f8a6bf14febb63d3b5bf8f16f96f4a7c639) Produkty > Kolekcja > Edytuj > Usuń pojedynczy produkt lub zaznacz pola wyboru obok produktów, które chcesz usunąć, i użyj \*\*\*Menu akcji\*\*\* aby usunąć te produkty w tle. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/562740fc9ecb8c941062a1c096dce7a3a384b3ae) Produkty > Kolekcja > Edytuj > usuń wiele produktów w tle \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/kolekcje/produkty.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu.md). # Tworzenie nowego produktu Ergonode oferuje trzy typy produktów, aby sprostać potrzebom zarówno właścicieli sklepów e‑commerce, jak i ich klientów. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ce776553af6c8a59d7a07851261fba99e79680e3) Kliknij na \*\*\*+ Nowy produkt\*\*\* przycisk. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/599a54aae909cd861f150659dcff23d49fbb8d5d) Wybierz typ produktu, który chcesz utworzyć. {% hint style="info" %} W zależności od wybranego typu produktu kliknij odpowiedni link poniżej, aby zobaczyć dalszy przebieg procesu. {% endhint %} \* \[Produkt prosty\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkty-proste.md) \* \[Grouping product\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkt-grupujacy.md) \* \[Produkt z wariantami\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkt-z-wariantami.md) --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/utworz-nowy-szablon.md). # Utwórz nowy szablon Aby utworzyć nowy szablon, kliknij \*+ NEW TEMPLATE\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c3b947f78d2d08c6ccfb95f15a4cf7e66953a701) Wypełnij dostępne pola i kliknij \*CREATE\* aby zapisać lub \[\*CREATE & EDIT\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/ogolne.md) aby zapisać i otworzyć w trybie edycji. | Pole | Opis | | ------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Kod szablonu | Musi być unikalny | | Domyślny atrybut etykiety | Wartość wskazanego \*\*atrybutu tekstowego\*\* który ma być wyświetlany jako podpis na karcie produktu | | Domyślny atrybut obrazu | Wartość wskazanego \*\*atrybut obrazu lub galerii\*\* który będzie wyświetlany jako podpis na karcie produktu | ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9e7f8e9ffc429c9f673068bb78d31d5ef478b6a0) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/utworz-nowy-szablon.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe.md). # Widoki systemowe Widoki siatki są przypisane do konta logowania, co oznacza, że jeśli ktoś stworzy i zapisze widok, będzie on dostępny tylko dla tej osoby. Istnieją 3 widoki systemowe \\\[1\]\[Siatka\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-tabeli-widok-siatki.md), \\\[2\]\[Kafelki\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-kafelkowy-widok-galerii.md), \\\[3\]\[Kanban\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-kanban.md), jedno zapisane miejsce widoku\\\[4\]\[Niestandardowy\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widoki-niestandardowe.md), oraz \\\[5\]\[Ustawienia\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/ustawienia-wyswietlania.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d574fb8d9287c8397d937bceda92007d1f6b817b) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkty-proste.md). # Produkty proste To podstawowy typ produktu, bez relacji ani wariantów (dopóki ich nie przypiszesz). Produkt może istnieć jako odrębny element, jako wariant innego produktu lub jako część produktu grupującego. Głównym celem tego typu produktu jest zachowanie prostoty i łatwości zarządzania. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/d5bd17cd73957e005dee34c26f1d183bfc482ed2) Wypełnij wszystkie pola; SKU może zostać utworzone automatycznie, jeśli włączysz \[\*\*Generate SKU Automatically\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/sku.md) opcję w ustawieniach. Wybierz szablon produktu, który będzie używany dla tego produktu. Wybierz jedną lub więcej kategorii do powiązania z produktem (ten krok można pominąć). Kliknij \*\*\*Create\*\*\* lub \*\*\*Create & Edit\*\*\*, co przeniesie Cię do trybu edycji nowo utworzonego produktu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8af137b35b359690f20232f86d9d0f90cb3c07ea) Zobaczysz kilka kart, na których możesz dodać dodatkowe informacje o produkcie: \[\*\*General,\*\* \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/ogolne.md)\[\*\*Szablon\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/szablon.md)\*\*,\*\* \[\*\*History\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/historia.md)\*\*, oraz\*\* \[\*\*Comments\*\*\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/komentarze.md)\*\*.\*\* --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkty-proste.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-kanban.md). # Widok Kanban Widok Kanban jest używany z \[Workflow\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje.md). Wykorzystuje on warunki Workflow (jeśli zostały ustawione), aby umożliwić przeniesienie produktu z jednego stanu Workflow do innego. Aby to zrobić, po prostu przeciągnij i upuść produkt z jednego wiersza do drugiego. Podczas przeciągania wszystkie dostępne opcje zmienią kolor na zielony. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/81c9ce9e72db9bf9604703caa20d162160bd1176) Możesz po prostu kliknąć produkt, aby otworzyć go w \[trybie edycji\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/szablon.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/33a8d850ea0af35fa00dfe30526729b8a9b9c1ab) Na górze widoku znajdują się dwie opcje: zmiana języka oraz \[FILTRY\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/filtry-zaawansowane.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ceee215da0e5869dde9707f835264f4d19611f86) Każdy język ma własny Workflow. Poniższy ekran pokazuje, że te same produkty znajdują się w różnych stanach Workflow w języku niemieckim niż w angielskim. Możesz \[przypisać \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md)jeden Workflow na język. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c1b1fa0ae40b886c5d293f82528a4112faa5d0d3) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-kanban.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony.md). # Główne szablony Aby utworzyć nowy szablon, wykonaj instrukcje z \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/utworz-nowy-szablon.md). Aby sklonować szablon, postępuj zgodnie z \[tym \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/klonowanie-szablonu.md)instrukcjami. Aby usunąć szablon, kliknij ikonę kosza. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a664421c3d4482711ec5b5990c9dbb40b982239e) Kliknij \*ikonę edycji (pióro)\* aby edytować już utworzony szablon. Spowoduje to przejście na stronę z trzema zakładkami: \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/ogolne.md), \[Translations\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/tlumaczenia.md), oraz \[Designer\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/kreator.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f31e2616cf9f8782feb4dc79b1218921bdea492a) Aby zmienić podstawowe ustawienia wyświetlania, kliknij \*ikonę koła zębatego\* obok tych dotyczących widoku. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/70c9ef9ca7d3546afa774d04fa0775887c791ac1) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0eb9f6593cc63ca4f6ce65a25d85f95a3689cb46) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/ogolne.md). # Ogólne W zależności od typu edytowanego atrybutu zobaczysz nieco inne opcje.\\ Konfiguracji, której nie można zmienić, dotyczą: typu, kodu atrybutu, zakresu oraz wartości unikalnej dla atrybutów tekstowych i numerycznych. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bee054e4b0d1f5d04c804d4b103fcc944054cbd0) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/klonowanie-szablonu.md). # Klonowanie szablonu Możesz użyć tej funkcji, aby zaoszczędzić czas i uniknąć powtarzania tych samych kroków podczas tworzenia podobnych głównych szablonów. Aby użyć funkcji „\*Clone template\*”, wykonaj następujące kroki: \* Przejdź do zakładki „\*Product templates\*” i kliknij „\*ikonę edycji (pióro)\*” obok głównego szablonu, który chcesz sklonować. Spowoduje to otwarcie szablonu w trybie edycji. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6e9320462c3596ca42bae0bc64ce9e8701bb6af0) \* Kliknij „\*three dots"\* menu w prawym górnym rogu ekranu. Pokaże ono dwie opcje: „\*Clone template\*” oraz „\*Delete template\*”. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9c7c5ed838d4917f074ca221fe7c9944e3895351) \* Kliknij opcję „\*Clone template\*” . Otworzy się nowe okno, w którym należy wpisać kod dla nowego głównego szablonu. Kod musi być unikalny i różny od oryginalnego szablonu oraz składać się wyłącznie z liter, cyfr lub podkreśleń. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/19f73c0c11620ecb723ffddfb81dd48f7e0039e3) \* Kliknij opcję „\*Clone\*” przycisk, aby utworzyć nowy główny szablon. Spowoduje to sklonowanie wszystkich ustawień i sekcji oryginalnego szablonu. Nowy szablon zobaczysz na liście w zakładce „\*Main template\*” z kodem, który wprowadziłeś. \* Alternatywnie możesz kliknąć przycisk „\*Clone & Edit\*”, aby utworzyć nowy główny szablon i otworzyć go w trybie edycji. Pozwoli to na wprowadzenie zmian w nowym szablonie, takich jak dodawanie lub usuwanie sekcji, zmiana kolejności sekcji lub przypisanie Zestawu kompletności. Możesz użyć funkcji „\*Clone template\*” , aby utworzyć wiele głównych szablonów o podobnym układzie i funkcjach. Pomoże to usprawnić zarządzanie produktami i proces wzbogacania danych w Ergonode PIM. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/klonowanie-szablonu.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widoki-niestandardowe.md). # Widoki niestandardowe {% embed url="" %} {% hint style="info" %} Nie ma ograniczeń co do liczby zapisanych osobistych lub wspólnych widoków niestandardowych, które można utworzyć. {% endhint %} Widok niestandardowy może być \*\*osobisty\*\*, co oznacza, że każdy zalogowany użytkownik może mieć własne widoki i nie zobaczy tych utworzonych przez innych użytkowników, lub \*\*wspólny\*\* co oznacza, że wszyscy użytkownicy z dostępem do widoków niestandardowych będą mogli je zobaczyć w katalogu produktów. Aby utworzyć widok niestandardowy, przeciągnij i upuść dowolny element z panelu bocznego na siatkę. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/09a071980409e778735c9cabb7596f0d920cdc23) Nowy wiersz zostanie dodany do siatki. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c96393e3d6a3dcb035716a1cbe7f41d1fc7cf4ba) Aby usunąć wiersz, chwyć go i przeciągnij z powrotem. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e674007a87cd9114b6e6de4d910718011d185448) Możesz zmienić kolejność kolumn, przeciągając je. W ten sam sposób możesz usunąć kolumnę z siatki, przeciągając ją na lewą stronę. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6c81116421e190904712d36042e9edcdcff7e0a1) Kiedy utworzysz układ (widok), z którego jesteś zadowolony, możesz go zapisać do późniejszego użycia. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/06244fd220d7e9389913e7f857c84e90d8eddedc) Wpisz nazwę widoku i kliknij zieloną ikonę zatwierdzenia. Jeśli chcesz, aby ten widok był dostępny dla innych użytkowników, przełącz \*\*\*Zapisz jako widok wspólny\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/72f63f9edc37bca58bab547f3d61133044799d21) Nowy widok pojawi się na liście. Aby go wybrać, po prostu kliknij na niego, a zostanie załadowany. {% hint style="info" %} Zapisanie widoku spowoduje również zapisanie wszelkich \[zaawansowanych filtrów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/filtry-zaawansowane.md) które masz, elementów wyświetlanych na stronę oraz \[ustawieniach\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/ustawienia-wyswietlania.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cad63efed8e16adf2dc9c664f276cca5393bcc52) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widoki-niestandardowe.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/filtry-zaawansowane.md). # Filtry (zaawansowane) Główna różnica między prostymi filtrami a filtrami zaawansowanymi polega na tym, że filtry zaawansowane pozostają aktywne, dopóki ich nie wyłączysz lub nie zmienisz. {% hint style="success" %} Filtrowanie po SKU jest ograniczone do 1000 SKU. {% endhint %} Aby zacząć z nich korzystać, kliknij \*FILTRY\* przycisk. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f874fe4f370b2fe46c8b76c05c8865623b3cc49b) Otworzy się przestrzeń, do której możesz przeciągnąć jeden lub więcej atrybutów. Możesz używać zarówno atrybutów Produktu, jak i atrybutów Systemowych. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5a1d83484eae700f7476a7a167f6bfefdcbd1514) Jeśli używasz atrybutów, które nie są prostym tekstem, mogą pojawić się dodatkowe opcje na liście rozwijanej do wyboru. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ff98030b73957728ad0f5001724549f07ccd9efa) Możliwe jest również dodanie kategorii do filtra, ale zamiast przeciągania należy zaznaczyć kategorię lub kategorie, które chcesz dodać do filtra. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/85d01bc59521980cc6e5a177e74e477920b976c0) Aby wyczyścić wartości filtrów, pozostawiając jednak ich konfigurację, użyj \*\*\*Wyczyść\*\*\* przycisk. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/59925dc72bab9250ed26765e09ef4ecc5418be4d) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/685f92fe7179cd1e7e9a5c95bc69cfdec7ad42d6) Ponieważ filtry zaawansowane pozostają aktywne do momentu zmiany lub wyłączenia, musisz je usunąć ręcznie. Aby to zrobić, kliknij \*Usuń filtry\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/417ba107095fe9fcc626193f50f50c9960c57116) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/filtry-zaawansowane.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/szablon.md). # Szablon ## Karta produktu To miejsce, w którym możesz ustawić wartości dla swoich produktów, utworzyć \[opis produktu generowany przez AI\](#ai-description) na podstawie wybranych atrybutów, skorzystać z \[funkcji AI translation\](#ai-translation) oraz ustanowić \[dwukierunkowe relacje między produktami\](#product-relation-attribute). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/dccde40eeb94770c7961d4a03c7f862f2788e76d) W lewym górnym rogu znajduje się rozwijane menu \\\[1\] Edit language; użyj go, aby przełączać się między językami podczas wypełniania wartości atrybutów. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6af565bb7d8567b7a67b4643bf4f9baf49199440) {% hint style="info" %} Informacje o tym, jak dodać nowy język do listy, można znaleźć \[here\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). {% endhint %} W lewym górnym rogu znajdziesz przycisk \\\[2\] Edit template, \\\[3\] Completion index, \\\[4\] wskaźnik Missing translation oraz przełącznik statusu Workflow. \\\[2\] Edit template - przenosi bezpośrednio do funkcji edytora szablonów. \\\[3\] Completion index - pokazuje, ile z \[attributes \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty.md)w tym \[template \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow.md)jest oznaczonych jako \[required \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/kreator.md)i ma wypełnione wartości. \\\[4\] Missing translation - wskazuje, że w produkcie występują nieprzetłumaczone wartości atrybutów. \\\[5\] The workflow status switch - pozwala zmienić \[workflow \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje.md)status produktu, jeśli \[workflow status changing conditions\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/kreator/warunki.md) zostaną spełnione. ### Panel nawigacji produktu Pasek nawigacyjny po lewej ułatwia poruszanie się po długich szablonach produktów, zapewniając przegląd sekcji i widżetów nagłówków, które umożliwiają szybkie przejścia do dowolnej części strony produktu. \* \[Sekcja\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje.md) Nazwy sekcji odzwierciedlają strukturę szablonu zdefiniowaną w Product design → Product templates → Sections, więc pasek boczny odwzorowuje tę samą wewnętrzną organizację używaną podczas projektowania szablonu. \* \[Kompletność\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/zestawy-kompletnosci.md) wskaźniki w pasku bocznym odzwierciedlają atrybuty wymagane oraz przypisane Completeness set, dzięki czemu można szybko ocenić postęp wzbogacania danych w każdej sekcji. \* \*\*Przejdź do dowolnej sekcji\*\*: kliknij nazwę sekcji w pasku bocznym, aby przewinąć bezpośrednio do tego bloku na stronie produktu. \* \*\*Pokaż nagłówki\*\*: Przełącznik, który pokazuje nagłówki pod ich nadrzędnymi sekcjami w pasku bocznym; po wyłączeniu lista pokazuje tylko sekcje, dla bardziej zwartego widoku. \* \*\*Szukaj\*\*: Użyj pola wyszukiwania w pasku bocznym, aby filtrować wpisy według nazwy sekcji lub nazwy widżetu nagłówka; wyniki zawężają się natychmiast podczas pisania. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/5a161e484a94807c1d2e973016da2960b5a053cc) \### Opis AI {% hint style="success" %} Jakość i dostępność opisu generowanego przez AI zależy od zewnętrznych dostawców technologii (OpenAI), którzy mają ograniczone wsparcie dla niektórych języków — dlatego nie wszystkie języki mogą być dostępne do generowania opisu. {% endhint %} Opcja „Generate content” dla atrybutów typu tekst i textarea umożliwia szybkie tworzenie opisów produktów wspieranych przez AI. Użytkownicy mogą wpisać własny prompt, używając zmiennych odwołujących się do atrybutów produktu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fe3da9b88fb5032725970490af7e407af956e8a3) {% hint style="info" %} Więcej informacji o tworzeniu skutecznego promptu znajdziesz\[Jak pisać skuteczne prompty\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/samouczki-i-klipy-wideo/jak-pisac-skuteczne-prompty.md) {% endhint %} Lub wybierz konkretne atrybuty, które ukierunkują generowanie treści. Ta funkcja upraszcza pisanie opisów produktów, automatycznie generując odpowiedni i dobrze ustrukturyzowany tekst dostosowany do szczegółów produktu, co oszczędza czas i zapewnia spójność w ofercie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/900b5f6d6587c2fd3d2d431e1a58ceb325e718d1) Karta produktu - menu Generuj treść Aby z niej skorzystać, kliknij menu z trzema kropkami (kebab) w atrybucie typu textarea i wybierz Auto-generated content. Pozwoli to wybrać atrybuty, na których ma się opierać opis. Im więcej atrybutów wybierzesz, tym lepszy będzie opis. Kliknij Generate Content, aby kontynuować, lub "x", aby przerwać. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/e28ca3c53dd7f9974a3e889f24e75dff69341431) Karta produktu - wybór atrybutów dla AI Poczekaj chwilę, a po zakończeniu treść zostanie automatycznie wstawiona do wartości atrybutu. ### Tłumaczenie AI {% hint style="success" %} Jakość i dostępność tłumaczenia AI zależą od zewnętrznych dostawców technologii (OpenAI), którzy mają ograniczone wsparcie dla niektórych języków — dlatego nie wszystkie języki mogą być dostępne do tłumaczenia. {% endhint %} Ta funkcja umożliwia automatyczne tłumaczenie treści i może być używana dla dowolnego atrybutu typu tekst lub textarea. Aby rozpocząć tłumaczenie, kliknij menu z trzema kropkami (kebab) dla wybranego atrybutu, wybierz Translate from, a następnie wybierz język źródłowy dla tego tłumaczenia. {% hint style="info" %} Aby to zadziałało, musi istnieć wersja, z której można tłumaczyć. Na przykład, jeśli chcesz przetłumaczyć angielskie opisy produktów na polski, wersja angielska musi już zostać utworzona i zapisana. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1f681af0f078db4e71e54c6ed4a9bcc668b0a21a) Karta produktu - menu AI Translate Poczekaj chwilę, a przetłumaczona wartość zostanie automatycznie wstawiona do atrybutu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b20b5ea051c348c497f7c257759f63f3c1c06da8) Karta produktu - przetłumaczony opis Pamiętaj, aby zapisać zmiany po zakończeniu. ### AI Complete AI Complete pozwala wszystkim użytkownikom automatycznie uzupełniać puste atrybuty produktów na dwa elastyczne sposoby: wybierając istniejące atrybuty lub przesyłając specyfikację w formacie PDF. Ten usprawniony przepływ pracy oszczędza czas i zapewnia spójne, wysokiej jakości treści w katalogu. #### Dostęp do AI Complete \* Przejdź do Products → Catalog i otwórz swój produkt. \* Przełącz się na kartę Template. \* Kliknij przycisk AI Complete w prawym górnym rogu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3bfab8e5764abeace52ef0325e177b2e39403184) \#### Tryb 1: Uzupełnianie za pomocą atrybutów {% embed url="" %} {% hint style="info" %} Obsługiwane są wszystkie typy atrybutów z wyjątkiem plików i relacji produktowych. Dla galerii uwzględniany będzie tylko pierwszy obraz. {% endhint %} \*\*Przypadek użycia\*\*: Szybkie generowanie wartości przy użyciu istniejących danych o produkcie. \*\*Kroki\*\*: \* Z menu AI Complete wybierz Complete with attributes. 1/2 Wybierz atrybuty do uzupełnienia \* W panelu po prawej, \*\*zaznacz każdy pusty atrybut, który chcesz, aby AI wypełniło\*\* (np. Product title, Meta description, Detailed description, Short description, SEO tags, Product relations). \* Kliknij \*\*Next step\*\*. 2/2 Wybierz dane identyfikujące produkt \* \*\*Wybierz jeden lub więcej\*\* atrybutów identyfikujących (na przykład Main image, Product type, Brand, Short description). \* Kliknij \*\*Complete product\*\*. AI przeanalizuje wybrane dane wejściowe i wypełni wybrane pola. Zielone powiadomienie „Auto-generation of content completed” potwierdzi pomyślność. Kliknij Save changes, aby zastosować zmiany. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b47019bb44a61ed2ce8cf299ccd9cde60f28c2ba) \#### Tryb 2: Uzupełnianie za pomocą pliku PDF {% embed url="" %} \*\*Przypadek użycia\*\*: Generuj bogate, szczegółowe treści, gdy posiadasz specyfikację produktu w formacie PDF. \*\*Kroki:\*\* \* Z menu AI Complete wybierz Complete with PDF file. 1/2 Wybierz atrybuty do uzupełnienia \* Zaznacz pola dla \*\*każdego pustego atrybutu\*\* który chcesz, aby AI wypełniło. \* Kliknij \*\*Next step.\*\* 2/2 Prześlij plik PDF \* \*\*Przeciągnij i upuść lub przeglądaj,\*\* aby wybrać swój plik PDF (do 100 stron lub 20 MB). \* Poczekaj, aż pasek postępu przesyłania osiągnie 100%. \* Kliknij \*\*Complete product.\*\* AI wyodrębni istotne dane z Twojego PDF — takie jak specyfikacje, wymiary i tekst marketingowy — i wypełni wybrane atrybuty. Poszukaj potwierdzenia zakończenia, a następnie \*\*Save changes\*\* aby sfinalizować. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b4d5b3b84d15e0ea9528e7155df5289088fc31da) \#### Dobre praktyki \* \*\*Wybór atrybutów:\*\* Im więcej kontekstowych atrybutów uwzględnisz, tym dokładniejsze będą wyniki. \* \*\*Identyfikacja:\*\* Wybierz przynajmniej jeden wyraźny identyfikator (np. obraz, tytuł), aby ukierunkować AI. \* \*\*Jakość PDF:\*\* W trybie PDF upewnij się, że dokument zawiera czytelne nagłówki, tabele i specyfikacje. \* \*\*Ponowne generowanie:\*\* Jeśli wyniki nie są zadowalające, dostosuj wybór atrybutów lub prześlij poprawiony PDF i spróbuj ponownie. ### Zmienne atrybutów w szablonie produktu {% hint style="info" %} Zmienne atrybutów można używać tylko dla określonych typów atrybutów; więcej informacji możesz przeczytać \[here\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/product-design/attributes/attribute-variables). {% endhint %} Aby użyć zmiennych, kliknij obsługiwany atrybut w szablonie produktu i wpisz znak hash (#). Zostanie wyświetlona lista dostępnych zmiennych. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/74ed7067639f71a49246789c0ec0a8a2afbb7b07) Możesz użyć więcej niż jednej zmiennej. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b836d12dbb4b8066c686cf7f2cdebf820753c4d9) Gdy zmienna jest użyta, pojawi się nowa ikona oka. Po kliknięciu zostanie wyświetlony podgląd. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f5209c9a103ff7ec458677d954c655b2a0867ec7) {% hint style="info" %} Zmienne są niezależne od języka, co oznacza, że ta sama zmienna może mieć różne wartości w zależności od wybranego języka (jeśli użyto atrybutu typu local). {% endhint %} ### Atrybut galerii W atrybucie typu galeria znajdują się cztery elementy: ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bf2b3bc1e20d77fa53e6fe07ae323f01aab850ea) {% hint style="info" %} Kliknięcie obrazu otworzy go w trybie pełnoekranowym. {% endhint %} \\\[1\] Informacja o liczbie obrazów w galerii. \\\[2\] Nazwa pliku. \\\[3\] Menu kontekstowe. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/3c0a850ddc305cb0587c625f86ab6b6ee9beb676) | Opcja | Funkcja | | -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | | Dodaj obraz | Dodaj nowy obraz do galerii | | Zarządzaj elementami | Zmień kolejność obrazów w galerii | | Pobierz ten obraz | Pobierz ten obraz | | Informacje o pliku | Otwiera nowe okno ze szczegółami pliku | | Przejdź do obrazu | Otwiera wyświetlany obraz w Resources > Media | | Odłącz obraz | Usuń obraz z galerii (nie z Resources) | | Odłącz wszystko | Usuń wszystkie obrazy z galerii (nie z Resources) | \\\[4\] Strzałki do wyświetlania poprzednich/następnych obrazów. ### Atrybut relacji produktu Możesz wybrać utworzenie dwukierunkowej relacji z produktem zamiast tradycyjnej relacji jednokierunkowej. Aby to zrobić, kliknij przycisk \*\*\*+ Add Relations\*\*\* . ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b4b0de9a8f169fd4acaf0c15e386a4076bb39dca) Następnie przełącz \*\*\*Create a Two-Way Relation\*\*\* przełącznik, aby dodać aktualnie edytowany produkt jako relację do wybranego produktu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/621a55d00facb5aec054d1a0a21b8f6e4ed3d19f) \### Textarea z włączonym RTE Atrybuty typu textarea z włączonym RTE pozwalają wprowadzać treści sformatowane z różnymi opcjami formatowania. Możesz używać edytora RTE do tworzenia i edycji treści w Product Catalog. Możesz także używać zmiennych. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7a18501699acdd87755a5870f9dd0f7f7b328e95) \#### Aby użyć edytora RTE, wykonaj następujące kroki: 1. Kliknij ikonę plus, która pojawia się w lewym górnym rogu pola atrybutu po kliknięciu go w Product Catalog. Spowoduje to otwarcie edytora RTE. 2. Wybierz opcję z paska narzędzi, aby wstawić blok treści. Masz osiem opcji: Text, Heading, List, Image, Video, Divider, Table i Quote. Każda opcja ma inne funkcje i wygląd: \* \*\*Text\*\*: Wstawia blok tekstowy, w którym możesz wpisać zwykły tekst. Możesz także używać skrótów klawiaturowych, takich jak Ctrl+B dla pogrubienia, Ctrl+I dla kursywy, Ctrl+U dla podkreślenia lub Ctrl+K do tworzenia linków. \* \*\*Heading\*\*: Wstawia blok nagłówka, w którym możesz wpisać tytuł lub podtytuł. Możesz wybrać rozmiary nagłówków od H1 do H6, klikając ikonę \*\*\*Click to Tune\*\*\* (sześć kropek) obok bloku. H1 jest największy, a H6 najmniejszy. \* \*\*List\*\*: Wstawia blok listy do wpisywania elementów; domyślnie jest to lista numerowana, ale można ją zmienić na punktowaną, klikając \*\*\*Click to Tune\*\*\*. \* \*\*Image\*\*: Ta opcja wstawia blok obrazu, w którym możesz pokazać obraz z internetu. Musisz wpisać URL obrazu w pojawiającym się oknie. URL obrazu musi być linkiem absolutnym, co oznacza, że zaczyna się od \*\*http\\://\*\* lub \*\*https\\://\*\* i zawiera pełną ścieżkę do pliku obrazu. Na przykład, \*\*\*\* jest linkiem absolutnym, ale \*\*/images/image.jpg\*\* nie jest. \* \*\*Video\*\*: Ta opcja wstawia blok wideo, w którym możesz osadzić wideo z YouTube lub Vimeo. Musisz wpisać link do wideo w polu „Source” w pojawiającym się oknie. Link wideo musi być poprawnym linkiem z YouTube lub Vimeo, na przykład \*\*\*\* lub \*\*\*\*. Możesz także wpisać szerokość i wysokość wideo w pikselach w polach „Width” i „Height” oraz przełączyć „Constrain proportions”, aby zachować proporcje wideo. Kliknij przycisk „Add video”, aby wstawić wideo, lub przycisk „Cancel”, aby zamknąć okno. Możesz także zmieniać rozmiar wideo, klikając ikonę „Click to tune” obok bloku. \* \*\*Divider\*\*: Wstawia cienką poziomą linię oddzielającą różne sekcje treści. \* \*\*Table\*\*: Wstawia blok tabeli do wyświetlania danych w wierszach i kolumnach; możesz edytować ją, klikając opcje obok każdego wiersza lub kolumny. \* \*\*Quote\*\*: Wstawia blok cytatu do wpisywania cytatów lub odniesień; opcje wyrównania są dostępne poprzez \*\*\*Click to Tune\*\*\*. 3. Aby dodać więcej bloków treści, kliknij \*\*\*ikonę plus\*\*\* która pojawia się między blokami. Możesz także zmieniać kolejność bloków, przeciągając je i upuszczając za pomocą \*\*\*uchwytu\*\*\* (sześć kropek) po lewej stronie każdego bloku. 4. Aby powiększyć pole atrybutu, kliknij \*\*\*ikonę\*\*\* double-arrow 5. po prawej stronie paska narzędzi; spowoduje to wypełnienie całego ekranu. Kliknij ponownie, aby przywrócić oryginalny rozmiar. \*\*\*Aby zapisać zawartość, kliknij\*\*\* Save Changes {% hint style="info" %} po prawej stronie ekranu. Aby odrzucić zmiany, po prostu przejdź do innej części systemu lub odśwież stronę. {% endhint %} Edytor RTE nie obsługuje wszystkich tagów HTML. \[Możesz używać atrybutów typu textarea z włączonym RTE, aby tworzyć bogate i angażujące treści dla swoich produktów i edytować je w dowolnym momencie, wracając do\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog.md) Product Catalog {% hint style="success" %} Przeczytaj nasz artykuł na blogu Jak stworzyć szablon rodziny produktów \[HERE\](https://www.ergonode.com/blog/creating-product-family-template-guide). {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/szablon.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/ogolne.md). # Ogólne Tutaj możesz zmienić podstawowe ustawienia szablonu. Kod szablonu (nazwa systemowa) nie może zostać zmieniony po utworzeniu, więc jeśli potrzebujesz wprowadzić zmianę, musisz usunąć szablon i utworzyć nowy. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4f3fae4052a1ec00c5dbfb78a5db00deb46cff01) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/glowne-szablony/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/ogolne/nowy-status.md). # Nowy status Aby utworzyć nowy status przepływu pracy, kliknij NEW STATUS w prawym górnym rogu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/1b26786b37d836974d661f0a53cb2982694d504f) Wypełnij wszystkie wymagane pola i kliknij CREATE lub CREATE & EDIT. Kliknięcie drugiej opcji przeniesie Cię do trybu edycji statusu, gdzie będą dostępne dwie karty; \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/ogolne/nowy-status/ogolne.md) oraz \[Translations\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/ogolne/nowy-status/tlumaczenia.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2d69ebdebf450fa90e32d1a75a8ccc13d4ae5c79) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/przeplyw-pracy/informacje/ogolne/nowy-status.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/tlumaczenia.md). # Tłumaczenia Tutaj możesz ustawić lub zmienić wyświetlaną nazwę sekcji; może być ona inna dla każdego języka. Domyślnie wyświetlany jest tylko główny język, ale możesz to zmienić z \*menu rozwijanego Translations.\* {% hint style="info" %} Pamiętaj, że aby język był dostępny w tym menu rozwijanym, musi najpierw zostać aktywowany w \[ustawieniach\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/jezyki.md). {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/225b3ff786ac37798aa88b2607fca9546b70b60d) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/szablony-produktow/sekcje/tlumaczenia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty/ogolne.md). # Ogólne Tutaj możesz tylko sprawdzić kod segmentu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/2bd254e12e18faab43df6ad394ab543f5bc9398e) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty/ogolne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/elementy-podrzedne.md). # Elementy podrzędne Więcej informacji o tej karcie znajdziesz bezpośrednio na \[tej stronie\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkt-grupujacy.md) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f408e3dafd632fc3747266cf20dfd69ad1dd3149) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/elementy-podrzedne.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/warianty.md). # Warianty Więcej informacji o tej karcie znajdziesz bezpośrednio na \[tej stronie\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkt-z-wariantami.md) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/66068c09ca9e04ae0c161eebad440f1dc3ad257f) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/warianty.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty.md). # Segmenty Segmenty to funkcja systemu pozwalająca na łatwe utworzenie listy produktów spełniających określone warunki. Kilka przykładów: \* Atrybut ma wartość, \* Kompletność produktu, \* Produkt należy do kategorii, \* Produkt ma status, \* Typ produktu. Segmenty są również używane do utworzenia zestawu produktów, który może zostać przypisany do konkretnego \[API key\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ustawienia/klucze-api.md). {% hint style="info" %} Segmenty są dynamiczne, co oznacza, że wszelkie zmiany w produkcie są brane pod uwagę podczas oceny warunków segmentu. Oznacza to, że jeśli zmienisz cokolwiek w produkcie, segmenty zostaną przeliczone i liczba produktów w nich zawartych może automatycznie się zmienić. Dzieje się to automatycznie i w tle, więc duża liczba segmentów i produktów może obniżyć wydajność i będziesz musiał poczekać, aż segmenty zostaną przeliczone. {% endhint %} Lista utworzona w ten sposób może być również użyta, na przykład, do wysłania tylko wybranych produktów przez API lub do użycia z modułem w celu \[eksportu pliku w formacie .csv\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/ergonode-transfer/eksporty/tworzenie-nowego-eksportu.md). --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/segmenty.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/historia.md). # Historia Zakładka historii wyświetla tabelę zmian wprowadzonych w produkcie, w tym dodawanie, modyfikowanie lub usuwanie danych. Tabela zawiera siedem kolumn: \* \*\*Data:\*\* Data i godzina, kiedy nastąpiła zmiana. \* \*\*Zasób:\*\* Nazwa jednostki danych, której dotyczyła zmiana. \* \*\*Identyfikator:\*\* Unikalny identyfikator jednostki danych. \* \*\*Autor:\*\* Nazwa użytkownika, który wykonał zmianę, lub system, jeśli zmiana była zautomatyzowana. \* \*\*Źródło:\*\* Miejsce lub metoda, z której zainicjowano zmianę. \* \*\*Zdarzenie:\*\* Rodzaj zmiany. \* \*\*Wiadomość:\*\* Krótki opis zmiany, na przykład nowa lub stara wartość pola albo cel przeniesienia. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/887f0229e680e185c02600841d77bcf6c21aefd2) Przykład stosowania filtrów w kolumnie "Source" Zakładka historii umożliwia przeglądanie historii aplikacji, filtrowanie tabeli według różnych kryteriów oraz sortowanie według wybranych kolumn. Pomaga to śledzić zmiany, monitorować aktywność i rozwiązywać problemy w aplikacji. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/historia.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/pola-wlasne/pola-wlasne-jak-to-dziala.md). # Pola własne - Jak to działa {% hint style="info" %} Pojedynczy atrybut może używać maksymalnie 10 pól własnych. {% endhint %} Pola własne to sposób na dodanie dodatkowych informacji do atrybutów typu pole wyboru lub lista wyboru. Możesz utworzyć do 10 pól własnych dla każdego atrybutu i wybrać spośród czterech różnych typów pól własnych: \* Obraz \* Tekst \* Pole tekstowe \* Pole tekstowe RTE. Aby utworzyć pole własne, wykonaj następujące kroki: \* Edytuj lub \[utwórz \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/utworz-nowy-atrybut.md)atrybut typu pole wyboru lub lista wyboru. \* Przejdź do zakładki „\*Pola własne\*”. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9f1370ccc8db2cbb570f3a4c9b0f83a6a8691310) \* Wpisz nazwę pola własnego w polu wejściowym „\*Custom field code\*”. Nazwa powinna być unikalna i opisowa. \* Wybierz typ pola własnego z listy rozwijanej. Typ określa format i opcje wprowadzania dla pola własnego. \* Kliknij przycisk „+ Add”, aby utworzyć pole własne. \* Powtórz kroki 3–5 dla każdego pola własnego, które chcesz utworzyć. {% hint style="info" %} Pola własne nie mogą być edytowane — musisz usunąć pole własne, a następnie utworzyć nowe, jeśli to konieczne. {% endhint %} Po utworzeniu pola własnego zobaczysz je w zakładce „Options”, gdzie możesz edytować jego wartość lub wartości, po prostu klikając je dwukrotnie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/572f0bdc20a0e33117d680339ad40e2510892186) Pole wejściowe zależy od typu pola własnego. Na przykład, jeśli typ pola własnego to Image, możesz dodać plik obrazu. Jeśli typ pola własnego to Textarea RTE, możesz użyć edytora tekstu sformatowanego, aby dostosować tekst. \* Kliknij przycisk „Save changes”, aby zapisać zmiany. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/pola-wlasne/pola-wlasne-jak-to-dziala.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow/utworz-nowa-grupe-atrybutow.md). # Utwórz nową grupę atrybutów Aby utworzyć nową grupę, kliknij zielony przycisk \*+ NOWA GRUPA ATRYBUTÓW\* w prawym górnym rogu. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/c349656bff511920bc4b2534b2f748774a0ed310) Ustaw nazwę systemową i kliknij \*CREATE\* aby zapisać lub \*CREATE & EDIT\* aby zapisać i otworzyć w trybie edycji. {% hint style="info" %} Kod grupy atrybutów może zawierać tylko litery, cyfry lub znak podkreślenia. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/a6f2f88f6ee23213c5bc5e86518db28d82d54c9e) Jeśli naciśniesz \*CREATE & EDIT\* zostaniesz przekierowany do \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow/ogolne.md) strony. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow/utworz-nowa-grupe-atrybutow.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow.md). # Grupy atrybutów Grupy atrybutów pomagają efektywnie zarządzać atrybutami o podobnych właściwościach lub kontekście oraz użytkownikami o zbliżonym zakresie zainteresowań lub potrzebach. Odpowiednia strategia grupowania może pomóc lepiej wykorzystać PIM w Twojej organizacji. {% hint style="info" %} Użytkownicy mogą również używać grup do ograniczania dostępu przy użyciu \[Uprawnienia do atrybutów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/system/role-uzytkownikow/uprawnienia-atrybutow.md) funkcji (Ta funkcja nie jest dostępna we wszystkich planach cenowych.) {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/6ef613c718e6932e186c5093ea2e09e544115d6d) Aby edytować grupę, kliknij ikonę edycji (ołówek). W trybie edycji dostępne są dwie karty \[Ogólne \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow/ogolne.md)oraz \[Translations\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow/tlumaczenia.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0d92c60777e1a3337cfa7bcd99cbdc59a44b21e1) Aby usunąć grupę, kliknij \*ikonę kosza\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0ebe34d8b0e044f1df8b3dd1a948cba95d6a5468) {% hint style="info" %} Jeżeli chcesz usunąć grupę, najpierw musisz usunąć z niej wszystkie atrybuty. {% endhint %} Aby usunąć atrybut z grupy, przejdź do \[Atrybuty\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty.md), następnie edytuj potrzebny atrybut, a zostaniesz przeniesiony do \[Ogólne\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow/ogolne.md) karty. --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/grupy-atrybutow.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/ustawienia-wyswietlania.md). # Ustawienia wyświetlania W ustawieniach widoku możesz zmienić podstawowe opcje dla widoku. The \*Siatka tabeli\* to \[Widok siatki\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-tabeli-widok-siatki.md), \*Siatka obrazów\* to \[Widok kafelków/galerii\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-kafelkowy-widok-galerii.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0144408cb1d566476736966139aa0381f8bbbe28) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/ustawienia-wyswietlania.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-tabeli-widok-siatki.md). # Widok tabeli (widok siatki) {% hint style="info" %} Siatka jest ograniczona do maksymalnie 100 kolumn. {% endhint %} Siatka tabeli to klasyczny widok Ergonode, który występuje w wielu miejscach w systemie. Użytkownicy mogą poruszać się po siatce za pomocą klawiatury; dostępne klawisze to strzałki, Tab i Enter. Może się nieco różnić w zależności od miejsca, ale główna struktura zawsze będzie taka sama. Na górze widoku znajdują się dwie opcje \[AKCJE \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa.md)oraz \[FILTRY\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/filtry-zaawansowane.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/cbc034c234d8bbc6e28df632386622cf76a711d7) Siatka działa częściowo jak Excel, pozwalając użytkownikom wprowadzać zmiany w jednej kolumnie i przeciągać je do innych, aby zmiany zostały tam zastosowane. {% hint style="info" %} Jeżeli zmienisz cokolwiek bezpośrednio w siatce, musisz kliknąć \*\*\*ZAPISZ ZMIANY\*\*\* przycisk, aby zapisać zmiany. Niezapisane zmiany są wyróżnione na zielono. {% endhint %} ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/ced0c380a08c407d9088636f88bf34c9c2fd8ac0) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/474d65fe9f787c8aa5aaa2e1bf5b68e59a68cc78) {% hint style="info" %} Można dodać nową kolumnę lub usunąć istniejącą z siatki i zapisać ją do ponownego użycia. Sprawdź \[Widoku niestandardowym\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widoki-niestandardowe.md) po więcej informacji. {% endhint %} W siatce możesz wyszukiwać, klikając dwukrotnie pierwszy wiersz kolumny lub naciskając \*\*\*ENTER\*\*\* na klawiaturze, wpisując frazę wyszukiwania, a następnie ponownie naciskając \*\*\*ENTER\*\*\* . ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/519c8a2f852487a18a30c2cbfaee27139392fd58) Możesz także sortować dane w siatce, klikając ikonę sortowania, która pojawia się po najechaniu kursorem na wiersz nagłówka. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/99f6c96a908f08878417239dc4d27ec46b620cb5) Kolejność kolumn można zmieniać za pomocą przeciągania i upuszczania. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/9a51b12a9545cbda39673ec507b3d2d69e0dd486) Możesz przypiąć kolumnę, aby pozostała widoczna nawet podczas przewijania poziomego. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/672bd58a99ee542726915869a002450a1e3d453f) {% hint style="info" %} Aby dowiedzieć się, jak dodawać lub usuwać kolumny w siatce, przeczytaj informacje dostępne \[tutaj\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widoki-niestandardowe.md). {% endhint %} Aby edytować produkt, kliknij ikonę \*\*\*edytuj (ołówek)\*\*\* po prawej stronie siatki w wierszu produktu. Po kliknięciu zostaniesz przeniesiony do \[karty szablonu produktu\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/szablon.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/336950b3cb69d408874f29ef7fc7a0f7e7d3d0b7) Aby usunąć produkt, kliknij \*\*\*ikonę kosza\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/76f99084b914cb9eff007b8785836dfb8cac157e) Pojawi się okno potwierdzenia. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/b24bef76e447694dc3a48ead77cb63c2224209e9) Istnieje opcja szybkiego zaznaczania lub odznaczania wielu elementów naraz. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/66238067b1259571d5e2783d8244bd5590dcaa74) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-tabeli-widok-siatki.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkt-grupujacy.md). # Produkt grupujący ## Wprowadzenie Produkt grupujący zbiera proste produkty w zestaw mający jedną lub więcej wspólnych cech. Na przykład, jeśli prowadzisz sklep z akcesoriami skórzanymi, możesz chcieć utworzyć zestaw produktów, takich jak portfel, walizka i pasek, aby były widoczne pod jednym wpisem w wyszukiwarce sklepu i zarządzane za pomocą określonego zestawu atrybutów i kategorii. Aby utworzyć produkt grupujący, wykonaj te same początkowe kroki co wcześniej, ale przy wyborze typu produktu wybierz \*\*\*Produkt grupujący\*\*\*. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/7245c003a3e41aace314f9d27156532dd3af8376) Jak wcześniej, wypełnij wszystkie pola; różnice pojawią się po utworzeniu produktu i przejściu do jego edycji. Zakładka \*\*\*Elementy składowe\*\*\* będzie dostępna, gdzie możesz wybrać proste produkty do dodania do grupy. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/da52dfdb5952672dd26cd1c29e4127b1af284476) \## Dodaj nowy produkt Element składowy Możliwe jest dodanie produktu poprzez wyszukiwanie po SKU lub z listy. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/fb1befba2274c5c8d3bc35ca47ac76b138572e85) \### Po SKU Wprowadź SKU produktu lub produktów, które chcesz dodać, oddzielając wiele SKU nową linią lub przecinkiem. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/435a4875dc17757b99a26c676d6b05afee0a9992) Oddziel wiele SKU używając entera lub przecinka, np. „SKU1, SKU2, SKU3” \### Wybierz z listy Zaznacz produkt, który chcesz dodać, a następnie kliknij \*\*\*Zapisz zmiany\*\*\* aby potwierdzić lub zamknij okno, aby anulować. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/f20f39d73015d71c827758756b039d5b5bda132b) Możesz wybrać między \*\*\*Widok tabeli\*\*\* a \*\*\*Widok kafelków\*\*\*, lub ustawić parametry wyświetlania w menu po prawej stronie. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8639d3a64329cc8fee5b1498a572b84bbe2bcaad) \## Odłącz produkt Aby odłączyć produkt składowy od produktu głównego, kliknij ikonę usuwania !\[\](/files/e417fb19098038472d7679668a027cc719674843) i potwierdź swój wybór. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/0149574bbf36e0dfee01ef6511aee6350931f362) {% hint style="info" %} Odłączone produkty NIE są usuwane; stają się pojedynczymi produktami prostymi. Jeśli chcesz je usunąć, musisz najpierw je odłączyć, a następnie usunąć z \[Katalogu produktów\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog.md) lokalizacji. {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} \* Kolejność widoczna w atrybucie systemowym \*\*„product children”\*\* w siatce katalogu produktów reprezentuje rzeczywistą kolejność produktów pogrupowanych pod produktem grupującym. \* API \*\*GraphQL odzwierciedla tę samą kolejność\*\*. \* API \*\*siatka elementów składowych widoczna na stronie szczegółów produktu grupującego nie odzwierciedla obecnie tej kolejności\*\*. {% endhint %} --- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/tworzenie-nowego-produktu/produkt-grupujacy.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/zmienne-atrybutow.md). # Zmienne atrybutów {% embed url="" %} {% hint style="info" %} Dodatkowe informacje: \* Zmienne są dozwolone tylko dla atrybutów typu pole tekstowe \* Jeśli użytkownik nie ma uprawnień do podglądu atrybutu, zamiast kodu atrybutu (np. #color) zobaczy on placeholder z tekstem „No access” {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} Informacja dla deweloperów aplikacji: nasz silnik aplikacji nie obsługuje poniższych przypadków: \* użycia atrybutów globalnych z atrybutami lokalnymi użytymi jako zmienna \* użycia atrybutów globalnych z lokalnymi atrybutami typu pole wyboru \* odświeżania wartości zmiennej przy zmianie przejścia wartości opcji w atrybucie typu pole wyboru \* Pracując ze zmiennymi przez API, pamiętaj, aby umieszczać je w podwójnych nawiasach klamrowych, np. {{#attribute\\\_code}}, aby system rozpoznał je jako zmienne, a nie jako zwykły tekst {% endhint %} {% hint style="info" %} W Ergonode Transfer, pracując ze zmiennymi w atrybucie pola tekstowego (products.csv), pamiętaj, aby umieszczać je w podwójnych nawiasach klamrowych, np. {{#attribute\\\_code}}, aby system rozpoznał je jako zmienne, a nie jako zwykły tekst. {% endhint %} ### Typy atrybutów, które można dodać jako zmienną: \* data \* pole wyboru \* liczbowy \* tekst \* cena (tylko wartość, bez waluty) \* jednostka (tylko wartość, bez jednostki) ### \*\*Obszary, w których możesz edytować atrybuty ze zmiennymi\*\* [](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/zmienne-atrybutow.md#spaces-in-which-we-can-edit-the-attributes-with-variables) \* \[szablon produktu\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/products/catalog/template#attribute-variables-in-the-product-template) \* tabela katalogu (grid) \* \[akcje masowe\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa.md) \* import - aby zaimportować zmienną, musisz wprowadzić ją w formacie {{#attributecode}} \* \[eksport \](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/data-exchange/channels/creating-a-new-channel/ergonode-zip-csv)- konfiguracja, czy pobieramy dane ze zmiennymi, czy już z ostateczną, rozwiązaną zawartością Jeśli używasz zmiennych atrybutów, możesz używać ich bezpośrednio w gridzie. W gridzie kliknij dwukrotnie atrybut, aby otworzyć go do edycji. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/922618d5b9774289dcf77dc8efa45900be9e91ae) Wpisz znak hash (#), a zostanie wyświetlona lista atrybutów, których możesz użyć. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/42b803612c4e5e22b1ef305f9bdd94511887d854) Wpisz więcej znaków, aby zawęzić listę. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/bc1ef3e9addb9b45fc1fab03d56886b3895a438e) Możesz użyć więcej niż jednej zmiennej. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/82fddb9c17f836ab0ddef6381a3ad3159b89091b) Gdy używane są wartości atrybutów, zobaczysz nową ikonę oka; kliknięcie jej wyświetli podgląd wartości. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/8df7f4e984e6305d63c88c627891c2189592d53f) ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/023bf91fd0fff362a81752293021027028e48ca3) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/struktura-produktu/atrybuty/zmienne-atrybutow.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. --- # Unknown \> For the complete documentation index, see \[llms.txt\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/llms.txt). Markdown versions of documentation pages are available by appending \`.md\` to page URLs; this page is available as \[Markdown\](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-kafelkowy-widok-galerii.md). # Widok kafelkowy (widok galerii) Widok Siatki obrazów został zaprojektowany, aby zoptymalizować nawigację między produktami opisanymi przez SKU i obrazy. Aby edytować produkt, kliknij \*\*\*ikona długopisu (edycja)\*\*\* ikonę. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4dc7f2eefcddbfa8e8bbe34ecd70c1dbdf7fbfde) Na górze widoku znajdują się dwie opcje \[AKCJE \](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/akcja-masowa.md)oraz \[FILTRY\](/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/filtry-zaawansowane.md). ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/4c8eec3a0b748ae022363b8cde8191d8111504bf) Dostępna jest opcja szybkiego zaznaczania lub odznaczania większej liczby elementów naraz. ![](https://usermanual.ergonode.com/files/dcbff7e74cbafcaae083a39e679b27696dcc0121) \--- # Agent Instructions This documentation is published with GitBook. GitBook is the documentation platform designed so that both humans and AI agents can read, navigate, and reason over technical content effectively. Learn more at gitbook.com. ## Querying This Documentation If you need additional information that is not directly available in this page, you can query the documentation dynamically by asking a question. Perform an HTTP GET request on the current page URL with the \`ask\` query parameter, and the optional \`goal\` query parameter: \`\`\` GET https://usermanual.ergonode.com/ergonode-user-manual-pl/produkty/katalog/widoki-systemowe/widok-kafelkowy-widok-galerii.md?ask=&goal= \`\`\` \`ask\` is the immediate question: it should be specific, self-contained, and written in natural language. \`goal\` is optional and describes the broader end goal you are ultimately trying to accomplish on behalf of the user. GitBook uses it to tailor the answer towards what is most useful for that goal. The response will contain a direct answer to the question and relevant excerpts and sources from the documentation. Use this mechanism when the answer is not explicitly present in the current page, you need clarification or additional context, or you want to retrieve related documentation sections. ---